Additional details sought by MS, dated
29/12/2017
Revised EIA Report incorporated the corrections that has been sought by MS is
enclosing as Annexure III
Sl. No Particulars Reply
1 Water Balance Revised Water balance is
enclosed as Annexure I
2 Traffic management plan Traffic management plan
is enclosed as Annexure
II
Annexure –I
Water Balance for 6500 TCD & 18.14 MW Co-gen and for 14000
Sugars & 62.14 MW Co-gen for Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, Krishnanagar
Water Balance for 6500 TCD Sugar & 18.14 MW Co-Generation plant. A Fresh Water requirement from River. 650 B Water recovered from Sugar Cane 70% on cane. 4550
A+B Total Water requirement (Water into system) M3/Day
5200
C Excess vapor condensate recycled back. 2210
D Losses at various section. 1752 E Effluent generation. 1238
C+D+E Water out of system M3/Day 5200
Water Balance for 6500 TCD & 18.14 MW Co-gen
Sl. No.
Particulars 6500 TCD & 18.14 MW Co-gen
1. WATER INTO SYSTEM, m3/d 1A Source : Fresh water from river. 650 Usage : Domestic use in factory. 50 Laboratory 2 Water treatment plant, Process, Cooling, spraying & floor
washing etc. 598
(WTP- 246, Cooling & Spraying – 300, Floor washing – 52)
Total 650
1 B Water from sugar cane at 70 % on cane. 4550 Total of 1A & 1B 5200 2 WATER OUT OF SYSTEM, m3/d 2 A Effluent. 1238 i) Domestic sewage (80 % of water used) 40 ii) Factory effluent including, Process, Cooling spraying, floor
wash & laboratory waste water. 650
v) WTP drain 48 vi) Cooling tower blow down 452 vii) Boiler Blow down 48 2B Excess vapor condensate recycled back. 2210 Mill imbibitions 32% on Cane 1828 MOL preparation 2% On Cane 130 Vacuum filter , Pan, Centrifugal Etc – 3 to 3.5 % On cane 252 2C LOSSES 1752 Water going along with Bagasse 28% on cane with 50%
moisture. 975
Water going along with press mud & molasses (Losses) 4% on cane
185
i) Vapour & drift loss from cooling tower 7.5 % On Cane 360 ii) Vapour & drift loss at bearing (mill & turbine) cooling water
1% On Cane 65
iii) Steam losses at traps & vent at 0.5 % to 1% On Cane 45 iv) Domestic water loss. 10 v) Vapour loss at crystallization & Centrifugation - 0.5 % to 1%
On Cane 52
vi) Flash vapour loss at clarifier 0.5 % On Cane 30 vii) Vapour loss at mill – 0.5 % On Cane 30
Total of 2A, 2B, 2C 5200
Water Balance for proposed expansion for 14000 TCD Sugar & 62.14 MW Co-Generation plant.
A Fresh Water requirement from River. 1132
B Water recovered from Sugar Cane 70% on cane. 9800
A+B Total Water requirement
(Water into system) M3/Day 10932
C Excess vapor condensate recycled back. 6020
D Losses at various section. 3800
E Effluent generation. 1112
C+D+E Water out of system M3/Day 10932
Water Balance for 14000 Sugars & 62.14 MW Co-gen.
Sl. No
Particulars 14000 TCD & 62.14 MW Co-gen.
1. WATER INTO SYSTEM, m3/d 1A Source : Fresh water from river. 1132
Usage : Domestic use in factory. 80 Laboratory 2 Water treatment plant (WTP), Cooling for Bearing at Mill & Turbine
Section), Cooling tower, Spraying pond & etc. 1050
(WTP- 650, Cooling for Bearing at Mill &
Turbine, Cooling tower, Spray pond –
400 ) Total 1132
1 B Water from sugar cane at 70 % on cane. 9800 Total of 1A & 1B 10932
2 WATER OUT OF SYSTEM, m3/d 2 A Effluent. 1112 i) Domestic sewage (80 % of water used) 65 ii) Factory effluent including, Process, Cooling spraying, floor wash &
laboratory waste water. 775
v) WTP drain. 150 vi) Cooling tower blow down. 116 vii) Boiler Blow down. 6 2B Excess vapor condensate recycled back. 6020 Mill imbibition 32% on cane. 4480 MOL preparation 2% On cane. 280 Vacuum filter 4% On cane. 560 Centrifugal 3% On cane. 420 Pan section 2% On cane. 280 LOSSES 3800 2C Water going along with Bagasse 28% on cane with 50% moisture. 1960 Water going along with press mud & molasses (Losses) 4% 560 i) Vapor & drift losses at cooling tower, Spray pond Etc. 3% on cane. 420 ii) Vapour & drift loss at Mill & Turbine bearing cooling water 1% on
cane. 140
iii) Steam losses at traps & vent 2% On cane. 280 iv) Domestic water loss. 20 v) Vapour loss at crystallization & Centrifugation 1% On cane. 140 vi) Flash vapour loss at clarifier 1% On cane. 140 vii) Vapour loss at mill 1% On cane. 140
Total of 2A, 2B, 2C 10932
Action Plan for Reduction of fresh water consumption.
We could reduce our fresh water requirement quantity from 1400 m3/day to 1132 m3/day (i.e 268 m3 / day) The quantity of condensate & other water details is as follows,
Boiler blow down water - 06 m3 / Day
Cooling tower blow down - 116 m3 / Day
WTP drain (Backwash only) - 150 m3 / Day
Second body evaporator condensate - 1200 m / Day
1472 m3/Day
The quantity of condensate & other water generated is 1472 m3/Day, by introducing a proposing a Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) for sugar & Co-gen unit of capacity 1500 m3/day we substantiately reduce the fresh water quantity and effluent quantity also, hence the above mentioned condensate we will treat in CPU and recycle back to same sections. Thus we propose a Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) for our proposed expansion.
Proposed Condensate Polishing Unit of Sugar & Co-gen Unit
Condensate Inlet
Equalization Tank
Conventional Aeration Tank (CAT)
Primary Clarifier
Extended Aeration Tank (EAT)
HRSCC Tank
Polishing Pond or Treated water
Tank
ACF MGF Recycle to plant
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 1
Developer:
Nandi SSK, Krishnanagar, Bijapur, Karnataka.
Traffic Consultants:
M/s. Ultra-Tech (Environmental Consultancy & Laboratory)
Lab Gazetted by MoEF & CC – Govt. of India
NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1417/RA010
TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY REPORT
FOR
The Proposed Development
Nandi SSK, Krishnanagar Village, Hosur
Post, Vijayapur Taluk & District,
Pin code: 587117
Karnataka State
Annexure-II
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 2
----INDEX---- 1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Objectives ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4
3.1External Traffic Scenario ......................................................................................................................................... 4
4.1 Parking Provisions ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
5.1 Traffic Generations.................................................................................................................................................... 9
5.2 Traffic Dispersions ..................................................................................................................................................... 9
5.3 Generation Of Trips By Staff & Visitors ............................................................................................................. 9
5.4 Impacts On External Roads ................................................................................................................................ 11
5.5 Conclusion on Vehicular Impact & Inter Face ............................................................................................ 13
----LIST OF TABLE----
Table 1: Vehicular Volume on 20.00 M. State Highway .................................................................................... 5
Table 2 : The Product Requirement Vehicles per Day Is As Follows ............................................................ 8
Table 3: Shift Details ..................................................................................................................................................... 10
Table 4: Industrial Staff Trip Modal Split ............................................................................................................ 10
Table 5 : Trip Generated By Staff And Visitors During Peak Hours .......................................................... 11
Table 6 : Vehicular Impacts after Development ................................................................................................ 12
Table 7: Description of LOS based on V/C Ratio ............................................................................................... 13
----LIST OF FIGURES----
Figure 1: Site Location Map .......................................................................................................................................... 3
Figure 2: Road Network ................................................................................................................................................. 7
Figure 3: Parking Layout& internal Road Network ........................................................................................... 8
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 3
TRAFFIC ANALYSIS FOR THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT M/S NANDI SAHAKARI SAKKARE KARKHANE NIYAMAT. KRISHNANAGAR VILLAGE,
HOSUR POST, VIJAYAPUR TALUK &, DISTRICT, PIN CODE: 587117
Karnataka State
Traffic Analysis Report
1.1 INTRODUCTION The Industrial Unit is proposed in Krishnanagar Village Dist Bijapur, abutting to SH55 of 20 m Wide Road. The Plot U/R is 240 acres. No other industry on the road. Hence Traffic on this road is not running to its full potential. We are intended to do “Traffic Analysis” for the said project explaining Traffic Management System for PROP. PROJECT Such Industrial Traffic Management requires comprehensive Planning majorly for Goods vehicles Ingress & Egress its parking provisions and also partially for Buses, LMVs & 2Wheelers.
Figure 1: Site Location Map
SITE U/R
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 4
2.1 OBJECTIVES The purpose of this Analysis is to analyse the effect of generated traffic due to the proposed development on to the external roads around the proposed expansion project site. The studies have been carried out on the following:
Current external traffic on adjacent road Evaluation of traffic for the proposed land uses within the PROP.
PROJECT premises. Carrying out Classified Traffic Volume Count on External Road.
This study is helpful in suggesting possibilities for
Linking PROP. PROJECT traffic to external roads with minimum interruption.
Internal Traffic Management.
3.1EXTERNAL TRAFFIC SCENARIO Proposed expansion project is abutting to proposed 20.00M SH55.
Classified Traffic Volume Counts (CTVC) was carried out at this Mid-Block in both directions. All vehicle classes including car, Tractor, motorcycle, public bus, and goods carrier are captured by direction wise. Traffic Survey was carried out on
1) On Abutting 20m Wide SH55
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 5
Summary of the Classified Traffic Volume Count analysis is in the following ables:
Table 1: Vehicular Volume on 20.00 M. State Highway
Type of Vehicle
Total No of Vehicles
Percentage of Vehicles
PCU Factors
Total PCU
Percentage of PCU
Direction Towards North
3 Wheeler 3 0.46 1 3 0.19
Bus 5 0.77 2.2 11 0.70
Car 53 8.14 1 53 3.36
2 Wheelers 255 39.17 0.5 128 8.08
LCV 16 2.46 1.5 24 1.52
2-Axle 33 5.07 2.2 73 4.60
3 Axle 58 8.91 4.5 261 16.54
Bull Cart 67 10.29 4.5 302 19.11
Multi Axle 157 24.73 4.5 725 45.91
Total 651 100.00
1578 100.00
Direction Towards South
3Wheeler 3 0.54 1 3 0.21
Bus 4 0.72 2.2 9 0.61
Car 50 9.01 1 50 3.44
2 Wheelers 191 34.41 0.5 96 6.57
LCV 16 2.88 1.5 24 1.65
2-Axle 16 2.88 2.2 35 2.42
3 Axle 45 8.11 4.5 203 13.93
Bull Cart 69 12.43 4.5 311 21.35
Multi Axle 161 29.01 4.5 725 49.83
Total 555 100.00
1454 100.00 Direction Peak Period Peak Hour
Volume /Hr
Peak Hour PCU / Hr
Peak Hour % PCU/hr
From To
20.00 M.WIDE ROAD
9 12 pm 52 124 9.51%
5 8pm 98 152 11.65%
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 6
CHART -1
GRAPH 1
The above Traffic scenario observations found that Traffic through this 20m Wide SH55 is mix type which includes thorough traffic of Villagers majorly 2W and
3W 0%
Bus 1%
Car 9%
2W 37%
LCV 3%
2Axle 4%
3 Axle 8%
Bull Cart 11%
Multi axle 27%
SH 55 TRAFFIC COMPOSITION
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
VEH
ICLE
IN
PC
Us
HOURLY VARIATION BOTH DIRECTION ON 20M WIDE SH 55
Towards North
Towards South
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 7
also current Distillery vehicles are contributing. Heavy Vehicles enter or exit majorly during Non Peak Hours. And Bullock carts and Tractors supplying Sugar cane to this Factory are using from SH55 as shown in following Figure.
Figure 2: Road Network
But we intend to work out Traffic Impact on Major Artery a 20m Wide SH55
1 PARKING PROVISIONS
Being a Industrial Project, Parking is divided in 3 Types Goods Vehicles i.e Tractor with Trolleys, Trucks and Bullock Carts and LMVs & Staff Parking of 2 and 4 Wheelers. Parking demand worked out on the basis of Product, its Raw Material and Finished Goods Vehicles Daily Influx. However, parking provision is made in Project boundary is about 25 Acres for all types of Vehicles including Sugar Supplying Vehicles Parking area is marked in following figure.
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 8
Figure 3: Parking Layout& internal Road Network
Table 2 : The Product Requirement Vehicles per Day Is As Follows
Sr No
Name Vehicle type Existing
For Proposed Plant (Additional)
Total PCUs/Day
No. /day
No./ Month
No. /day
No./ Month
No. /day
No./ Month
1 Sugarcane
Bullock-carts 290
50
340
1360
Tractor 360
200
560
2240
Trucks 17
10
27
81
2 Sulfur Truck - 1 - 1 - 2
5 Sulfuric acid Tanker - 1 - 1 - 2
6 Nutrients N, P Truck - 1 - 1 - 2
7 Turkey Red Oil (TRO)
Tanker - 1 - 1 - 2
CANE
YARD
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 9
8 Distillery Final Product
Tanker 3
-
3
9
9 Compost Tractors 5
5
10
40
10 Sugar bags Trucks 10
10
20
60
11 Miscellaneous Trucks 4
4
8
24
Total
689 4 279 4 976 8 3814
5.1 TRAFFIC GENERATIONS
The term Generation mean A trip, the person movement by a mechanized mode of Transport, having start or origin from his home and destination his office or working place. However Attraction is the person’s destination place where their trips end by creating traffic at working place as Visitor. For proposed expansion project there will be Peak Hours at which Persons coming In Ward are the Staff in Morning Peak Hour and leave the Premise in Evening. Rest Major Traffic Generator for this type of Project like Distilleries are Raw Material Vehicles reaching to the Project Site from different directions from nearest villages, Sugar Cane Farms and those are majorly Tractors with Trolleys and Bullock Carts. These types of Vehicles are slow moving Vehicles which causes congestion & Queuing of the fast Vehicles behind these Vehicles on 2 Lane Highways. But these vehicles start their journey from Farm to Industry majorly during Night and reach early morning.
5.2 TRAFFIC DISPERSIONS
As per Current Traffic Scenario we observed that the Traffic on 20 m is mixed traffic Industrial Heavy Vehicles and the Traffic from Villages, majorly 2 and 3 wheelers are most preferable public transport by the surrounding villagers for to & fro from their homes. It also observed that out of Total Traffic on 20 m Wide Main Road is 10-20% Traffic is from North & West Side Village and major of sugar cane supply vehicles.
5.3 GENERATION OF TRIPS BY STAFF & VISITORS
To work out the trip generations we will consider General Shift Staff Enter between 8 am to 9 am. And Contract Staff in morning 6am to 7am, And
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 10
Managerial Staff between 10a to 12pm hence it will assume that 60-70% of occupancy will rich Project Premises in Morning & leave in the Evening.
Visitors such Industries are arrived majorly in Non-Peak Hours they may visit within whole day. We will consider are10% of occupancy.
Table 3: Shift Details
Shift Details Nos of Workers
A Administration Staff From 10:30 AM to 05:30 PM
71 Nos
B General Shift 08:30 AM to 05:30 PM
244 Nos
C First Shift 04:00 AM to 12:00 PM
177 Nos
D Second Shift 12:00 PM to 08:00 PM
127 Nos
E Third Shift 08:00 PM to 12:00 PM
120 nos
We will consider General Shift & Second Shift to worked out Traffic Impact
Total Population = 71 Admin Staff + Gen Shift Workers 244 + 127 2nd Shift
Following table explains distribution of occupants with their modal split.
Table 4: Industrial Staff Trip Modal Split
STAFF
Sr. No
Mode PCU/ECS Percentage of Total Trip
Vehicle Occupancy
1) Car 1 10% 2
2) Auto Rickshaw
1.5 15% 3
3) Two Wheelers
0.5 25% 1.5
4) Bus 2.2 20%
20
5) ST Bus 2.2 5
6) Walk trips -- 30% --
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 11
Table 5 : Trip Generated By Staff and Visitors During Peak Hours
TYPE OCCUPENT LOAD Number of Vehicles Total
Vehicle in Nos
Total in PCUs Auto Bus Car 2W
Worker, Staff & Visitors 442 22 2 22 111 157 104
104 PCUs in Morning ( 8.30 to11.30 am) or Evening ( 5.30 pm to 8.30pm) Peak Hours i.e. 35 PCUs/ Hr (A)
We had done Traffic Count at site in which current Traffic is included with Project Traffic,
As per Proposed Traffic Estimation additional Vehicles coming to the Project Premises using 20m Wide Road i.e.3814 PCUs per Day
We will consider peak Hours Traffic 15% of above between 9 to 11 am and 5pm to 7pm i.e. 226 PCUs in Peak Hours 572 PCUs per Hour---------- (B) Total 607 PCUs in 2 Peak Hours
Hence Total Trip Generation to be considered for Worst Case scenario = 607 /2 = 304 PCUs per Hour
5.4 IMPACTS ON EXTERNAL ROADS
This chapter covers final output of Traffic Management Plan for PROP. PROJECT within the Project and Impact on External Public Roads. The major factor will be the Peak- Hour flow in Project Premises, for which design or planning of roads is crucial. It should reach the requirement of smooth, Environmentally Friendly & Non polluting Traffic Movement within the Project Premises and outside also. There shouldn’t be any congestion on roads inside the Project Premises. Impact on External Road /Highway had been considered to avoid Inconvenience to adjacent Project Premises.
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 12
Table 6 : Vehicular Impacts after Development
Proposed & Existing Roads
Capacities of Roads in PCUs Per Hour as per IRC 106 -1990
External Peak Traffic
Load in PCUs Per Hr
Vehicles Added By Prop. Dev.
V/C Ratio Added By Prop.Dev.
Total V/C On Road
Level Of Service
Abutting 20m Wide Road 4 Lanes Undivided
3000 152 304 0.101 0.152 A
Traffic Analysis for the Proposed Nandi SSK at Krishnanagar, Dist:Bijapur, Karnataka.
Page 13
Table 7: Description of LOS based on V/C Ratio
Level of Service (LOS)
Volume/Capacity Ratio (V/C)
Level of Comfort
Nature of flow
A <0.30 Highest Free Flow
B 0.30 – 0.50 Reasonably free
C 0.50 – 0.70 Stable flow
D 0.70 – 0.90 Threshold Approaching unstable flow
E 1.00 Unstable flow
F >1.00 Lowest Forced flow
5.5 CONCLUSION ON VEHICULAR IMPACT & INTER FACE
The project Traffic will use 20 m Wide SH55 on Which There will not any Congestion. Level of Service (LOS) will be ‘A’ on 20m Wide Road even after added Project Traffic.
-- END OF THE REPORT--
Revised Final Environmental Impact Assessment (With Environmental Management Plan)
For
Expansion Project (Existing Sugar Unit from 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD and
Existing Co-Generation Power Plant from 18.14 MW to
68.14 MW)
Project Proponents
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane
Niyamat.
Krishnanagar Village, Hosur Post,
Vijayapur Taluk &, District, Pin code: 587117
Karnataka State.
Environmental Consultants M/s. Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy & Laboratory
Unit No. 206, 224-225, Jai Commercial Complex,
Eastern Express High Way, Opp.Cadbury,
Khopat, Thane (West)-400 601
Accreditation
NABET Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1417/RA010
Annexure -III
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Particulars Pg. no.
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Preamble 1
1.2 Purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment report 1
1.3 Identification of the project 4
1.4 Background of the project proponent 5
1.5 Brief description of nature, size and location of the project 6
1.6 Need for the expansion of sugar cane crushing capacity &
Cogeneration & its importance to the country & or region
8
1.7 Demand– Supply Gap of Power Sector in India 10
1.8 Need for Bio Mass Based Power Plant. 11
1.9 Overview of power situation & sugar plant co-generation
projects, in India & in the state of Karnataka.
12
1.10 Power Scenario in Karnataka. 12
1.11 Cogeneration 12
1.12 Bagasse Based Cogeneration in Sugar Industry 13
1.13 Sugar Cane as Energy Crop 14
1.14 Imports vs. Indigenous Production. 14
1.15 Export Possibility. 15
1.16 Domestic / Export Markets 15
1.17 Employment Generation Due To the Project 15
1.18 Objective and Scope of EIA Studies 15
1.19 Methodology of EIA Studies 16
1.19.1 Existing Environmental Status 16
1.20 Identification of Impacts and Mitigation Measures 19
1.21 Terms of References (Tor) From MoEF and Their Compliances 19
CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Type of project 34
2.2 Need for the project 34
2.3 Location of the project 36
2.3.1 General location 36
2.3.2 Basis for selecting the site 42
2.4 Size and magnitude of operation 42
2.4.1 Land requirement 43
2.4.2 Manpower 43
2.4.3 Housing facilities 44
2.4.4 Civil works during construction phase 44
2.4.5 Production and related activities during operation 45
2.4.6 Resources consumed 45
2.4.7 Sugarcane cultivation area 46
2.4.8 Transportation 46
2.4.9 Bulk storage facilities 47
2.4.10 Waste generation 47
2.4.11 Project investment 48
2.4.12 Employment generation due to the project 48
2.5 Schedule for approval and implementation of project 49
2.6 Technology and process description 49
2.6.1.1 Manufacturing process for co-gen sugar unit 50
2.6.1.2 Manufacturing process for Distillary unit 56
2.6.2 Raw materials and products 59
2.6.3 Power and steam requirement 61
2.6.4 Source and utilization of water 64
2.6.5 Utilization of water in co-gen sugar unit 65
2.7 Sources of Pollution and Built In Mitigation Measures 71
2.7.1 Wastewater Management in Co-Gen Sugar Unit 71
2.7.2 Gaseous emissions and air pollution control measures 86
2.7.3 Noise Pollution & Control Measures 90
2.7.4 Solid Waste Management 91
2.8 Pollution Mitigation Measures 94
2.9 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of
Technological Failure
94
CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction 95
3.2 Establishment of Impact Zone 95
3.3 Baseline Data 96
3.3.1 Land Environment 99
3.3.2 Soil Environment 105
3.3.3 Meteorology 110
3.3.4 Ambient Air Quality 114
3.3.5 Noise Levels 121
3.3.6 Water Environment 125
3.3.7 Geology 136
3.3.8 Hydrology Profile 136
3.3.9 Biological Environment 140
3.3.10 Social Environment 148
CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 Introduction 161
4.2 Land Environment 162
4.2.1 Impact on Land Use 162
4.2.2 Mitigation measures with respect Land environment 163
4.3 Soil Environment 163
4.3.1 Impact on Soil Environment 163
4.3.2 Mitigation measures with respect soil environment 164
4.4 Air Environment 166
4.4.1 Impact on Air Environment 166
4.4.2 Mitigation measures w.r.t Air Environment 175
4.5 Noise Environment 177
4.5.1 Impact on Noise Environment 177
4.5.2 Mitigation Measures w.r.t Noise Environment 178
4.6 Water Environment 178
4.6.1 Impact on Water Environment 178
4.6.2 Mitigation Measures 179
4.7 Geology and Hydrology 183
4.8 Biological Environment 184
4.9 Socio Economic Environment 185
4.9.1 Impact on Socio Economic Environment 185
4.10 Health Environment 187
4.10.1 Impact on Health Environment 187
4.10.2 Mitigation Measures 187
4.11 Solid Waste and Hazardous waste Generation and Management
for Disposal
187
CHAPTER – 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)
5.1 Sitting of project 197
5.1.1 Environmental guidelines 197
5.1.2 General criterion for selection of location 197
5.1.3 Site requirement and proposed location 198
5.2 Environmental features of site 199
5.3 Technology/ process 199
5.4 No project option 199
CHAPTER – 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
6.1 Introduction 200
6.2 Monitoring plan 200
6.3 Sampling schedule and locations 201
6.4 Laboratory facilities 202
6.5 Compliances to environmental statutes 203
6.6 Monitoring of compliances to statutory conditions 203
6.7 Financial allocation for environmental aspects 203
6.8 Success indicators 204
CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 Public hearing and consultation 205
7.2 Risk assessment for the storage & handling of alcohol &
mitigation measures due to fire & explosion & handling areas
232
7.2.1 Occupational Health and Safety 232
7.2.2 Health and Safety Measures for the Workers 234
7.2.3 Safety of Personnel 235
7.2.4 Safety Department 237
7.2.5 Safety Training 238
7.2.6 Health and Safety Monitoring Plan 238
7.3 Identification and Assessment of Hazards 239
7.4 Risk Analysis 240
7.4.1 Identification of Hazards, Mitigation Measures. 240
7.4.2 Preventive measures for Hazards / Disasters during
construction phase
242
7.4.3 Risk Assessment during Construction Phase 247
7.4.4 Risk Assessment during Operation Phase 248
7.5 Emergency 251
7.5.1 On-Site Emergency Plan 251
7.5.2 Objectives, scope and contents of On-site Emergency Plan 251
7.5.3 Scope of Onsite Emergency Plan 251
7.5.4 Methodology 252
7.5.5 Structure of Emergency Management 252
7.5.6 Control Room 253
7.5.7 Alert Action Plan during Working /Non-Working Hours 253
7.5.8 Distances of Railway Station, Bus Stand, Air Port, Fire Service 253
7.5.9 Establish Line of Control Responsibility and Alternative Line of
Control
254
7.5.10 Constitution of Teams 254
7.5.11 Define Roles and Responsibilities in Brief 254
7.5.12 Notification of Emergency 257
7.5.13 Declaration of Emergency 257
7.5.14 Controlling of Emergency 258
7.5.15 Arrangements for Medical Treatment 258
7.5.16 Information to the Government Authorities 258
7.5.17 Information to the Relatives of the Injured 259
7.5.18 Law and Order 259
7.5.19 All Clear Signal 259
7.6 Disaster Management Plan 259
7.6.1 Structure of the Disaster Management Plan 260
7.6.2 Emergency Plan 260
7.6.3 Care and maintenance during temporary discontinuance 262
CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 Improvements in physical infrastructure 267
8.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure 267
8.3 Employment potential – skilled, semi-skilled and
unskilled
268
8.4 Other tangible benefits 269
CHAPTER – 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.1 Introduction 271
9.2 Corporate Social Responsibility 272
CHAPTER – 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 Introduction 277
10.2 Environmental cell 288
10.3 Guidelines for plantation 291
10.4 Cost of Estimates for implementation of EMP 296
10.5 Social Commitment plan 296
10.6 Conservation of Air, Water and Energy recovery 297
CHAPTER – 11: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
11.1 Overall Justification for Implementation of the Project 299
11.2 Explanation of How Adverse Effects Have Been Mitigated 300
CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 302
TABLES
Table
no.
Particulars Pg. no.
1.1 Present status and permissions available 3
1.2 Salient features of the project 6
1.3 Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring 18
1.4 Terms Of Reference (TOR) 19
2.1 Location features of the project site 36
2.2 Land utilization 43
2.3 Operation parameters of co-gen sugar industry 58
2.4 Generation & utilization of power 59
2.5(a) Raw materials and products for co-gen sugar unit 60
2.5(b) Raw materials and products for Distillery unit 60
2.6 Source and quantity of water 64
2.7 Characteristics of vapor condensate water 66
2.8 Utilization of vapor condensate water 66
2.9 (a) Water balance for co-gen sugar unit 68
2.9 (b) Water balance for Distillery unit 71
2.10 Characteristics of wastewater from the industry 75
2.11 Characteristics of fuels 86
2.12 Sources of flue gases and APC 86
2.13 Solid wastes from co-gen sugar unit 93
3.1 Baseline data collection 97
3.2 Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring 98
3.3 Details of the land use pattern of study area 105
3.4 Test methods for Soil Analysis 106
3.5 Details of Soil sampling location 107
3.6 Soil Quality Analyses 109
3.7 Meteorological data of Bijapur Agro meteorological Services,
University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad (Monthly Mean values
of the Year 2016)
111
3.8 Site Specific Micro Meteorological data for the proposed Project site
for the period March 2016 to March 2017
112
3.9 Test methods adopted for ambient air quality monitoring 114
3.10 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 116
3.11 Ambient Air Quality status 118
3.12 Details of Noise Monitoring Locations 122
3.13 Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Results 125
3.14 Limits as per Environmental Protection Rules 125
3.15 Details of Water Quality Sampling Stations 128
3.16 (a) Protocol for ground water quality analysis 130
3.16 (b) Protocol for surface water quality analysis 131
3.17 Results of Ground Water quality 133
3.18 Results of Surface Water quality 134
3.19 Inference drawn for water quality 135
3.20 List of plant species observed in the study area 141
3.21 List of animal species observed in the study area 143
3.22 List of Avien species observed in the study area 143
3.23 List of Fishes observed in the study area 146
3.24 Demographic Attributes for Vijayapura District 149
3.25 Demographic Characteristics of Study Area 151
3.26 Literacy in the study area 153
3.27 Status of working population in the study area 153
3.28 Distribution of Total (main + marginal) workers by category 154
3.29 Key Features of the Sampled Villages 157
4.1 Boiler Details 167
4.2 Input and Assumptions 168
4.3 Stack and flue gas emissions details 169
4.4 Modeled concentrations for present scenario 171
4.5 Comparative Account of resultant concentration 171
4.6 Fugitive Emissions control strategy 176
4.7 Water Conservation Proposal Techniques Considered In the
Complex
179
4.8 (a) Solid and Hazardous waste generated in the operation phase of the
project for Distillary
188
4.8 (b) Solid and Hazardous waste generated in the operation phase of the
project for Co-gen Sugar
189
4.9 Impact Identification Matrix 190
4.10 Characteristics of Environmental Impacts from Construction
Activities
191
4.11 Characteristics of Environmental Impacts from Operational Phase 195
6.1 Post project monitoring schedule 201
6.2 List of laboratory equipment’s proposed 202
6.3 Financial allocation/budgetary provisions for environmental
management aspects
203
7.1 Compliance to Public hearing with action plan 208
7.2 Health Register 238
7.3 Preventive measures for Hazards / Disasters during construction
phase
242
7.4 Risk Assessment and quantification of impacts during construction
phase
247
7.5 Risk Assessment during Operation Stage 248
9.1 Financial Allocation for the Socio-Economic Activity 273
9.2 CSR Program for period of 5 year 273
10.1 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) during Construction Phase 278
10.2 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) during operation phase 282
10.3 Waste Minimization and Management Disposal Considered in the
Complex
289
10.4 List of Tree species recommended for landscaping and Greenbelt
Development.
294
10.5 Time frame for Green Belt Development Plan 295
FIGURES
Fig. no. Particulars Pg. no.
1.1 Location map of project site in Vijayapur district 8
2.1 Map showing project site location 39
2.2 Map showing project site location with 10 Kms Radius 39
2.3 Project site layout plan for 240 Acres 40
2.4 Factory layout plan 41
2.5 Flow diagram of sugar manufacturing process 53
2.6 Process flow chart with material balance for co-gen sugar unit 54
2.7 Process Flow Chart for Co Gen Power Plant 55
2.8 Process Flow Chart for Distillery Unit 58
2.9(a) Steam Balance during Season 62
2.9 (b) Steam Balance during Off - Season 63
2.10 Schematic flow diagram of water treatment plant 67
2.11(a) Flow diagram of effluent treatment plant – sugar unit 84
2.11(b) Flow diagram of effluent treatment plant –Distillary unit 85
3.1 Toposheet showing impact zones 97
3.2 Land use/ Land cover map of the study area 101
3.3 Satellite Imagery map of the study area 102
3.4 Satellite Imagery map of the study area 103
3.5 Contour map of the study area 104
3.6 Locations of Soil Sampling Stations 108
3.7 Photographs showing Soil sampling in the study area 108
3.8 Wind rose Diagram for the Period 15th December 2016 – 15th March
2017
114
3.9 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 117
3.10 Photographs showing Ambient Air Monitoring stations 118
3.11 Flow Chart showing AAQM Methodology 118
3.12 Location of Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Stations 123
3.13 Ambient Noise monitoring Photographs 123
3.14 Surface Water sampling photographs 126
3.15 Ground Water sampling photographs 127
3.16 Locations of Water Quality Sampling Stations 130
3.17 Drainage map of the study area 139
3.18 Specimens of Fishes found in Krishna River 148
3.19 Locations of the wards on 10 km radius map of the project area 156
3.20 View of Socio-economic Survey Photos 157
4.1 Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for PM10 (Existing 172
stacks)
4.2 Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for SO2 (Existing
stacks)
172
4.3 Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for NOX (Existing
stacks)
173
4.4 Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for PM10 (With
proposed stacks)
173
4.5 Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for SO2 (with
proposed stacks)
174
4.6 Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for NOX (with
proposed stacks)
174
4.7 Typical section of recharge shaft 183
7.1 Structure of Onsite Emergency Preparedness and Response 263
ANNEXURES
Annexure Particulars
1 TOR Copy obtained from from MOEF, New Delhi.
2 IEM Copy of Industry
3 Land Acquisition certificate
4 Earlier Environmental Clearances copy
5 Certified compliance Report
6 Latest CFO compliance
7 Water drawl permission
8 The letter obtained from Executive Engineer of Krishna Bhagya Jala Nigam
Ltd f of MWL of Alamati reservoir.
9 Baseline Monitoring Reports.
10 Stack Monitoring Reports ( 6 months )
11 ETP Treated water analysis Reports ( 6 months )
12 ETP Performance Report.
13 Health status report of the for the workers
14 NABET Certificate and validation
15 Project site Photographs
16 Site Layout Plan
17 Public Hearing Proceedings
18 A & B Executive summary in English (18A) and in Kannada (18B)
19 Traffic Analysis report
1
Chapter – 1
Introduction
1.1 Preamble.
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, (NSSKN) is a cooperative society
registered on 5th May 1982; under Karnataka Co-operative societies act 1959. The
company stated its crushing operation for commercial production of sugar on 9th
December 1992.
The main conception behind setting up the project to form a society for socio
economic development of the area. The management of the plant is planning to
develop its plant as integrated Sugar complex by value addition to its byproducts by
installing Co-generation and distillation Plant.
The initial sugarcane crushing capacity of the plant from the year 1992 till the year
2003 was 2500 TCD with 2.5 MW TG set Co-gen facilities (2 x 32 TPH Boiler). The
plant was further expanded to a crushing capacity to 3500 TCD along with Co-Gen
capacity of 18.14 MW (105 TPH Boiler) in the year 2003. The company in the 2008
again increased its capacity from 3500 TCD to 6500 TCD Sugarcane crushing and
installation of 50 KLPD Distillery. To improve the economic viability of the existing
sugar factory, the company is now proposing to expand its Sugar Unit capacity from
6500 TCD to 14000 TCD and Cogeneration Power Unit from 18.14 MW to 62.14 MW in
the same factory premises with no change in distillery production.
1.2 Purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment Report.
Industrial projects generally involve utilization of natural resources and generation of
waste and polluting substances. Depletion of natural resources and discharge of
pollutants are likely to affect the environment. However, the project is essential for
food, energy or other needs of mankind in addition to the up-liftment of farming
community and economic growth of the country. Consequently, there is a need for
harmonious developmental activities with the environmental concern. EIA is one of
the tools available with the planners to achieve the above goal. It is desirable to ensure
that the project activity is sustainable. Hence, the environmental consequence must be
characterized early in the project cycle and accounted for in the project design. The
objective of EIA is to foresee the potential environmental problems that would arise
out of the proposed development and address them in the project planning and
design stage. The present EIA report incorporates the environmental consequence of
the proposed project along with the measures to be adopted in the project for control
of pollution and enhancement of environmental quality.
The proposed industry is listed under EIA Notification dated 14 – 09-2006 and as
amended thereafter of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of
India. As per this notification the industry is categorized under Schedule 1(d)
2
Category-B for 62.14 MW thermal Co-gen power plant and Schedule 5 (j) Category-B
for 14000 TCD sugar plant. As per the notification, prior clearance from MoEF is
mandatory before establishmentand (or) Expansion or Modernization of this industry.
Under Environmental Protection Act (EPA) 1986, before establishment and (or)
Expansion or Modernization of any project it is also mandatory for the project
proponents to obtain consent from State Pollution Control Board. EIA studies have to
be conducted and report is to be prepared for submission to the authorities along with
the prescribed application forms to secure environmental clearance for the proposed
project.
The current proposal was submitted for Environmental Clearance (EC) for proposed
expansion project to Karnataka State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
(SEIAA) dated 9th November 2016.
State Environment Appraisal Committee (SEAC) during their 174thmeeting
recommended to SEIAA for the issue of Standard ToR with Additional points to
conduct EIA Studies; the secretary of SEAC forwarded the proposal to SEIAA for
further action,accordingly we had started Baseline monitoring from the period of 15th
December 2016 to 15th March 2017.
The SEIAA during their 128thmeeting perused the recommendations of SEAC and
made the following observations:
The proposed expansion of crushing capacity of the sugar plant is over and
above the Environmental Clearance granted by the Ministry of Environment
and Forests, Government of India vide letter No. J- 11011/644/2007-IA II(I)
dated 02.09.2008 and amended vide letter dated 18thNovember 2014. Therefore
it is an integral part of activity covered under the Notification as A category.
Environmental impact of sugar factory alone cannot be assessed in
isolation of the existing distillery plant. Therefore this project needs to be
appraised at EAC level as expansion of category-A project for facilitating
cumulative impact assessment.
From the records submitted it is noted that the industrial unit is having a co-
generation component with generation capacity of 18.14 MW, which is
proposed to be expanded to 62.14 MW. As per Sl. No. 1(d) of the Schedule to
the EIA Notification, 2006 amended from time to time, the power plants of ≥ 15
MW with biomass as fuel require Environmental Clearance under the said
notification. The applications and the enclosures do not reveal any information
with regard to the Environmental Clearance obtained for cogeneration unit.
However, as the power generation unit is also an integral part of the industry
that has been considered by the Ministry of Environment and Forests,
Government of India for Environmental Clearance.
3
Therefore we have approachedand submitted the application to Ministry of Environment and Climate changeForests, Government of India for Environmental Clearance.
Our Proposal was submitted online for issue of ToR, dated 21stFebruary 2017, EAC
accepted proposal for ToR dated 16thMarch 2017.
EAC during their 21stEACmeeting dated 29th March 2017 noted:
Revised layout plan with 3 layers of trees to be submitted.(Enclosed as
Annexure-16)
Certified compliance report of existing EC to be submitted. (Enclosed as
Annexure-5).
Hence EAC deferred the project till the above information was submitted. We have
submitted the above information online on 27th April 2017. EAC reconsidered project
proposal in there 24thmeeting, dated 15th June 2017 and recommended to Issue ToR.
ToR from MoEF& CC is Issued, File No: J-11011/110/2017- IA. II (I) dated 19th July
2017Hence, Draft EIA report was prepared for submission to KSPCB, Bangalore to
conduct Public Hearing, now the final EIA Report has been prepared for further
processing of EC application and MoEF& CC, New Delhi.
Present status and permissions available are stated in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1: Present status and permissions available
Sl.
No. Item Detail
1 Company registration
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane
Niyamit is incorporated in the year 9th
December 1992
2 (IEM) with Govt of India
Industrial entrepreneur memoranda (IEM) are
filed. ( Enclosed as Annexure-2)
i. NO. 1868/SIA/IMO/2009 (White Cristal
sugar )
ii. NO. 1903/SIA/IMO/2011( Ethanol)
iii NO. 1313/SIA/IMO/2016( Electricity )
ivNO. 12047/SIA/IMO/2016( Manufacture of
Refined sugar)
3 Land purchase permission
From District Commissioner of Vijayapur for
purchase of land under section 109 of KLR Act.
(Land Acquisition certificate enclosed as
Annexure-3)
4. CFE & CFO obtained 2500 TCD
and 2.5 MW TG set (2 x 32 TPH Year 2002
4
1.3 Identification of Project
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, (NSSKN) have proposed for
expansion of Sugar Unit capacity from 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD and Cogeneration
Power Unit from 18.14 MW to 62.14 MW in an fully integrated industry complex at
Survey No 90 & 92Krishnanagar Village , Hosur Post, Vijayapur Taluk and District,
Karnataka State.
The proposed project is an integrated sugar industrial complex with facilities to
manufacture white sugar, co-gen power and alcohol. Sugar plant is based on
sugarcane which is an agriculture resource. Co-gen power plant mainly uses bagasse
as fuel and distillery is based on molasses as raw material. Bagasse and molasses are
the waste or by-products of sugar plant. The project is basically an agro based rural
industry.
Boiler)
5 CFE obtained 3500 TCD and
18.14 MW (105 TPH Boiler) Year 2003
6 CFO obtained 3500 TCD and
18.14 MW (105 TPH Boiler)
17 CAT/APC/NANDI/2004-05 Dated –
01/10/2004
7 State EC obtained 3500 TCD Dated 29/06/2003( Enclosed as Annexure-4)
8 State EC obtained 18.14 MW
(105 TPH Boiler) Dated 29/04/2003( Enclosed as Annexure-4)
9
EC obtained for expansion of
3500 TCD to 6500 TCD and
Installation of new 50 KLPD
Distillery unit
F. No.J-11011/644/2007- IA II(I) Dated
02/09/2008( Enclosed as Annexure-4)
10
Amendment to EC for 6500
TCD and 50 KLPD Distillery
unit
F. No.J-11011/644/2007- IA II(I) Dated
18/11/2014 ( Enclosed as Annexure-4)
11
Combined Consent order for
6500 TCD and 18.14 MW Boiler
and 50 KLPD Distillery
Combined consent order No AW-302311 dated
22/03/2017 ( Valid from period 07/06/2016 to
30/06/2021
Sl.
No.
Units Category Existing
Capacity
Addition
Capacity
After
expansion
Capacity
1 Sugar unit 5 (j) 6500 TCD 7500 TCD 14000 TCD
2 Co-gen power generation 1(d) 18.14 MW 44 MW 62.14 MW
3 Distillery 5 (g) 50KLPD No change No Change
5
1.4 Background of the Project Proponent:
NSSKN (Runs by Co-operative society) is an agro based company focused on the
manufacture of sugar and allied products like power, alcohol and bio-manure. They
have proposed to establish a fully integrated sugar industry consisting of 14000 TCD
sugar plant, 62.14 MW co-gen power plant with existing 50 KLPD distillery with no
change in production quantity at Krishnanagar, Hosur Village, Vijayapur Taluk and
District, Karnataka State.
NSSKN is managed by an elected body having 5 years term. The Name of the
Directors of the Board is as follows;
Sl. No Name Designation
1 Shri. K. C. Desai Chairman
2 Shri. D. C. Desai Director
3 Shri. S. B. Patil Director
4 Shri. U. A. Mallannavar Director
5 Shri. A. P Lenkennavar Director
6 Shri. H. S. Koraddi Director
7 Shri. G. K. Patil Director
8 Shri. G. K. Konappanavar Director
9 Shri. B. D. Patil Director
10 Shri. S. D. Sahukar Director
11 Shri. T. K. Patil Director
12 Shri. D. H. Devanal Director
13 Shri. P. R. Gadadan Director
14 Shri.B.H.Halagali Director
15 Shri.S.S.Biradar Director
16 Shri.P.B.Sarnaik Director
17 Shri.R.H.Bidanur Director
18 Shri.I.S.Koppad Director
19 Shri.R.H.Desai Director
20 Shri.R.T.Desai Managing Director
Names, Designation of the senior officers of the factory.
Sl.No Name Designation
1 Shri. R. T. Desai Managing Director
2 Shri. C. S. Hubballi General Manager
3 Shri. Sanjit Kumar General Manager(operation)
4 Shri. M. Dattatreya Dy. General Manager (Dist)
6
5 Shri. S. Y. Gotur Manager (Environmental)
1.5 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project:
NSSKN is an agro based industry focused on manufacture of sugar and allied
products like power, alcohol and bio-manure. The Salient Features of the Project given
below in Table 1.2.
Table 1.2: Salient features of the project
Sl. no Particulars
1 Name of the Company M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit
2 Name Address for correspondence
Shri. R.T. Dasai, M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit , Survey No 90& 92, Krishnanagar Village, Hosur Post, Vijayapur Taluk and District, Karnataka State -586113.
3 Location of the proposed Unit
Survey No 90& 92, Krishnanagar Village, Hosur Post, Vijayapur Taluk and District, Karnataka State -586113.
4 Constitution of the Organization
Co-operative society
5 Capacity of the Project
Proposed Expansion of i. Sugar plant : 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD
ii. Cogeneration power 18.14 MW to 62.14 MW in the existing Sugar plant and Boiler.
iii. Distillery 50 KLPD (No change)
6 No. of Working Days Sugar : 180 Days Co-gen Power Plant : 210 Days
7 Man power
Existing : Sugar Co-Gen : 627 nos Distillery: 70 nos Total : 697 nos Proposed : Sugar & Co-Gen : 150 nos
8 Total Land, Acres ( After Expansion)
Sugar Plant 19.99Acres
General Buildings 13.5 Acres
Distillery Plant Area 4.23 Acres
Green Belt Area 84 Acres
Open Vacant land for future use
118.28 Acre
Total Land Available for
the Sugar Complex
240 Acres
9 Raw material Particular’s Existing Addition Total
7
requirement Sugar Unit
Sugarcane :
6500 TCD
Sugarcane :
7500 TCD
Sugarcane :
14000 TCD
Co-
Generation
(Boiler)
Bagasse:
1950 T/d
Bagasse:
2250 T/d
Bagasse:
4200 T/d
10 Products
Particular’s Existing Addition Total
White
sugar 780 T/d
900 T/d 1680 T/d
Co-
Generation
Power
18.14 MW 44.0 MW 62.14MW
Molasses 292.5 T/d 337.5 T/d 630.0 T/d
11
Fresh water Source
Permission has taken from Executive Engineer,
Karnataka Nigam Ltd – Biligi for lifting water from
Krishna river.
Fresh water requirement For Co-gen Sugar - 1132 m3/d after expansion, and
for Distillery 372 m3/day.
12 Co-Gen Power plant
Capacity
Existing Addition Total
Power 18.14 MW 44.0 MW 62.14MW
Boiler 105 TPH 240 TPH 345 TPH
13 Boiler Fuel for Co-Gen
plant
During
Season Boiler fired with Bagasse (Fuel)only.
During Off-
Season Boilerfired with saved Bagasse (Fuel).
14
Effluent treatment
facility
ETP consisting of bar screen, oil separator,
neutralizer, ASP with aeration & clarifier. Effluent is
treated to irrigation standards.
15
APC facility to boiler Co-gen sugar Boilers of 105 T/h & 240 T/h capacity
Stack of adequate height and ESP.
Diesel gen set of 1250 KVA existing and 1250 KVA proposed Stack of adequate height, anti-vibration pads & acoustic enclosures are provided and will be provided for proposed DG.
16 Solid waste source and
disposal
1. Bagasse: Used as fuel in boiler
2. Press mud: to farmers for as manure/soil nutrient
3. Molasses: used raw material in the captive
distillery
17 Investment for
pollution control Rs 500 Lakhs
8
Figure 1.1: Location map project site in Vijayapur District
1.6 Need for the expansion of sugar cane crushing capacity & Cogeneration & its
importance to the country & or region
facilities
NSSKN
9
The world's largest consumers of sugar are India, China, Brazil, USA, Russia, Mexico,
Pakistan, Indonesia, Germany and Egypt. Brazil & India are the largest sugar
producing countries followed by China, USA, Thailand, Australia, Mexico, Pakistan,
France and Germany.
Global sugar production increased from approximately 125.88 MMT (Million Metric
Tons) in 1995 - 1996 to 149.4 MMT in 2002-2003 and then declined to 143.7 MMT in
2003-2004, whereas consumption increased steadily from 118.1 MMT in 1995-1996 to
142.8 MMT in 2003-2004.
The world consumption is projected to grow to 160.7 MMT in 2010 and 176.1 MMT by
2015. India is predominantly an agro based economy. Sugarcane plays a very vital
role in this agro based economy by providing sugar, the main sweetener used in
India. With the growing demand for sugar, the emphasis has been on increasing sugar
production.
The Indian sugar industry is the country’s second largest agro-processing industry
with an annual production capacity of over 18 million tonnes of sugar. About 45
million farmers and their families depend directly on sugar industries. Only 2.5 % of
the area is under cultivation of sugar cane of total cultivated area in India.
In India the annual per capita consumption of white crystal sugar and that of non-
centrifugal sugar is 15 Kgs per annum and 23 Kgs per annum respectively. The annual
overall consumption of the centrifugal and non-centrifugal sugar in the country
comes to more than 25 million tonnes. Thus, there is vast untapped potential for
growth in the area of sugar production.
India is a vast country with greatly varying economic patterns and parameters
prevailing across the country. Such variations are highly pronounced, particularly
between urban areas and rural areas.
Income levels vary significantly. Almost 30% of the population is perceived to be in an
extremely low income group. The effective per capita consumption of white sugar
would work out to 24 kgs and of total sweeteners (including Gur and Khandasari) to
32 kgs, about one and half times the world average.
A higher net per capita state domestic product and also a higher proportion of urban
population, the consumption of sugar is significantly higher and compares favorably
with developed countries such as the USA and countries of the EU. In fact, in urban
areas of comparatively affluent Indian states like Punjab, Haryana etc., per capita
consumption of sugar is substantially higher than even in developed countries.
Due to the switching over from other sweetening agents to sugar, the effect of
population growth and increase in per capital consumption, the sugar consumption is
likely to increase. Hence, there is a lot of scope for increasing the Sugar Manufacturing
10
infra-Structure. Hence, further addition of sugar manufacturing infrastructure is
envisaged in India.
Further the economical size of the sugar plant is shifting from lower crushing capacity
to 14000 TCD considering mainly the cost of production & economical self-sufficient
downstream industries.
Considering the declining trend of world beet sugar production, more cane
juice/sugar diversion to ethanol, India’s larger agricultural base and irrigation
resources etc., India is definitely going to be a major player in world sugar
production.
Transport of the raw material for sugar factory i.e. sugar cane shall be done by trucks/
tractors / bullock carts and the finished product is transported by trucks / wagons.
Excess power shall be exported via grid.
The proposed expansion will result in the following resources optimization.
Proposed plant shall be situated in the available land.
Proximity to the availability of raw material area i.e. rich sugar cane area of
Vijayapur, Belagavi and Bagalkot district of Karnataka state, Sangli & Kolhapur
districts of Maharashtra state.
Availability of utilities such as transportation & water.
Ease of control over both sugar & cogeneration units by one management &
sharing common facilities like workshop etc.
1.7 Demand– Supply Gap of Power Sector in India
In India, the installed power plant capacity was approximately 1300 MW in 1947 and
it is about 120,000 MW in 2006. Power has a significant role to play in industry and
agriculture. Power demand increases continuously due to increase of the
industrialization and per capita power consumption. At present, the per capita power
consumption is about 600 KW/Hr. It is likely to increase to 1500 KW/Hr in 2017.
At present, the gap between the demand and supply is about 30% during the peak
hours. The Central Government has notified on 12-02-05 that the availability of the
power demand is to be fully met only by 2012. But to achieve, the country has to
install a capacity of 2,000,000 MW/hr. Per capita availability has to increase from the
present level of 600 KW/Hr to 1500 KW/Hr in 2017. Aggressive attitude of the
country to grow in the power field to meet the level of infrastructure demand is
required in the competitive international market.
11
1.8 Need for Bio Mass Based Power Plant.
The ever growing energy demand & the steep depletion of fossil fuels have directed
us to explore the possibility of developing other sources of energy particularly from
non-conventional renewable energy sources, which is also environmental
friendly.Further, it is an undisputed fact that the present level of generation of power
from Hydel, Thermal and nuclear sources could not meet the increasing demand due
to various problems.
In order to reduce the Green House Gas Emission, the Non-Conventional Energy is to
be utilized for the generation of electricity. One of the Non-Conventional renewable
Energy source is Bagasse. So the Ministry of Non – Conventional Energy, Government
of India encourages Sugar Mills for Bagasse based Co-Generation by increasing the
various subsidies.
We have to cross the hurdles such as lower growth rate i.e. around 5% against
expected 12 % every year, lower PLF in the range of 75 % on an average, T&D losses
varying in various states. In the above scenario the country has to necessarily to come
out with innovative options to encourage the energy conservation measures,
increasing the PLF, export of surplus power to the national purpose etc.
Government of India (GOI) has acknowledged the overall deficiency of power supply
and quality in the country. The importance of decentralized energy generation from
renewable sources of fuel, for complimenting centralized fossil fuel based power
generation, has been accepted way for improving the situation.
The Electricity Bill 2003 approved by the Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha, provides for de-
licensing of power generation and distribution, throughout the country. The
renewable energy sources and power generation from renewable sources have been
focused in this bill and the states have been guided to increase their share up to
minimum 10%.
The fiscal incentives offered for renewable energy generation will continue in the
coming period. They primarily include accelerated depreciation, income tax holiday
(5 years tax holiday with 30% for next 5 years), customs duty concessions, exemption
of Central excise duty & Central sales tax.
The Central Electricity Regulatory Commission and State Electricity Regulatory
Commissions have come into force to establish tariffs and oversee the electricity
sector. The regulatory commissions fixed tariffs for the purchase of electricity by SEBs
from all sources including renewable, based on the guidelines from the Ministry of
Power and the MNRE, State policies and inputs from the public hearings. The
Government of India, through the Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources
(MNRE), is encouraging all the existing and new sugar units to set up co-gen power
plants. In order to achieve the potential of about 5000 MW from sugar mill
cogeneration in India, the Ministry has been undertaking promotional efforts under
12
the National Program on Biomass / Cogeneration Power since1994-95. Apart from
providing guidelines to the States for purchase of exportable power from such
projects, the Ministry has been offering several promotional and fiscal incentives to
this sector.
The specific incentives from the Ministry include interest subsidy for commercial
projects from 1-3 % depending on the temperature and pressure configuration,
subsidy for preparation of detailed project reports and assistance in syndication of
loans, financial assistance for State Nodal Agencies, consultants, industry associations
for undertaking promotional efforts, etc.
1.9 Overview of power situation & sugar plant co-generation projects, in India
& in the state of Karnataka.
As of March 31, 2007, bagasse based co-gen projects have been commissioned in the
country with, cumulative exportable surplus of 615.83 MW from 74 projects.
Additional 104 projects, aggregating to 1212.27 MW, are under various stages of
construction. The Govt. of Karnataka adopted the MNRE guidelines since 1994-95 for
purchase of power from sugar mill co-gen projects. As of April 30, 2007, the
commissioned capacity in the State is 339 MW against a potential of 1000 MW (Source:
Progress report of KREDAL) Karnataka Electricity Regulatory Commission (KERC)
has issued a tariff order for purchase of exportable power from bagasse co-gen power
plants at sugar factories in January,2005.
1.10 Power Scenario in Karnataka.
Karnataka has been facing shortage of power in the recent years and the power
system is a mix of Thermal, Hydel, Gas, Co-generation, and contribution from
National Grid. Due to the continuous efforts of Karnataka Power Transmission
Corporation Limited (KPTCL), the transmission loss, which is about 62 % in some
states, is reduced to 25%. In spite of that there is power shortage.
The existing power shortages in peak demand & energy availability are quite higher,
compared to the nation. It is necessary for the State Government to tap every possible
alternate source of energy, from bio-mass or captive power. This is in view of the
projections for requirement of power for sustained economic development of the State
and shortages of funds for implementing conventional power projects. Government of
Karnataka has already acknowledged the grim situation and has decided to promote
captive and cogeneration projects in private, joint, public and cooperative sectors.
1.11 Cogeneration
Due to shortage in the power supply during peak hours and also due to the
Government policy of supplying power to the rural areas on priority, many industries
13
and commercial establishments have started installing captive power generation
facilities. Such captive power generation comes under three categories.
Category 1 is Cogeneration, which is the simultaneous generation of process
heat and electric power.
Category 2 is standby captive generation, mainly as a backup in the event of
utility power failure.
Category 3 is the captive generation, used for augmenting or even substituting
the utility power.
Cogeneration increases the overall efficiency of the system and is desirable from the
point of view of energy economy. It is estimated that such captive generation capacity
in the country is about 10% of the total installed utility generating capacity.
1.12 Bagasse Based Cogeneration in Sugar Industry
Indian Sugar Industry has to improve the revenue by value addition to the by
product. So by Cogeneration Indian sugar Industry can be benefited & the revenue
per ton of sugarcane can be enhanced. Sugar mills have the capacity to export about
100 KW/Hr power per ton cane. This will increase the revenue by Rs. 300 per ton
cane.
Cogeneration reduces the Green House Gas emission. This will reduce the global
warming. So by cogeneration, future generation will also be benefited.
All the Cane sugar plants have been using the cogeneration concept – dual use of
energy in Steam, for their own captive use. But the term “cogeneration” under the
present context is used to denote the export of the surplus power to the grid or for
selling to any other third party.
The cogeneration potential in the country in various industries, like petrochemical,
paper, sugar, textile, cement etc., is around 12000 MW. Out of this, it is estimated that
the potential in the cane sugar factories is around 4000 MW.
Bagasse based cogeneration has the following advantages.
The bagasse based cogeneration is eco-friendly as pollutants are negligible.
Bagasse based cogeneration conserves fossil fuels.
There is no need to transport the fuel to the generating station as the fuel i.e. bagasse
is available in the factory itself.
It does not increase any foreign exchange outflow, as all the plant and
equipment required for setting up the cogeneration plants are indigenously
available.
The setting up of the cogeneration plant has a lower gestation period compared
to the gestation period of the conventional thermal plants.
14
It has lower installation & operating costs compared to the conventional fossil
fuel thermal power plants.
As the plants will be located invariably in the rural areas, the transmission and
distribution losses are very much minimized. In addition, these plants increase
the voltage level of the power supplied to the rural areas.
Bagasse based cogeneration provides employment to rural folk.
The cogeneration plants also improve the financial position of the sugar
factories.
1.13 Sugar Cane as Energy Crop
Sugarcane is a tropical grass belonging to the same genes as sorghum and maize. It is
an energy crop and the maximum converter of solar energy into bio-mass. The trash
free millable sugarcane stalk contains about 73% water and 27% solids. Cane contains
about 14 % dissolved solids and about 13% fibre woody fibrous Solids. The woody
fibre of the cane with the unextracted solids and moisture is known as bagasse. It is a
residue of Sugar Milling Plant. It is about 30 to 32% of the sugarcane crushed. The
bagasse is used as fuel for the boilers in the sugar mills.
Calorific Value of the bagasse depends upon the moisture % in bagasse. It is about
2200 to 2400 kcals per kg of bagasse. With the selling of surplus power, it is possible to
install high pressure energy efficient boilers & energy efficient turbines. More power
per ton of cane crushed can be produced. Surplus power shall be exported.
Conventional sugar mills generate about 35 KW/Hr power per ton cane & consume
the entire generated power whereas the bagasse based cogeneration sugar mills
generate about 130 to 140 KW/Hr power, consume about 35 KW/Hr & export about
105 KW/Hr power per ton cane. Hence, bagasse based cogeneration increases the
profitability of the Sugar Mills.
Further, Cogeneration plants using bagasse as fuel are eco-friendly and have the
added advantages of relatively low capital cost as well as short gestation period. In
addition, the other added advantages are, reduction in the transportation of fuel &
reduction in transmission losses. Cogeneration in sugar industries also raises a
futuristic source in the way of India's self-reliance in the power sector particularly in
the rural areas. Keeping in view of the above, NSSKN proposes to expand the
sugarcane crushing capacity of sugar plant from 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD. Apart from
this, NSSKN shall increase the power generation capacity from 18.14 MW/hr to 62.14
MW/hr in the cogeneration plant.
1.14 Imports vs. Indigenous Production.
Of the world’s sugar production of 220 Million Metric Tons, India is expected to have
contributed 22 Million Metric Tons or a mere 10% of the world production.
15
1.15 Export Possibility.
Export possibility for sugar is totally dependent on government’s policies.
1.16 Domestic / Export Markets
Indians by nature have a sweet tooth and sugar is a prime requirement in every
household. Almost 75% of the sugar available in the open market is consumed by
bulk consumers like bakeries, candy makers, sweet makers and soft drink
manufacturers. Khandsari sugar is less refined and is typically consumed by sweet
makers. Gud/Jiggery, an unrefined form of lumpy brown sugar, is mostly consumed
in rural areas, with some quantities illegally diverted for alcohol production. Greater
urbanization & rising standard of living have sparked of a rising trend in usage of
Sugar. Industrial consumption for sugar is also growing rapidly particularly from the
food processing sector & sugar based bulk consumers such as soft drink and ice cream
manufacturers.
1.17 Employment Generation Due To the Project
The existing manpower in the industry is 697 no’s (Sugar Co-Gen and Distillery), 627
no’s all alone for Sugar Co-Gen. The additional direct man power to the industry after
expansion program will be 150 no’s.However, the commencement of this industry
will create direct and indirect employment opportunities to more than 2,000 people in
terms of factory employment, transportation, vehicle maintenance, petty shops etc. In
addition, about 2,000 workers will be indirectly benefitted through harvesting and
other sugarcane cultivation work.
1.18 Objective and Scope of EIA Studies
The overall objective of any EIA studies is to identify and assess the adverse and
beneficial impacts of the project in the planning stage itself, so that necessary
mitigation measures to prevent or minimize these adverse impacts could be planned
early and cost effectively. In view of this objective, the scope of EIA study broadly
includes:
Introduction along with scope of EIA studies (Chapter-1).
Preliminary details of project including type, need and location of project and
the magnitude of project activities (Chapter-2).
Project description including process, resource required and products formed
along with sources of pollution and built in mitigation measures with respect
to wastewater, gaseous emissions and solid wastes (Chapter-2).
Existing baseline status of the relevant environmental parameters in the
specified study area through primary and secondary source. The
environmental parameters include meteorology, air, water, land, soil, noise,
ecology and socio economics (Chapter-3).
16
Anticipated environmental impacts of the proposed project on environment
and measures for mitigation of the predicted adverse impacts, air pollution
dispersion modeling studies (Chapter-4).
Analysis of alternatives for the technology & site (Chapter-5)
Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures. It
includes laboratory and other facilities monitoring facilities, environmental
parameters to be monitored, data to be analyzed and sampling location and
schedule. It also includes budgetary provision and procurement schedule for
the monitoring facilities (Chapter-6).
Additional studies relevant to the project such as public consultation, risk
assessment and social impact assessment with R.R. Action plan (Chapter-7).
Project benefits in terms of improvement in social and physical infrastructures
in the region of the proposed project (Chapter-8).
Environmental cost benefit analysis of the project (Chapter-9).
Administrative aspects of environmental management plan to ensure that the
mitigation measures implemented and their effectiveness monitored (Chapter-
10).
Summary and conclusions consisting of overall justification of project. It also
includes the summary of significant adverse effects along with the measures to
overcome the same (Chapter-11).
Preparation of EIA document as per MoEF guidelines. It includes all the above
Information of items from i to xii.
1.19 Methodology of EIA Studies
1.19.1 Existing Environmental Status
The environmental influence due to the project is analyzed covering a radial distance
of about 10 km around the factory premises. Therefore, the study area for monitoring
of environmental parameters covers 10 km distance from the project site.
The environmental parameters, which are likely to be affected by the activities of the
project, were identified. They include air, water, soil, land use, ecology, socio-
economics etc. The existing status of these environmental parameters for study area is
collected from both primary and secondary sources. Primary source data were
collected through environmental monitoring survey of representative locations of the
study area. Thereconnaissance survey was conducted and the sampling locations
were identified based on:
Existing topography and location of surface water bodies like ponds and
steams.
Meteorological conditions (predominant wind directions).
Location of towns, villages and other sensitive areas present in the vicinity of
the proposed project site.
17
Representative areas for baseline conditions
Accessibility, power availability and security to the monitoring equipment.
Secondary data were collected from various organizations to substantiate the primary
data. The data thus collected was compared with the standards prescribed for the
respective environmental parameters. The environmental parameters monitored and
the frequency of monitoring is given in Table: 1.3. The methodologies adopted for
studying individual components of environment are briefly described below.
A. Air environment
Micrometeorology
The existing status of these environmental parameters for study area is collected from
both primary and secondary sources. Secondary source data were collected from
Bijapur Agrometeorological Services, University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad.
The parameters like wind speed, maximum and minimum temperatures, relative
humidity and total rainfall were recorded on hourly basis continuously during 15th
December 2016 to 15th March 2017 period. The meteorological data collected by
primary source has been used for interpretation of the existing ambient air quality
status.
Ambient Air Quality
The status of the existing ambient air quality in the study region has been assessed
through a network of eight air sampling stations during the study period within a
radial distance of 10 km distance from the project site. The monitoring network was
so designed that a representative baseline scenario is obtained in upwind, downwind
and crosswind directions. These monitoring sites have been established keeping in
view the available data on predominant wind direction and wind speed of this
particular region. The existing ambient air quality status (AAQ) has been monitored
for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOxand CO at each station on 24 hourly basis. The monitoring
was done as per the approved methods of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).
Maximum, minimum, average and 98 % values have been computed from the data
collected at all individual sampling stations to represent the ambient air quality status.
A. Noise environment
Noise monitoring has been carried out at different locations to identify the impact of
project activities on the surroundings in the study area. Noise levels were recorded
hourly interval for 24 hrsduring the day and night times to compute the day
equivalent, night equivalent and day-night equivalent level.
B. Water environment
The existing surface and ground water sources in and around the plant site were
monitored for assessment of their physico-chemical characteristics. Samples were
18
collected from different locations within an area of 10 km radius and analyzed. The
parameters thus analyzed were compared with BIS standards. The activities around
the source during sampling were taken into consideration in interpretation of the
water quality of the particular source.
C. Land environment
Representative soil samples were collected from different sampling locations within
an area of 10 km radius around the plant site. They were analyzed to assess their
physio-chemical characteristics. Standard procedures were followed for sampling and
analysis. The samples collected were assessed for their suitability for the growth of
plant species, crops.
D. Socio-economic environment
Data pertaining to geology, land use, demography, socio economics and ecology were
based on primary and secondary data collected from different sources such as census
reports, district gazetteer, government publications and scientific literature.
Table 1.3:Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring
Sl.No Attribute Parameters Frequency of Monitoring
1. Ambient air
quality
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx&CO
in 8 locations
24 hourly samples twice a
week for the project site
2. Meteorology Wind speed, direction
temperature, relative
humidity, rainfall
At project site continuous for 3
months hourly recording.
3. Water quality Physical, chemical &
bacteriological parameters
for 8 locations.
Grab samples have been
collected once during the
study period.
4. Ecology Terrestrial and aquatic
flora and fauna in the
region.
Primary and Secondary data.
5. Noise levels Noise levels in dB (A) in 8
locations
Recording at hourly interval
for 24 hrs, once a month per
location during study period.
6. Soil
characteristics
Parameters related to
agriculture potential at 8
locations.
Once during the study period.
7. Land use Trend of land usechange
for different categories.
Based on data published in
district census handbook and
based on satellite Imagery.
8. Socio – economic
aspects
Socio-economic
characteristics.
Based on the data collected
from the secondary source.
19
9. Geology Geological history Based on the data collected
from the secondary source.
10. Hydrology Drainage area and pattern
nature of streams. Aquifer
characteristics recharge
and discharge areas.
Based on the data collected
from the secondary source.
11. Risk assessment To identify areas where
disaster can occur due to
fire & explosives & release
of toxic substance.
Identification of possible risks
at the proposed project,
quantification of risk through
modeling.
1.20 Identification of Impacts and Mitigation Measures
The likely impacts of various activities of the proposed project on the environment
were identified. These impacts were assessed for their significance based on the
background environmental quality in the area and the magnitude of the impact. All
components of the environment were considered and wherever possible impacts were
evaluated in quantitative / qualitative terms. Estimated impacts have been
superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality. The
resultant (post-project) quality of environmental parameters is reviewed with respect
to the permissible limits. Thereby, the preventive and mitigation measures were
formulated and incorporated in the environmental plan.
1.21 Terms of References (TOR) From MoEF and Their Compliances
Terms of References to conduct of EIA studies were issued by MOEF New Delhi &
updated in the MoEF website vide letter no. F.No: J-11011/110/2017- IA. II (I)
dated19thJuly 2017 in continuation to the 24thmeeting held on 15thJune, 2017. The EIA
studies were conducted based on these TOR and accordingly the EIA report is
prepared. The list of TOR and their compliances is appended in the table below. The
TOR copy that is been received from MOEF New Delhi is enclosed as Annexure-1
Table 1.4: Terms Of Reference (TOR)
Sl.
No.
TOR issued by MoEF Details
A Standard Terms of Reference
1. Executive summary. Enclosed as Annexure -18of EIA
Report.
2. Introduction. Detailed in Chapter 1 of EIA report
describes Introduction.
i Details of the EIA Consultant including
NABET accreditation.
Enclosed as Annexure- 14
ii Information about the project Given under Chapter 1 of EIA
20
proponent. report, under 1.4 sections.
iii Importance and benefits of the project Given under Chapter 8 of EIA
report.
3. Project Description Detailed in Chapter 2 of EIA report
i Cost of project and time of completion. Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.5 sections.
ii Products with capacities for the
proposed project.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.4 sections.
iii If expansion project, details of existing
products with capacities and whether
adequate land is available for
expansion, reference of earlier EC if
any.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.4 sections.
iv List of raw materials required and their
source along with mode of
transportation.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.4.6 section.
v Other chemicals and materials required
with quantities and storage capacities
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.4.6 section.
vi Details of Emission, effluents,
hazardous waste generation and their
management.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.7 sections.
vii Requirement of water, power, with
source of supply, status of approval,
water balance diagram,man-power
requirement (regular and contract)
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.6 sections.
viii Process description along with major
equipment’s and machineries, process
flow sheet (quantative) from raw
material to products to be provided.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.7 sections.
ix Hazard identification and details of
proposed safety systems.
Sighted under Chapter 4 of EIA
report, under 4.11 sections.
x Expansion/modernization proposals: Sighted under Chapter 1 of EIA
report, under 1.3 sections and also
in Table 1.2.
a. Copy of all the Environmental
Clearance(s) including Amendments
thereto obtain forthe project from
MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an
Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest
Monitoring Report of the Regional
Office of the Ministry of Environment
Earlier Environmental Clearance’s
copy is enclosed as Annexure- 4.
Latest certified Compliance report
copy is enclosed as Annexure- 5.
Latest compliance of Consent to
21
and Forestsas per circular dated 30th
May, 2012 on the status of compliance
of conditions stipulatedin all the
existing environmental clearances
including Amendments shall be
provided. Inaddition, status of
compliance of Consent to Operate for
the ongoing existing operationof the
project from SPCB shall be attached
with the EIA-EMP report.
Operate for the ongoing existing
operation of the project from SPCB
is enclosed as Annexure- 6
b. In case the existing project has not
obtained environmental clearance,
reasons for nottaking EC under the
provisions of the EIA Notification 1994
and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be
provided. Copies of Consent to
Establish/No Objection Certificate and
Consent to Operate (in case of units
operating prior to EIA Notification
2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006)
obtained from the SPCB shall be
submitted. Further, compliance report
to the conditions of consents from the
SPCB shall be submitted.
The company stated its crushing
operation for commercial
production of sugar on 9th
December 1992.
The initial sugarcane crushing
capacity of the plant from the year
1992 till the year 2004 was 2500 TCD
with 2.5 MW TG set Co-gen facilities
(2 x 32 TPH Boiler). The plant was
further expanded to a crushing
capacity to 3500 TCD along with
Co-Gen capacity of 18.14 MW (105
TPH Boiler) in the year 2004, the
necessary approvals had been
obtained, isenclosed as Annexure- 4.
The company in the 2008 again
increased its capacity from 3500
TCD to 6500 TCD Sugarcane
crushing and installation of 50
KLPD Distillery, the latest EC copy
is enclosed as Annexure- 4.
4 Site Details Detailed in Chapter 2 of EIA report.
xiv Location of the project site covering
village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and
State, Justificationfor selecting the site,
whether other sites were considered
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.3 sections.
i A toposheet of the study area of radius
of 10km and site location on
1:50,000/1:25,000scale on an A3/A2
Given under Figure: 3.1 of EIA
report.
22
sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas
and environmentally sensitiveplaces)
ii Details w.r.t. option analysis for
selection of site
Sighted under Chapter 5 of EIA
report.
iii Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four
corners of the site.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under Table 2.1.
iv Google map-Earth downloaded of the
project site.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under Figure 2.1 and 2.3.
v Layout maps indicating existing unit as
well as proposed unit indicating
storage area,plant area, greenbelt area,
utilities etc. If located within an
Industrial area/Estate/Complex,layout
of Industrial Area indicating location of
unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, Figure 2.3 and 2.4 and also
enclosed as Annexure- 16
vi Photographs of the proposed and
existing (if applicable) plant site. If
existing, showphotographs of
plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
Enclosed as Annexure- 15
vii Land use break-up of total land of the
project site (identified and acquired),
government/private - agricultural,
forest, wasteland, water bodies,
settlements, etc shall be included.
(not required for industrial area)
Sighted under Chapter 3 of EIA
report, under 3.3.1 sections.
viii A list of major industries with name
and type within study area (10km
radius) shall beincorporated. Land use
details of the study area
There are no major industries that
are coming under the study area of
10 Kms, however the nearest
industries to the factory are sited in
Chapter 2 of EIA report, under
Table 2.1.
ix Geological features and Geo-
hydrological status of the study area
shall be included.
Sighted under Chapter 3 of EIA
report, under 3.3.7 and 3.3.8
sections.
x Details of Drainage of the project up to
5km radius of study area. If the site is
within 1 kmradius of any major river,
peak and lean season river discharge as
well as flood occurrencefrequency
based on peak rainfall data of the past
30 years. Details of Flood Level of the
River Krishna is flowing at a
distance of 1.5 Km from West to
East, there is a proposal which has
got approved that the level of
Almati Dam to be increase from
519.6to 524.256 m.
23
project site and maximum Flood Level
of the river shall also be provided.
(Mega greenfield projects)
In this regard, A letter providing
about the MWL of Alamati
reservoir due to increase in FRL of
Dam to an Elevation of 524.256 m is
obtained from Executive Engineer of
Krishna Bhagya Jala Nigam Ltd,
states that all the FRL back water of
river Krishna locations are beyond
the 500 mts from the factory
boundary.
The letter obtained from Executive
Engineer of Krishna Bhagya Jala
Nigam Ltd is enclosed as Annexure-
8
xi Status of acquisition of land. If
acquisition is not complete, stage of the
acquisition processand expected time
of complete possession of the land.
The proposed project is an
expansion project in the existing
industrial premise. No additional
land required for the proposed
project, the existing land is in a
complete possession.
xii R&R details in respect of land in line
with state Government policy
The expansion project is proposed in
the existing industrial premise. No
procurement of any additional land
for the proposed project.
In view of the above, the proposed
expansion project does not involve
any displacement of persons and no
rehabilitation or resettlements are
necessary.
5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if
applicable):
The area of 10 kms radius around
the proposed project site is free from
ecologically sensitive areas hence
not applicable
i Permission and approval for the use of
forest land (forestry clearance), if any,
and recommendations of the State
Forest Department. (if applicable)
ii Land use map based on High
resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the
proposed site delineating the forestland
24
(in case of projects involving forest land
more than 40 ha)
iii Status of Application submitted for
obtaining the stage I forestry clearance
along with latest status shall be
submitted.
iv The projects to be located within 10 km
of the National Parks, Sanctuaries,
Biosphere Reserves, Migratory
Corridors of Wild Animals, the project
proponent shall submit the map duly
authenticated by Chief Wildlife
Warden showing these features vis-à-
vis the project location and the
recommendations or comments of the
Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon
v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly
authenticated by the Chief Wildlife
Warden of the State Government for
conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any
exists in the study area
vi Copy of application submitted for
clearance under the Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing
Committee of the National Board for
Wildlife
6 Environmental Status Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report.
i Determination of atmospheric
inversion level at the project site and
site-specific micrometeorological data
using temperature, relative humidity,
hourly wind speed and directionand
rainfall.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.3 sections.
ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8
locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX,
CO and otherparameters relevant to the
project shall be collected. The
monitoring stations shall be
basedCPCB guidelines and take into
account the pre-dominant wind
direction, population zoneand sensitive
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.4 sections.
25
receptors including reserved forests.
iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for
12 weeks of all stations as per
frequency given in theNAQM
Notification of Nov. 2009 along with -
min., max., average and 98% values for
each of the AAQ parameters from data
of all AAQ stations should be provided
as an annexureto the EIA Report.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.3 sections,
Monitoring reports on AAQ of all
the parameters
withmonitoringlocations is enclosed
as Annexure- 9
iv Surface water quality of nearby River
(100m upstream and downstream of
discharge point)and other surface
drains at eight locations as per
CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.6 sections,
Monitoring reports on surface water
quality along with monitoring
locations is enclosed as Annexure- 9
v Whether the site falls near to polluted
stretch of river identified by the
CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.
No
vi Ground water monitoring at minimum
at 8 locations shall be included.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.6 sections,
Monitoring reports on Ground
water quality along with monitoring
locations is enclosed as Annexure- 9
vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations
within the study area.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.5 sections,
Ambient Noise quality along with
monitoring locations is enclosed as
Annexure- 9
viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB
guidelines.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.2 sections, results
of Soil Characteristic around the
project site is enclosed as Annexure-
9
ix Traffic study of the area, type of
vehicles, frequency of vehicles for
transportation of materials,additional
traffic due to proposed project, parking
arrangement etc.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.4 sections.
x Detailed description of flora and fauna
(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the
study areashall be given with special
reference to rare, endemic and
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.8 sections.
26
endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna
are found within the study area, a
Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be
prepared andfurnished.
xi Socio-economic status of the study
area.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
Sighted under 3.3.9 sections.
7 Impact and Environment Management
Plan
Detailed in Chapter 4 of EIA report.
i Assessment of ground level
concentration of pollutants from the
stack emission based onsite-specific
meteorological features. In case the
project is located on a hilly terrain, the
AQIP Modeling shall be done using
inputs of the specific terrain
characteristics fordetermining the
potential impacts of the project on the
AAQ. Cumulative impact of all
sourcesof emissions (including
transportation) on the AAQ of the area
shall be assessed. Details ofthe model
used and the input data used for
modelling shall also be provided. The
air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a
location map showing the location of
project site, habitationnearby, sensitive
receptors, if any.
Detailed in Chapter 4 of EIA report,
Sighted under 4.4 sections.
ii Water Quality modeling - in case of
discharge in water body
There are no water courses flowing
within the project area. There is no
discharge of any water/waste water
or effluent or treated water outside
the premises, the factory follows
zero discharges.
However a good storm water
management is practiced to arrest
the storm water and not letting out
of the premises.
iii Impact of the transport of the raw
materials and end products on the
surrounding environmentshall be
assessed and provided. In this regard,
Impact of the transport on Air,
water, Biological environment and
land is detailed in Chapter 4 of EIA
report.
27
options for transport of raw materials
andfinished products and wastes (large
quantities) by rail or rail-cum road
transport or conveyorcum-rail
transport shall be examined.
iv A note on treatment of wastewater
from different plant operations, extent
recycled and reusedfor different
purposes shall be included. Complete
scheme of effluent treatment.
Characteristicsof untreated and treated
effluent to meet the prescribed
standards of discharge under
E(P)Rules.
Source of wastewater,
Characteristics of wastewater,
Treatment procedure and
Specification of effluent treatment
units is detailed in Chapter 2 of EIA
Report under 2.7.1 Section and also
in Chapter 4 of EIA Report.
v Details of stack emission and action
plan for control of emissions to meet
standards.
Details of stack emissions and there
action plan to control emissions
detailed in Chapter 2 of EIA Report
under 2.7.2 Section and also in
Chapter 4 of EIA Report.
vi Measures for fugitive emission control Details of fugitive emission and
there action plan to control
emissions detailed in Chapter 2 of
EIA Report under 2.7.2 Section and
also in Chapter 4 of EIA Report.
vii Details of hazardous waste generation
and their storage, utilization and
management. Copiesof MOU regarding
utilization of solid and hazardous
waste in cement plant shall also
beincluded. EMP shall include the
concept of waste-minimization,
recycle/reuse/recovertechniques,
Energy conservation, and natural
resource conservation.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.7 sections.
viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be
ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,
2009. A detailedplan of action shall be
provided.
Sighted under Chapter 2 of EIA
report, under 2.7.2 sections.
ix Action plan for the green belt
development plan in 33 % area i.e. land
with not less than1,500 trees per ha.
Action plan for the green belt
development is given under
Chapter 10 of EIA report, under 10.2
28
Giving details of species, width of
plantation, planning schedule etc. shall
be included. The green belt shall be
around the project boundary and a
scheme for greeningof the roads used
for the project shall also be
incorporated.
sections.
x Action plan for rainwater harvesting
measures at plant site shall be
submitted to harvestrainwater from the
roof tops and storm water drains to
recharge the ground water and also
touse for the various activities at the
project site to conserve fresh water and
reduce the waterrequirement from
other sources.
Sighted under Chapter 4 of EIA
report, under 4.6.2 sections.
xi Total capital cost and recurring
cost/annum for environmental
pollution control measures shall be
included.
Sighted under Chapter 6 of EIA
report, under 6.7 sections.
xii Action plan for post-project
environmental monitoring shall be
submitted.
Sighted under Chapter 6 of EIA
report, under 6.3 sections.
xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural
and Man-made) Preparedness and
EmergencyManagement Plan including
Risk Assessment and damage control.
Disaster management plan should be
linked with District Disaster
Management Plan.
Detailed in Chapter 7 of EIA report.
8 Occupational health Detailed in Chapter 7 of EIA report.
i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the
occupational health & safety of all
contract and casualworkers
An amount of 5 Lakhs per year is
allotted as a part of EMP for
occupational health & safety for all
the workers (contract &
Permanente) who are working for
the company.
ii Details of exposure specific health
status evaluation of worker. If the
workers' health is beingevaluated by
pre designed format, chest x rays,
Detailed in Chapter 7 of EIA report,
under 7.2 sections
29
Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing
(Far& Near vision, colour vision and
any other ocular defect) ECG, during
pre-placement andperiodical
examinations give the details of the
same. Details regarding last month
analyzeddata of above mentioned
parameters as per age, sex, duration of
exposure and department wise.
iii Details of existing Occupational &
Safety Hazards. What are the exposure
levels of hazardsand whether they are
within Permissible Exposure level
(PEL). If these are not within PEL,what
measures the company has adopted to
keep them within PEL so that health of
the workerscan be preserved,
Detailed in Chapter 7 of EIA report,
under 7.2 sections
iv Annual report of health status of
workers with special reference to
Occupational Health andSafety.
Regular Health check-up is already
undertaken by us for all the workers
working in the factory. A full
timedoctoris made available for
staffround theclock at site, a doctor
certificate along with health status
report ofsome theworkersis
enclosed as Annexure -13
9 Corporate Environment Policy
i Does the company have a well laid
down Environment Policy approved by
its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA report.
The company have a well laid down
Environment Policy approved by its
Board of Directors, Detailed in
Chapter 8 of EIA report, under 8.2
sections
ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe
for standard operating process /
procedures to bringinto focus any
infringement / deviation / violation of
the environmental or forest norms
/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in
the EIA.
The company has a well laid down
Environment Policy approved by its
Board of Directors, Hierarchy
detailed in Chapter 8 of EIA report
under 8.2 sections, operating
procedures are detailed in Detailed
in Chapter 7 of EIA report.
iii What is the hierarchical system or
Administrative order of the company
to deal with theenvironmental issues
Detailed in Chapter 8 of EIA report
under 8.2 sections
30
and for ensuring compliance with the
environmental clearance conditions?
Details of this system may be given.
iv Does the company have system of
reporting of non-compliances /
violations of environmentalnorms to
the Board of Directors of the company
and / or shareholders or stakeholders
atlarge? This reporting mechanism
shall be detailed in the EIA report
In case of any non-compliances /
violations relating to Environment,
it will be reported to Environmental
Engineer, Environmental Engineer
shall report to Manager ETP and he
shall report to his higher official
General Manage and then to CEO of
the Industry.
10 Details regarding infrastructure
facilities such as sanitation, fuel,
restroom etc. to be provided to the
labor force during construction as well
as to the casual workers including
truck drivers duringoperation phase.
Detailed in Chapter 4 of EIA report
under 4.6.2 sections.
11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Detailed in Chapter 9 of EIA report.
i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the
project cost) shall be earmarked
towards the Enterprise Social
Commitment based on Public Hearing
issues and item-wise details along with
time bound action plan shall be
included.Socio-economic development
activities need to be elaborated upon.
As a part of Enterprise Social
Commitment (ESC), the company
has allotted 1780 Lakhs(i. e 5 % of
the project cost) towards Socio-
economic development activities.
12 Any litigation pending against the
project and/or any direction/order
passed by any Court of Lawagainst the
project, if so, details thereof shall also
be included. Has the unit received any
noticeunder the Section 5 of
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or
relevant Sections of Air and Water
Acts? If so, details thereof and
compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and
present status of the case.
No there are no litigation pending
against the project and/or any
direction/order passed by any
Court of Law against the project
13 A tabular chart with index for point
wise compliance of above TOR.
Detailed in Chapter 1 of EIA report,
under 1.21 section
B. Specific terms of reference for EIA studies for sugar Industry
1 Complete process flow diagram Technology and Process
31
describing each unit, its processes and
operations in production ofsugar, along
with material and energy inputs and
outputs (material and energy balance).
Description, along with flow
diagram and Material balances is
detailed in chapter 2 of EIA report,
under 2.6 sections.
2 Details on water balance including
quantity of effluent generated, recycled
& reused. Effort’stominimize effluent is
charge and to maintain quality of
receiving water body.
Details on water balance including
quantity of effluent generated,
recycled & reused is detailed in
chapter 2 of EIA report, under 2.6
and 2.7 sections
3 Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet
and treated water quality with specific
efficiency of eachtreatment unit in
reduction in respect to fall concerned /
regulated environmental parameters.
Details on effluent treatment plant
and there Specification of effluent
treatment units is detailed chapter 2
of EIA report, under 2.6 and 2.7
sections
4 Numberofworkingdaysof thesugar
productionunit.
The sugar unit will be working for
180 Days, and the Co-gen Power
Plant shall be working for 210 Days
5 Detailsoftheuseofsteamfromtheboiler. Details of the use of steam
generation and utilization along
with steam balance is given under
chapter 2 of EIA report, under 2.6.3
to 2.6.3 section
6 Detailsofproposedsource-
specificpollutioncontrol schemes and
equipment’s to meet the
nationalstandards.
Detailed in Chapter 2 of EIA report,
under 2.7 section
7 Collection, storage, handling and
transportation of molasses.
The molasses that is obtained will be
transferred very carefully within the
plant premises and shall be used for
owncaptive for distillery production
for ethanol, an existing steel storage
tanks of 06 No’s, (3 no’s with Dia 20
and Area 628 Sq.m & 03 No’s with
Dia 24 and Area 754 Sq.m) is
available, now we have proposed 01
No of steel tank with Dia 24 and
Area 452 Sq.m. Theexcess molasses
generated will beoutsourced to the
surrounding distillery units, with an
MOU.
8 Collection, storage and handling of Detailed in Chapter 2 of EIA report,
32
bagasse and press mud. under 2.7.4 section
9 Fly ash management plan for coal
based and bagasse and action plan
Detailed in Chapter 2 of EIA report,
under 2.7.4 section
10 Details on water quality
parameterssuchas Temperature,
Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total
KjeldhalNitrogen, Phosphates, Oil &
Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total
Coli form bacteria etc.
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
under 3.3.6 section
11 Details on existing ambient air quality
and expected, stack and fugitive
emissions for PM10, PM2.5,SO2*,
NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the
adequacy of the proposed pollution
control devices to meetstandards for
point sources and to meet AAQ
standards. (*-As applicable)
Detailed in Chapter 3 of EIA report,
under 3.3.4 section
C Additional TOR
1 Zero Liquid Discharge system plan
shall be submitted.
Both the Domestic and Industrial
effluents fully taken care of making
zero discharge, Water use is
minimized, waste water treated and
recycled to plant and also used for
plantation. Domestic effluent
reasonably low in quantity and is
take to Sugar ETP for treatment.
There is no discharge to any surface
water, or any percolation to
groundwater.
2 A layout plan earmarking space for
development of Green belt of at least 10
m widthalong the periphery of the
plant with three layers of perennial
trees shall be submitted.
At least 33 % of the area shall be
developed as green area with trees.
Trees shall beselected as per CPCB
norms
More than 33 % is allotted for the
Greenery plantation, a three row
plantation all along the boundary of
the factory is maintained, Design
Plantation pattern of the same is
detailed in chapter 10 of EIA report
under 10.2
3 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
plan shall be submitted with at least 5
As a part of Enterprise Social
Commitment (ESC), the company
33
% amountof the project cost. has allotted 1780 Lakhs(5 % of the
project cost) towards Socio-
economic development activities.
4 No ground water shall be used for the
proposed project.
There is no ground water tapping
for the project, majority of the water
requirement is met through water
available in cane, however the
freshwater requirement is met
through river water, for which
permission has been obtained from
Executive Engineer, Karnataka
Nigam Ltd – Biligi for lifting water
from Krishna river.
5 PP shall reduce the water requirement
of the project as proposed. PP shall
submit aplan for reduction in process
water consumption.
Revised Action plan is submitted
after EAC meeting for recycle, reuse
and for reduction in process water
consumption, detailed in Chapter 2
of EIA report, under 2.7.1 section
6 Public hearing has to be conducted as
per the provisions of EIA Notification,
2006
Public hearing was conducted as per
the provisions of EIA Notification,
2006, issues that are raisedis been
anticipated along with budgetary
allocation, which is detailed in
Chapter 7, under Table 7.1 of final
EIA Report.
34
Chapter – 2
Project Description
2.1 Type of Project
NSSKN have proposed for expansion of Sugar Unit and Cogeneration Power Unit
capacity in a fully integrated industry complex at Survey No 90 & 92, Krishnanagar
Village, Hosur Post, Vijayapur Taluk and District, Karnataka State. The project
consists of following units.
1. Existing 6500 TCD Sugar Unit now proposed expansion of its capacity from
6500 TCD to 14000 TCD.
2. Existing bagasse based Cogeneration Power Unit 18.14 MW, now proposed
expansion of its capacity from 18.14 MW to 62.14MW.
3. Existing 50 KLPD molasses based distillery unit.
The proposed project is an integrated sugar industrial complex with facilities to
manufacture white sugar, co-gen power and alcohol. Sugar plant is based on
sugarcane which is an agriculture resource. Co-gen power plant is based mainly on
bagasse as fuel and distillery is based on molasses as raw material. Bagasse and
molasses are the waste or by-products of sugar plant. The project is basically an agro
based rural industry.
2.2 Need for the Project
The main raw material required for manufacture of sugar is sugarcane which is
obtained from agricultural produce existing in the region of the proposed project site.
Sugar is an essential food product for mankind. Bagasse, press mud and molasses are
the by- products of sugar industry. Once thought to be unwanted waste products,
these by-products are now advantageously utilized as a valuable resource for
profitable applications.
Bagasse is used as fuel in the associated co-gen power plant. It is fired in the boiler for
production of high-pressure steam. The steam in turn is used in generation of captive
electric power. The surplus power from the co-gen plant after meeting its captive
needs in the industry will be exported to public power distribution system. The co-
gen power helps to overcome power shortage in the state. The bagasse is obtained
from renewable source and is a substitute to fossil fuels such as coal or petroleum.
Since the location of sugar mills are decentralized, the co-gen power plants become
decentralized bio-mass based power station.
Molasses is a raw material for production of ethyl alcohol which gains importance for
its use as fuel in admixture with petrol, as a main ingredient in beverages and as a
starting raw material for various organic chemicals. Molasses is a renewable resource
35
and dispense the use of petroleum for fuel and organic chemicals. Alcohol has
assumed very important place in the country’s economy. It is vital raw material for a
number of chemicals. It has been a source of large amount of revenue by way of
Excise Duty levied by State Government. Ethanol has a potentiality as fuel in the form
of “power alcohol” for blending with petrol in the ratio of 10:90. This trend is
continuing and will continue in view of the fact that potable liquor has larger revenue
generating potential for the Governments. The demand for alcohol will always be
there for industrial purposes. Further the use of alcohol in automobile fuel will
enhance the demand for alcohol. Other than the above mentioned major requirement,
alcohol is also being used in the production of many downstream chemicals including
drugs, polymers, plastic, etc.
Press mud contains organic and inorganic plant nutrients and therefore it is used as it
is or after composting as a bio-manure in agriculture.
The industry will be established in the rural, backward region of the State and has a
good scope for development of sugarcane with suitable climatic conditions and
assured source of underground and surface water. At present there are no sugar
industries in the region. Sugarcane cultivated in the region is presently transported
through 30 - 60 km and supplied to existing factories in Vijayapur, Belagavi or
Bagalkot district. As compared to other crops sugarcane cultivation gives higher
economical returns to the farmers. There is good potential to develop more than
20,000 hectares of sugarcane land in about 20 km distance from the proposed site.
Hence, with the proposed industry more agricultural land would be brought under
sugarcane cultivation and it benefits the farmers and the local region. The
establishment of the integrated sugar industry will thus meet the national interest of
economical power and food through sustainable development. Further it helps to
uplift the rural mass. Sugar cultivation gives higher economical returns to the
farmers.
The Government of Karnataka envisaged the policy to encourage integrated sugar
industries consisting of sugar, co-gen power and molasses based alcohol in the State
with various incentives including power purchase agreement. In the year 2015 - 2016,
the Agriculture Department had set a target of bringing 29,405 Acre additional land
for cultivation. Out of this sugarcane cultivation in 18,125 Acre are in Vijayapur &
11,280 Acre in Bagalkot.
The integrated sugar industry with sugar and alcohol as main products along with
exportable power and bio-manure as co-products has proved to be an economical
proposal. The establishment of the integrated sugar industry will thus meet the
national interest of economical power and food. Further it helps to uplift the rural
mass. The total direct employment potential of the proposed industry is about 150
people for the expansion alone. However, with the commencement of operation, this
36
industry will create direct and indirect employment opportunities to more than 2,000
persons in terms of factory employment, transportation, vehicle maintenance, petty
shops etc. in addition to about 2,000 workers in harvesting and other sugarcane
cultivation work.
2.3 Location of the Project
2.3.1 General Location
The industry is proposed to be located at Survey No 90 & 92, Krishnanagar Village,
Hosur Post, Vijayapur Taluk and District, Karnataka State. The site is located adjacent
to State Highway (SH 55) at west, the district headquarters is Vijayapur. the nearest
railway station is Basavana Bagevadi station which is 55 Kms towards East, nearest
City is Bagalkot and Vijayapur at a distance of 36 Kms South and 48 Kms North.
Nearest Airports are Hubli Airport at 130 Km Southwest & Belgaum Airport at 120
Km Southwest. The location features of site are given in Table 2.1. Google map of the
site is given in Figure 2.1 and 2.2. Project site layout plan and factory layout plan is
given under Figure 2.3 and 2.4 and also enclosed as Annexure-16. The latest project
site photograph of the existing industry and proposed area is enclosed as Annexure-
15
The area has dry tropical climate with hot summer and cold winter with scanty
rainfall. The surrounding area of the project site is rural agrarian. The maximum
recorded rainfall in the year 2011 was 73.3 mm in the month of September. River
Krishna, the perennial river flowing from West to East is located at a distance of about
1.5 kms from the site Rainwater streams are present in the region and they carry water
only during rainy days. The region is nearly a plain land sloping south towards river
Krishna. There are no hillocks or valleys in the region. There are no eco-sensitive
locations such as national park, wild life sanctuary, bio-sphere reserve or any
Archaeological Places in the vicinity of the proposed project site.
The site and its vicinity are generally barren with small patches of agricultural lands
growing rain fed crops such as jower, maize and groundnut. Few patches of
agricultural lands cultivated through lift irrigation also exist in the region. The site
and the surrounding region are devoid of forest or major trees except scanty bushes
and shrubs. Greenery is observed only on the banks of the river and streams.
Table 2.1: Location features of the project site
Sl. No.
Feature Particulars
1. Name of the Industry M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit
2. Location of the Industry Survey Nos. 90,92, Krishnanagar village, Hosur Post, Vijayapur Taluk and District, Karnataka State
37
3. Latitude / Longitude
Altitude
75O 28’ 46.05” East and 16O 27’ 00” North
537 m above MSL
4. Project site co-ordinates Direction Latitude Longitude
A 16O 27’ 45.96” 75O 28’ 6.34”
B 16O 27’ 43.66” 75O 28’ 12.26”
C 16O 26’ 56.73” 75O 28’ 15.00”
D 16O 26’ 51.65” 75O 28’ 30.20”
E 16O 27’ 48.46” 75O 28’ 45.52”
F 16O 27’ 10.81” 75O 28’ 44.29”
G 16O 27’ 11.34” 75O 28’ 34.10”
H 16O 27’ 24.68” 75O 28’ 34.30”
I 16O 27’ 26.50” 75O 28’ 27.37”
J 16O 27’ 12.46” 75O 28’ 28.75”
K 16O 27’ 13.63” 75O 28’ 10.04”
L 16O 27’ 58.49” 75O 28’ 6.74”
5. Toposheet 47 P/6, 47 P/7, 47 P/10, 47 P/11
6. Present use of land The Factory Site (Existing) is an industrial converted land surrounded by rain fed agriculture lands.
7. Daily average temp. in °C Min: 14.7 o C- 16.1o C during January.
Max. 31.8o C- 39.9oC during May
8. Relative humidity 72.8 %
9. Annual rain fall in mm 400 to 700 (Average 620.44mm)
10. Predominant wind & direction 3.98 m/s, predominantly from East to West.
11. Soil type Majority of the soil are Black soils, Red sandy soils and mixed soils , found in the region which are suitable for the cultivation of sugarcane crop.
12. Topography Moderately undulated topography with small hillocks.
13. Nearest highway SH 55 (W)
14. Nearest Railway station Basavana Bagevadi station - 55 KM (E)
15. Nearest Airport Belagavi - 120 KM (SW) &
Hubli - 130 Kms (SW)
16.
Nearest village Name of the village Distance & Direction
Hosur 2.2 (SE)
Girgaon 5.5 (E)
Sutagundi 2.3 (NE)
Shirabur 2.4 (N)
Chickhanchinal 6.0 (NW)
Chowdapur 5.2 (W)
Chikka-Galagali 3.9 (SW)
38
Jambagi 2.3 (S)
17. Nearest City Bagalkot - 36 Km (S) Vijayapura ( Bijapur) - 48 KM (N)
Nearest industry Name of the Industry Distance & Direction
Pabhulingeshwara
Sugars and Chemicals
Ltd, siddapur,
Jamakhandi
27 (NW)
Nirani Sugars Ltd, Kulali
Cross ,Mudhol
31 (SW)
Bilagi Sugar Mill Ltd.,
Badagandi, Bilagi.
36 (SE )
Jamakhandi Sugars Ltd,
Hirepadasalagi,
Jamakhandi
36 (NW)
18. Basaveshwar Sugars
Ltd., Karajol, Vijayapur
Road.
37 (N)
19. Nearest water body Krishna River– 1.5 Km (E); Flows from West to
East.
20. Environmentally sensitive locations such as Archaeological structures, Historical places, Protected forests, Sanctuaries, and Sensitive bio-spheres
None within 10 Kms
21. Seismic characteristics Seismic Zone-II as per Indian Seismological
Institute (relatively safe region)
39
Figure 2.1: Map showing project site location
Figure 2.2: Map showing project site location with 10 Kms Radius
A B
D C
E
F G
H
J
L
I
K
40
Figure 2.3: Project site layout Plan for 240 Acre
41
Figure 2.4: Factory layout Plan
42
2.3.2 Basis for Selecting the Site
The selection of site location for the industry depends mainly on the availability of
resources such as raw materials, fuel, power, water, manpower, connectivity for
transportation of man and materials, market for the product and more importantly
environmental compatibility and sustainability. The proposed expansion of sugar & co-
generation complex shall come up in an area available with the company. The area of 10
kms radius around the proposed project site is free from ecologically sensitive areas. The
choice of the land confers several advantages, which are summarized below.
1. The site is well connected by roadways SH 55 being adjacent to the site.
2. Water requirement is proposed to be met by Krishna river (Almatti dam) for which
permission has been obtained.
3. The main raw material viz. sugarcane is locally cultivated in that area. The location
has good scope for development of sugarcane with suitable climatic conditions and
assured source of underground and surface water. The entire project area is blessed
with adequate irrigation potential by virtue of location Almatti dam which is at a
distance of 20 km from the project site in the Eastern direction. Apart from this the
area has a good groundwater potential and its helps for bore-well irrigation at
farmers land. Also sugar cultivation gives higher economical returns to the farmers.
There is potential to develop 18,125 Acre are in Vijayapur & 11,280 Acre in
Bagalkot.
4. Vijayapur is located at a distance of 48 kms towards the northern direction. Nearest
railway station to the site is Basavana Bagevadi station located at a distance of 55
kms from the site towards eastern direction.
5. Exportable power will be stepped up to 110 kV (Power export: 46.14 MW (season &
Off-Season), sent to KPTCL sub-station at Shirabur, Vijayapur Taluk and District
located 4 kms away from the plant.
6. No incidence of cyclones, earthquake, floods or landslides in the region has been
reported.
7. There are no eco-sensitive locations such as national park, wild life sanctuary, bio-
sphere reserve within 10 km radius around the proposed project site.
2.4 Size and /Magnitude of Operation
The industry NSSKN is a large scale industrial unit with a Total capital investment on
expansion project will be Rs 35,500 Lakhs and the investment on Environmental
43
management plan will be Rs 500 Lakhs, Recurring cost on EMP will be about 75 Lakhs per
year.
2.4.1 Land Requirement
The land requirement for different applications for the proposed industry consisting of
sugar, power and distillery units are given in Table 2.2.
Table 2.2: Land utilization
Application of land Land Utilization, Acres
Present After expansion
Sugar Plant & Co-gen Plant 13.53 19.99
Distillery Plant Area 4.23 4.23
General Building 13.5 13.5
Green Belt Area 84 84
Open Vacant land for future use 124.74 118.28
Total land area 240 240
2.4.2 Manpower
A total of 697 employees including office staff, skilled & unskilled workers and contract
laborers are required to run the industry consisting of sugar, power and distillery units.
Out of 697 people, 627 employees are for co-gen sugar unit and 70 employees for distillery
unit. Additional Manpower requirement during operation to the industry after expansion
programme will be 150 no’s and during construction will be 200 no’s. Skilled and
unskilled laborers and supervisory staff are available within the vicinity of the industry.
Senior staffs experienced in co-gen sugar industry and distillery are available within the
state. The details of employees strength required in different departments are tabulated
below:
Sl. No. Department Permanent Seasonal Total
1 Admin 57 10 67
2 CDO 89 33 122
3 Civil 8 8 16
4 Engineering 141 34 175
5 Manufacturing 24 87 111
6 Store 18 5 23
7 Time office 7 1 8
8 Vehicle 7 17 24
9 Co-gen 70 11 81
10 Distillery 50 20 70
Grand Total 697
44
The company has a policy of providing residential accommodation on-site for the essential
employees.
2.4.3 Housing Facilities
NSKKN have already provided full-fledged quarters consisting 117 houses for the benefit
of the employees in an area consisting of 2.0 Ha, the housing colonies are located with a
distance of 0.5 Kms away from the factory premises.
These quarters will be provided with all the civic amenities.
No. of residential quarters : 117
Persons residing in quarters : 468
Residential facilities are provided only to the essential workers and staff, which includes
necessary infrastructure facilities such as primary health centers, schools, play gardens,
temple, auditorium, and metaled roads etc.
A full-fledged water supply and drainage system is already in place and waste water
generated from the quarters is treated in septic tank followed by soak pits. Most of the
workers come from nearby villages. However no Additional quarters are proposed for the
new expansion.
2.4.4 Civil Works during Construction Phase
1. Building & other construction: sugar plant, boiler house, turbine house, sugar
godowns and cooling tower.
2. Above ground building / structures: 6 to 25 m height for buildings/structures.
3. Excavations: 1 to 3 m excavations for foundations of machinery such as turbine,
mills and for water storage tanks.
4. Stack height: 65 m and 77 m for boilers & 8 m & 7 m for DGs are required in the
project.
5. Constructed floor area of buildings & other structures: 24,000 m2.
6. Construction material
Size stones : 19,800T
Sand : 51,000 T
Boulders : 1770 m3
Bricks : 20,400 T
Cement : 30,000 T
Steel : 12,000 T
45
2.4.5 Production and Related Activities during Operation
1. 14000 T/d sugarcane crushing to produce white sugar
2. Co-gen power plant with 105 TPH & 240 TPH boilers.
3. Power export: 46.14 MW during season & off season.
4. 50 KLPD molasses based existing distillery with 24 T/hr boilers and 2.5 MW
captive T.G.
5. Water treatment plant of 25 m3/hr capacity
6. Effluent Treatment plant of 1500 m3/d capacity
2.4.6 Resources Consumed
Co-gen Sugar:
Sl.
No.
Item Units Quantity Storage
facility
Transportation
Before After
Expansion
1 Raw Material
Sugarcane T/d 6500 14000 Cane yard Lorry, tractors
& bullock carts
2 Consumable chemicals
Lime T/d 13 28 Go-down Lorry
Sulphur T/d 3.2 7 Go-down
Caustic Soda
Flakes
T/d 0.25 0.5 Go-down Lorry
Sodium Hydro
Sulphate
T/d 0.02 0.04 50 kg
Carboys
Lorry
Bleaching Power T/d 0.008 0.018 Go-down Lorry
Boiler chemicals Kgs/d 0.008 0.018 Go-down Lorry
3 Oil, grease and
oil coolant
Kl/month 14 28 200 kg
drums
Lorry
4 Product, Sugar T/d 780 1680 Go-down,
50 kg bags
Lorry
5 By products
Bagasse, 50%
moisture
T/d 1950 4200 Yard Belt conveyor
Press mud, 75 %
moisture
T/d 260 560 Yard Tractors
46
Molasses, 20 %
moisture
T/d 292.5 630 M.S. tank Lorry tanker
Distillery:
Sl. No. Item Quantity, T/d Storage facility Transportation
1 Raw Material
Molasses 200 MS Tank Lorry tanker/ Pipe line
2 Nutrients/Consumables
DAP 20 KG 50 Kg Bags Lorry
Urea 40 KG 50 Kg Bags Lorry
Antifoam oil 100 Ltr 50 Kg Bags Lorry
3 Product/ By-product
Alcohol, KL/d 50000 ENA (RS/ENA)
MS/SS Tank Lorry tanker
Yeast sludge, dry 03-04 TON /D (Dry)
- Tractor
Boiler ash 40 T/d
Constructed Yard
Tractor
2.4.7 Sugarcane Cultivation Area
Sugarcane cultivation area is about 15,000 hectares spread in about 30 km distance from
the site.
2.4.8 Transportation
1. Personnel.
During construction period a maximum of about 200 people will be visiting the industry
including, construction works, suppliers of material and related activities. They use
company vehicle facilities, public transportation and own vehicles. Total of about 24
buses/cars and about 60 two-wheelers will be used for transportation of personnel.
Temporary sheds will be provided for accommodation of these workers during
construction period.
During operation phase a maximum of about 847 people (After expansion) are expected in
the industry including employees, farmers and other visitors. A total of about 157
buses/cars and two wheelers will be used for transportation of personnel.
47
2. Material
Maximum construction material transported per day will be about 60 loads gravel, 60
loads sand, 60 loads boulders/jelly/bricks and 3 load steel in addition to about 7 loads of
plant machinery.
During operation, a maximum of about 976 per day of lorry/tankers/tractor/carts are
moving to the industry to carry raw material sugarcane, products sugar, bio-manure,
alcohol and other material. In addition, about 10 lorries/tractors will be working in the
industry for internal movement of material.
2.4.9 Bulk Storage Facilities
Existing Bagasse Yard – 6000 Sq. m (100m x 60 m)
Proposed Bagasse Yard – 6000 Sq. m (100m x 60 m)
Lime and Sulphure go down – 300 Sq. m (12 m x 20 m)
Press mud – 600 T and
Boiler ash- 80 T
Sugars go down for storage:
- Existing 04 No’s 7744 Sq. m (88 m x 22 m).
- Existing 03 No’s 5280 Sq. m (88m x 20 m).
- Proposed 01 No’s 3872 Sq. m (88 x 44m )
Molasses storage tanks :
- Existing 06 No’s, (3 no’s with Dia 20 and Area 628 Sq.m & 02 No’s with Dia 24
and Area 754 Sq.m).
- Proposed 01 No’s with Dia 24 and Area 452 Sq.m
Water reservoir – 9000 m3/d capacity ( 3 reservoirs )
2.4.10 Waste Generation
Liquid, gaseous and solid wastes generated from co-gen sugar units and Distillery is listed
below. Management of these wastes is discussed in later chapters.
48
Co-Gen Sugar Unit:
1. Wastewater
Domestic wastewater
Industrial wastewater
Excess condensate water
2. Gaseous emissions
Boiler flue gases
Smoke from diesel generator
Fugitive emissions
3. Solid wastes
Bagasse
Press mud
Molasses
Boiler ash
Lime sludge
2.4.11 Project Investment
Sl.no. Particulars Amount, Rs. in Lakhs
1 Land 00.00
2 Buildings & civil works 992
3 Plant and machinery 30,979
4 Environmental management 500
5 Interest & finance charges 1,995
6 Miscellaneous fixed assets 958
7 Preliminary expenses 76
Total Project Cost 35,500
2.4.12 Employment Generation due to the Project
The existing manpower in the industry is 697 no’s (Sugar Co-Gen and Distillery), 627 no’s
all alone for Sugar Co-Gen. The additional direct man power to the industry after
expansion programme will be 150 no’s. However, the commencement of this industry will
create direct and indirect employment opportunities to more than 2,000 people in terms of
factory employment, transportation, vehicle maintenance, petty shops etc. In addition,
about 2,000 workers will be indirectly benefitted through harvesting and other sugarcane
cultivation work.
Distillery Unit:
1. Wastewater
Spent wash
Spent Lee
2. Gaseous emissions
Boiler flue gases
Smoke form diesel
generator.
Fermenter emissions.
3. Solid wastes
Yeast sludge.
Boiler ash.
49
2.5 Schedules for Approval and Implementation of the Project
Sl. No. Project activity Proposed time
1 Submission of EC application to SEIAA, Karnataka. November 2016
2 TOR deliberations and approval of scoping and ToR for
EIA studies from SEIAA, Karnataka December 2016
3 Conduct of EIA studies and preparation of Draft EIA as
per the recommendations that was made by State (SEAC) December 2016
4 Submission of EC application to MoEF, New Delhi. February 2017
5 TOR deliberations and approval of scoping and ToR for
EIA studies from MOEF GOI New Delhi July 2017
6 Conduct of public hearing September 2017
7 Expected for Submission of final EIA report and Public
hearing proceedings to MOEF GOI New Delhi October 2017
8 Expected EIA deliberations and grant of EC December 2017
9 Expected for Submission of CFE application to KSPCB
Bengaluru January 2018
10 Expected for Deliberation of the proposal and grant of
CFE to the industry. March 2018
11 Expected for Commencement of proposed project
construction May 2018
12 Expected for Completion of project construction and
submission of CFO application to KSPCB Bengaluru September 2018
13 Expected for Grant of CFO from KSPCB and the
Commencement of commissioning and production October 2018
2.6 Technology and Process Description
The proposed integrated sugar industrial complex consists of following associated
manufacturing units.
Sl. No. Units Existing Capacity
Addition Capacity
After expansion Capacity
1 Sugar unit 6500 TCD 7500 TCD 14000 TCD
2 Co-gen power generation 18.14 MW 44 MW 62.14 MW
3 Distillery 50KLPD No change No Change
50
2.6.1.1 Manufacturing Process for Co-Gen Sugar Unit
Sugarcane is the raw material for manufacture of sugar. Juice is extracted from sugarcane,
which is then processed to recover sugar. Bagasse, which is the left out fiber material after
extraction of juice from sugarcane, is used as fuel in boiler to produce steam. Steam is
used in sugar plant for evaporation of juice to recover sugar and in power plant for
generation of captive electric power. A flow diagram for production of sugar and a process
flow chart with material balance are given in Figure 2.5 and Figure 2.6, respectively.
Process Flow Chart for Co Gen Power Plant is given under Figure 2.7 and Process Flow
Chart for Distillery unit is given under Figure 2.8 Operating parameters of co-gen sugar
unit are given Table 2.3, Generation & utilization of power are given under Table 2.4 . A
brief description of the process is given below:
i. Crushing of sugarcane:
Sugarcane is harvested in the fields, dressed and bundled in small bundles, stacked in
Lorries, tractor trailers or bullock carts, supplied to factories weighed and crushed in a set
of mills. Crushing takes place mainly in two stages: first the preparation and then milling.
Sugarcane is prepared by passing through leveller, cutter and fibrizer. The prepared cane
is then crushed by passing through 4 sets of mills. Hot water is added in the course of
crushing as imbibitions water for better extraction of juice from sugarcane. After crushing,
the bagasse is sent to boiler as fuel and juice is sent for purification and recovery of sugar.
ii. Juice clarification and concentration:
The weighed quantity of juice is primarily heated to 70 0 C - 75 0 C in juice heaters. It
undergoes a process of lime treatment and sulphitation with the addition of lime and
sulphur dioxide, respectively. The juice is heated again to 105 0C in another set of juice
heaters. The hot juice with 15 % solids is decanted out from the clarifier and sent for
evaporation in a set of multiple effect evaporator bodies. In the evaporators the juice is
concentrated into syrup of 60 % solids. Sludge from clarifier is filtered to separate solid
impurities as press mud.
iii. Crystallization:
The syrup from evaporators is taken to pans for boiling where the syrup concentrates and
attains super saturation stage. In such a condition sugar grains are formed in the syrup.
The syrup mass with sugar particles is called massecuite. The massecuite is dropped in
crystallisers and cooled to complete the crystallization.
51
iv. Centrifuge:
Massecuite is taken into the high speed centrifuge. Sugar crystals are separated form
mother liquor in the centrifuge. Non crystallisable matter from the syrup, called molasses,
is drained out from the centrifuge. The molasses is weighed and sent to storage tank. The
wet sugar from centrifuge is sent to driers.
v. Drying, grading and bagging:
Sugar is dried in the vibrating tray drier and graded by passing though standard sieves.
The graded sugar is bagged, weighed, stitched, numbered and stacked in sugar godown.
vi. Steam generation:
The industry shall be provided with a high pressure boiler with a capacity 105 T/hr at 67
kg/cm2 pressure and 510 oC temperature and now proposed an additional boiler of
capacity 240 TPH at 87 kg/cm2 pressure and 510 oC. Steam is required for both power and
sugar plants. The boiler is designed to operate on bagasse, agro waste based bio mass and
coal. Bagasse is available from sugar plant as captive source. The flue gas from the boiler is
passed through ESP to free it from suspended particles and then vented through a stack of
adequate height. The boiler ash is quenched and is sent to bin through belt conveyor.
Bagasse from mills or storage yard is sent to boiler through mechanical conveyor. Process
Flow Chart for Co Gen Power Plant is shown under Figure 2.7
vii Electro Static Precipitator:
The boiler is equipped with high efficiency three fields Electro Static Precipitator, which
removes the suspended particles and ash particles from the flue gas. The efficiency of the
precipitator is around 99.0% and the dust concentration at the outlet of the ESP will be less
than 50.0 mg/Nm³.
viii Chimney:
A chimney of 65 m height is constructed to dissipate the flue gas and this height has been
considered taking only bagasse into account. An Addition of Chimney with 77 m height is
proposed for the expansion.
xi Electricity generation:
The high pressure steam from the boiler is passed through the double extraction cum
condensing type of turbine to generate 62.14 MW. The turbine is run by the high pressure
steam which in turn rotates alternator. The electric power produced is used to meet the
captive power requirement of the sugar industry and co-gen plant. Surplus power from
the industry is exported to power grid through distribution grid. Exportable power will be
52
stepped up to 110 kV (Power export: 46.14 MW (season & Off-Season), sent to KPTCL sub-
station at Shirabur, Vijayapur Taluk and District located 4 kms away from the plant. The
steam extracted at reduced pressure from turbine is used in sugar plant to meet its process
requirement.
The boiler and the turbo generator scheme meets the entire Sugar process steam and the
power requirement for the both Sugar & Cogen plants and results in surplus power for
export to Power Grid. Energy efficiency and the export of power to the grid are made
possible by the employment of high pressure and high temperature steam cycles.
53
Figure 2.5: Flow diagram of sugar manufacturing process
L.P. STEAM
H.P. STEAM
EVAPORATION
CANE
MILLING
MIXED JU ICE
JUICE HEATING
REACTION TANK
JUICE HEATING
BAGASSE BOILER
TURBINE
POWER
HOT WATER
CLARIFIER
MILK OF LIME
MUDDY JUICE
VACUUM FILTER
FILTER CAKE
STORAGE YARD
SYRUP
‘A’ PAN BOILING
‘A’ SUGAR A. H. MOLASSES
‘B’ PAN BOILING ‘B’ MOLASSES
‘C’ PAN BOILING FINAL MOLASSES
‘C’ SUGAR
‘B’ SUGAR
SUGAR WAREHOUSE
SO2
STORAGE TANK
54
Figure 2.6: Process flow chart with material balance for co-gen sugar unit
Sugar-1680
55
Figure 2.7: Process Flow Chart for Co Gen Power Plant
Steam
46.14 MW
(During Sugar Season)
(During Sugar
Season) Sugar: 10.0 MW
Co-gen: 6 MW
LP/HP Steam for Co-
gen Plant internal
operations
Steam
Steam Condensate
D.M. Plant DM Water
EXPORT TO
POWER GRID
IN-HOUSE
CONSUMPTION
62.14 MW - Cogeneration Power Scheme
ESP
CHIMNEY
Flue
Gas
62.14 MW/Hr
Turbine with
Alternator
Steam for Sugar Plant
BOILER FUELS
1. Prime Fuel – Bagasse (During Sugar Season) Bagasse (During Sugar Off-Season
based on Availability)
Raw Water
POWER
MULTI FUEL
BOILERS of
105 TPH & 240
TPH
56.14 MW
(During Off Season)
(During Off Season)
Co-gen: 6 MW
56
2.6.1.2 Manufacturing Process for Distillery Unit
Rectified Spirit production in the plant is based on continuous Fermentation Technology
with yeast recycle using yeast separators.
Production of Rectified spirit is mainly carried under the following three steps. Figure
provides the process flow diagram of Rectified Spirit production.
1. Dilution - Preparation of molasses for fermentation
2. Fermentation - Production of alcohol from fermentable sugars in molasses
solution
3. Distillation - Product Recovery
Each of the above steps of production is detailed below: Dilution Molasses available from sugar mills contains solid content between 76 - 90 % and sugar
content varies between 45 and 50 %.
The main dilution operation occurs in a diluter where the solid concentration is brought
down to 20 to 25o Brix. The bulk of this diluted molasses is fed to the fermentation tank
while a small quantity is further diluted to 10 – 15o Brix and used for preparation of the
final yeast inoculum. Propagation of yeast for the final inoculation is done in successive
stages in volumes of 10, 100, 1000 and 10,000 litres where in each stage 10 parts of diluted
molasses is inoculated with 1 part yeast culture.
Fermentation
Fermentation in the fermentation tank continues for about 15 to 20 hours after the final
inoculum is added to it. The basic reaction in the fermentation process is
C6H12O6 ----- 2 C2H5OH + 2 CO2 + 26 calories
Glucose Ethyl Alcohol + Carbon dioxide + Energy
Yeast Propagation
Yeast seed material is prepared in water-cooled yeast vessels by inoculating molasses with yeast. The contents of the yeast vessel are then transferred to the yeast activation vessel. The purpose of aerated yeast activation vessel is to allow time for the yeast cell multiplication.
57
Fermentation:
The purpose of fermentation is to convert the fermentable sugars into alcohol. During Fermentation, sugars are broken down into alcohol and Carbon dioxide. Significant heat release takes place during fermentation. Fermentation temperature is maintained at optimum level by forced recirculation heat exchangers. At the end of fermentation, the wash is fed through a yeast separator where the yeast cream is separated, acidified in the yeast treatment tank and returned to the yeast activation vessel for activation. Sludge is separated in a sludge decanter. The clear wash from both the yeast separator and sludge separator flows to the clarified wash tank. The wash is then pumped to distillation.
Distillation: Fermented wash is preheated in fermented wash preheater and fed to the analyzer column. The dilute alcohol water vapours from the analyzer top are fed to the Pre-Rectification column. An impure spirit draw of 3 % is drawn from this column. Bottom liquid from Pre-Rectified column is fed to the IS purification column. Draw from IS purification column is fed to purified column. The purification column is operated under atmospheric pressure and is heated by using steam. The bottom of this column is maintained at 20%v/v alcohol and is fed to the rectification/ Exhaust column. A small draw from the top of the column is fed to the IS Purification column. The purified rectified spirit is removed from the bottom of the purified column. The Lees from the Exhaust column bottom is used to pre heat the heat from the purified bottom to the Rectifier/ Dilution water. Lower side draws streams are taken from Rectified column to avoid fusel oil build up in the column. These streams are then taken to the IS Purification column.
58
Figure 2.8: Process Flow Distillery Unit
Table 2.3: Operation parameters of co-gen sugar industry
Parameter Season and ( Off-season based on Bagasse availability )
Boiler Capacity Parameter 105 T/h
of steam
240 T/h of
steam Total
Fuel Characteristics
Fuel Bagasse
GCV Kcal/kg 2270
Ash contact 2.0 %
59
Steam / fuel ratio 2.4 T/T
Sulphur content 0.01 %
Fuel utilization ( Season and off- season) 1050 T/d 2400 T/d 3450 T/d
Ash from Boiler 21 T/d 48 T/d 69 T/d
Table 2.4: Generation & utilization of power
Power Particulars Season and ( Off-season based on Bagasse availability )
Existing Addition Total
Stem generation at Boiler
105 TPH, 67 ATA ,
510 oC
240 TPH,87 ATA ,
510 oC --
Power Generation 18.14 MW 44 MW 62.14 MW
In house
power
utilization
Sugar 4 MW 6 MW 10 MW
Co-Gen 2 MW 4 MW 6 MW
Power Export 12.14 MW 34 MW 46.14 MW
2.6.2 Raw Materials and Products
The main raw material required for manufacture of sugar is sugarcane, which is obtained
from agricultural source existing in the region of the factory. Chemicals such as lime,
phosphoric acid etc. are used in the process for purification of sugarcane juice. Common
salt, hydrochloric acid and caustic soda are used in water treatment plant. Lubricating oil
and grease are also used as consumables in the industry. Chemicals and consumables are
locally available in the country. The details of raw materials and products are given in
Table 2.5.
Sugar is the main product in the industry. However, bagasse, molasses and press mud are
also produced as by-products in the process. Bagasse is used as fuel in the boiler for
production of high-pressure steam, which in turn is used in generation of captive electric
power. Major part of the bagasse produced in the industry is consumed as fuel in the
boiler. Other products viz., press mud and molasses, which once thought to be waste
products, are now advantageously utilized for profitable applications. Press mud is used
as manure in agriculture. Molasses is used as raw material for manufacture of ethanol and
other products.
60
Table 2.5 (a): Raw materials and products for co-gen sugar unit
Sl.
No.
Item Units Quantity Storage
facility
Transportation
Before After
Expansion
1 Raw Material
Sugarcane T/d 6500 14000 Cane yard Lorry, tractors
& bullock carts
2 Consumable chemicals
Lime T/d 13 28 Go-down Lorry
Sulphur T/d 3.2 7 Go-down
Caustic Soda
Flakes
T/d 0.25 0.5 Go-down Lorry
Sodium Hydro
Sulphate
T/d 0.02 0.04 50 kg
Carboys
Lorry
Bleaching
Power
T/d 0.008 0.018 Go-down Lorry
Boiler
chemicals
Kgs/d 0.008 0.018 Go-down Lorry
3 Oil, grease
and oil coolant
Kl/month 14 28 200 kg
drums
Lorry
4 Product, Sugar T/d 780 1680 Go-down,
50 kg bags
Lorry
5 By products
Bagasse, 50%
moisture
T/d 1950 4200 Yard Belt conveyor
Press mud, 75
% moisture
T/d 260 560 Yard Tractors
Molasses, 20 %
moisture
T/d 292.5 630 M.S. tank Lorry tanker
Table 2.5 (b): Raw materials and products for Distillery unit
Sl. No. Item Quantity, T/d Storage facility Transportation
1 Raw Material
Molasses 200 MS Tank Lorry tanker/
Pipe line
2 Nutrients/Consumables
DAP 20 KG 50 Kg Bags Lorry
61
Urea 40 KG 50 Kg Bags Lorry
Antifoam oil 100 Ltr 50 Kg Bags Lorry
3 Product/ By-product
Alcohol, KL/d 50000 ENA
(RS/ENA) MS/SS Tank Lorry tanker
Yeast sludge, dry 03-04 TON
/D (Dry) - Tractor
Boiler ash 40 T/d
Constructed
Yard Tractor
2.6.3 Power and Steam Requirement
1. Co-gen sugar unit
Total power requirement after expansion for the units will be 16.0 MW during crushing
season and 6.0 MW during off season. A high pressure boiler of 105 T/hr and 240 T/hr
will be provided to meet the steam requirement of co-gen power plant and sugar plant.
Co-gen power is supplied through a T.G. set of 18.14 MW and 44 MW capacities.
Power generation process is based on Rankin steam cycle. The steam generated in the
boiler when expanded through a turbine, turns the turbine shaft which is tandem coupled
to an electric power generator.
The exhaust steam coming out of the turbine is used for process (heating the juice heaters,
evaporators and pans) below figure 2.9 (a) and (b) gives the steam balance during season
and off-season.
62
Figure 2.9 (a): Steam Balance during Season for proposed Boiler
63
Figure 2.9 (b): Steam Balance during Off - Season for proposed Boiler
64
2. Diesel generator
To meet the emergency requirement of power during power failure, two diesel
generators of 1,250 kVA & 500 kVA is provided for existing Sugar-Cogen and Distillery
units, additionally a 1,250 kVA will be provided in the co-gen sugar unit. Diesel
generators will be used to run essential services only during the emergency of power
failure from the regular source. Gen set will be utilized for a maximum period of about
30 hours per month.
3. HESCOM Power
The industry has permission to draw 1500 KVA from HESCOM source. During shortage
or non-availability of power supply from captive power plant source, the power will be
drawn from HESCOM Power source. The industry has provided power receiving station
and transmitter to receive the power.
2.6.4 Source and Utilization of Water
Fresh water requirement to the industry will be met from the Krishna river/Almatti
reservoir, intake wells located is at a distance of 3.5 km from the site. The industry has
obtained permission for drawl of water from Krishna river/Almatti reservoir.
(Permission has taken from Executive Engineer, Karnataka Nigam Ltd – Biligi for lifting
water from Krishna River., Permission letter enclosed as Annexure- 8) Sugarcane utilized
as raw material in the sugar unit contains 70% of its weight as water. The water will be
recovered by evaporation of juice and reused in the process. The quantity of fresh water
is given in Table 2.6.
Table 2.6: Source and quantity of Fresh water, m3/d
Sl. No Utilization Fresh water Input from Krishna
river/Almatti reservoir
Existing After expansion
1 Domestic use 50 80
2 Laboratory 2 2
3 Water Treatment Plant 246 650
4
Process
Cooling & Spraying
Floor washing
352 400
Total 650 1132
65
2.6.5 Utilization of water in co-gen sugar unit
I. Water recovered from sugarcane
Sugarcane contains about 70% water. Sugarcane is crushed in mills to separate the juice
from bagasse). Juice is clarified and the impurities present in it are separated with the
filter cake (press mud). Clarified juice is evaporated and the vapours generated are
condensed. The vapour condensate is utilized in sugar plant to meet its process water
requirement. Fresh water requirement in the industry is therefore considerably reduced.
The quantitative details of water present in cane and its distribution (utilization) in the
system is given below.
Water in cane 70% on cane
Water loss with bagasse 15% on cane
Imbibition water added 30% on cane
Water vapour loss at mill 1% on cane
Water in raw juice 84% on cane
Filter wash water added 3.5% on cane
Lime water added 2.0% on cane
Water added with filter aid 3.5% on cane
Water vapour loss at clarifier 1% on cane
Water in clear juice 83.75% on cane
Water loss with press mud 3% on cane
Water loss with molasses 1% on cane
Water vapour loss at crystallizer & centrifuge 1% on cane
Water evaporated from juice and recovered as
vapour condensate 72.83 % on cane
The water present in cane juice is vaporized in evaporators and pans. At 70 % on cane,
for the sugar unit of 14000 TCD the water evaporated in the process amounts to 1280
m3/d. The vapours generated from evaporators and pans are condensed in evaporator
jackets, pan jackets and juice heaters. The condensate water thus generated is collected
and utilized to meet the process water requirement in the plant such as imbibition in
mill, washing in vacuum filter, pump gland cooling etc. Excess condensate will be let out
on land for irrigation. The quality of excess condensate water is given in Table 2.7.
66
Table 2.7: Characteristics of vapour condensate water
Parameters Value
Temperature 0C 40
pH 7.2
Dissolved solids, ppm 640
Suspended solids, ppm 60
BOD, ppm 80
COD, ppm 190
Oil, ppm Nil
The water vapours generated from last bodies of evaporator and pan is condensed in
sugar plant circulating cooling water (barometric condensers). The condensate water
collected in barometric condenser is utilized as makeup of cooling water. Excess water
from the cooling plant will be drained out as purge water. The utilization of condensate
water in the process is indicated in Table 2.8.
Table 2.8: Utilization of vapour condensate water, (m3/d)
Parameters Value
Mill imbibition 32% on Cane 4480
MOL preparation 2% On Cane 280
Vacuum filter 4 % On cane 560
Centrifugal 3 % On cane 420
Pan 2 % On cane 280
Total 6020
II. Fresh water requirement for co-gen sugar unit
Fresh water is required in the co-gen plant for boiler feed and condenser cooling water
make-up and in the sugar plant for process application, domestic use, and gardening.
The quantity of water required by the industry will be drawn from the river
Krishna/Almatti reservoir and pumped to the site (for which permission has been
obtained). The raw water will be stored in the reservoir located at the highest level of the
project site.
III. Water Treatment
The water has to be treated in a suitable water treatment plant. The extent of water
treatment required for different applications is given below.
Boiler feed : De-mineralized water
Cooling water : Soft water
67
Domestic use : Clarified, filtered and chlorinated.
Gardening : Recycled water/Raw water
Process in sugar plant & distillery : Soft water
Raw water from the source is pumped to the main water reservoir 1 and 2 of 2100 m3
capacity each and 3rd reservoir of 4800 m3 capacity. The reservoir is a rectangular tank
constructed of stone masonry/RCC. The water from reservoirs is pumped to chemical
mixer and then to mechanical clariflocculator. The clarified water is collected in a
clarified water treatment plant for further treatment.
The clarified water is passed through pressure filter and then water softening plant. The
soft water is collected in soft water storage tank for use in cooling water make up, sugar
plant and distillery applications. Part of the filter plant outlet water is directly taken to
demineralised plant for use in boiler feed water makeup.
Water requirement for domestic use is drawn from filter plant outlet and collected in an
overhead water storage tank. Chemicals such as lime, sodium carbonate, caustic soda,
bleaching powder, flocculants and hydrochloric acid are used in water treatment plant.
Figure 2.10: Schematic flow diagram of water treatment plant
Water reservoir
Almatti dam
Chemical mixer
Mechanical
clariflocculator
Clarified water tank
Pressure
filter
Water softening plant
Soft water storage tank
To cooling tower, sugar plant & distillery
De-mineralization plant
To boiler feed
make-up
Overhead storage tank
To domestic use
68
IV. Water balance
The major demand of process water in sugar plant is met by recovered vapour
condensate. The requirement of fresh water for different applications in the sugar
industry is given in water balance statement in Table 2.9.
Table 2.9 (a): Water balance for co-gen sugar unit, m3/d
Sl. No.
Particulars 6500 TCD & 18.14 MW Co-
gen
14000 TCD & 62.14 MW Co-
gen.
1. WATER INTO SYSTEM, m3/d
1A Source: Fresh water from river. 650 1132
Usage: Domestic use in factory. 50 80
Laboratory 2 2
Water treatment plant, Process, Cooling, spraying & floor washing etc.
598 1050
(WTP- 246, Cooling &
Spraying – 300, Floor washing –
52)
(WTP- 650, Cooling for Bearing at
Mill & Turbine, Cooling
tower, Spray pond – 400 )
Total 650 1132
1 B Water from sugar cane at 70 % on cane. 4550 9800
Total of 1A & 1B 5200 10932
2 WATER OUT OF SYSTEM, m3/d
2 A Effluent. 1238 1112
i) Domestic sewage (80 % of water used) 40 65
ii) Factory effluent including, Process, Cooling spraying, floor wash & laboratory waste water.
650 775
v) WTP drain 48 150
vi) Cooling tower blow down 452 116
vii) Boiler Blow down 48 6
2B Excess vapour condensate recycled back. 2210 6020
Mill imbibition 32% on Cane 1828 4480
MOL preparation 2% On Cane 130 280
Vacuum filter 4 % On cane
252
560
Centrifugal 3 % On cane 420
Pan 2 % On cane 280
2C LOSSES 1752 3800
Water going along with Bagasse 28% on cane 975 1960
69
with 50% moisture.
Water going along with press mud & molasses (Losses) 4% on cane
185 560
i) Vapour & drift loss from cooling tower 7.5 % On Cane
360 420
ii) Vapour & drift loss at bearing (mill & turbine) cooling water 1% On Cane
65 140
iii) Steam losses at traps & vent at 0.5 % to 1% On Cane
45 280
iv) Domestic water loss. 10 20
v) Vapour loss at crystallization & Centrifugation - 0.5 % to 1% On Cane
52 140
vi) Flash vapour loss at clarifier 0.5 % On Cane 30 140
vii) Vapour loss at mill – 0.5 % On Cane 30 140
Total of 2A, 2B, 2C 5200 10932
70
Water balance chart for co-gen sugar unit (14000 TCD & 62.14 MW Co-gen.)
71
Table 2.9(b): Water balance for Distillery unit, m3/d
Particulars Requirement Losses Waste water
Fermentation – Process make up ( water present in molasses at 20 % of 240 MT of Molasses )
500
142
Raw Spent wash Generation -400 Spent lees -85 Cooling blow down from Distillery -68
Fresh water for ENA Plant 228 --
Boiler makeup for Incineration Boiler 32 26 6 ( Blow down)
Cooling tower makeup for distillery plant unit
184 164 20( Blow down)
DM Plant Rejects 13 0 13
Floor and Equipment wash 20 5 15
Domestic 40 2 38
Total 1017
645
Recycled water from MEE (-)525 23
Recycle water from RO (-)120 10
Fresh water drawl from river 372 372
2.7 Sources of Pollution and Built In Mitigation Measures
Wastewater, gaseous emissions and solid wastes generated in the industry are likely
cause pollution to the environment. Reduce, recycle and reuse principles will be adopted
to control the generation of wastes in the industry. Further they have to be handled,
treated and disposed scientifically to avoid adverse impact on the environment. Sources
wastes and their management are presented below.
2.7.1 Wastewater Management in Co-Gen Sugar Unit
1. Source of wastewater
The wastewater generated in sugar factory is relatively less toxic and less hazardous.
Further the sugar processing does not involve any process water discharges. The
wastewater generated is mainly due to washing of floors and equipment’s in addition to
boiler and cooling water purge. The wastewater generated can therefore be substantially
reduced by good housekeeping. The details of source and quantity of wastewater from
sugar factory are enumerated below.
i. Spillage, leakage & floor washings:
In a sugar factory wastewater of high contamination is generated mainly due to leakage
and spillage of juice, syrup and molasses in different sections of the manufacturing plant.
72
Leakage occurs at pipe joints and pump glands. Spillage and splashing occur at different
equipment’s. The periodical washing of floor also contributes significant pollution load
to the wastewater. Cleaning of equipment’s such as evaporators, pans, juice heaters etc.
also produces wastewater. Though, these wastes are small in quantity, they contain high
BOD and low pH. Good housekeeping, effective maintenance and efficient plant
operation can considerably reduce the generation of this wastewater. Spillage and
washings can be collected in small sumps constructed at such locations and these can be
recycled to the process. If planned well the generation of such wastewater can be totally
avoided.
However at present the wastewater does generate. The effluent from mill plant contains
fibres, grease and oil. The effluent from lime preparation and clarifier house contains
high suspended solids.
Quantity of effluent due to spillage, leakage, washing of floor and process equipment:
775 m3/d
ii. Boiler blow-down:
Steam generation from boiler is 105 T/hr and 240 T/hr . Major part of the steam
produced is condensed in evaporators, pans and juice heaters and the condensate
collected is re-circulated as feed water into the boiler. A small quantity live steam is also
used in centrifuge, ejector and crystallizers. D.M. water with low dissolved solids (less
than 15 ppm) is used as make up feed water in the boiler. Auxiliary chemicals such as
caustic and phosphate are added to the feed water to prevent scale, corrosion and
carryover in the boiler. As the evaporation continues, concentration of dissolved solids in
boiler increases. Therefore, solids present in boiler continue to build up. Boiler blow
down of about 24% of the feed water is therefore maintained to control the concentration
of dissolved solids in the boiler water. The boiler blow down contains a maximum of 200
ppm dissolved solids and 5 ppm of hardness. The BOD and COD content in boiler blow-
down are almost nil.
The blow down allowed in the boiler is about 6m3/d. The quality of boiler blow down is
relatively of better quality and it may be advantageously added to the circulating cooling
water channel.
iii. Laboratory wastewater:
Wastewater is generated in the laboratory due to washing and rinsing of apparatus. The
chemicals and juice samples used in the laboratory are ultimately let out to drain along
with water as wastewater. The effluent is small in quantity and moderately
contaminated. Recycle of juice samples and chemicals to factory process will control the
quantity and quality of wastewater from the laboratory.
73
Laboratory wastewater : 2 m3/d
iv. Domestic wastewater:
Domestic wastewater is generated from factory and from residential quarters. A total of
847 persons will be working in the industry after expansion. A total of 117 residential
quarters are provided in the industry and 4 persons are expected to be residing in each
quarter. Fresh water is utilized for domestic needs in the factory at a rate of 50 L/d per
head. Fresh water consumed and wastewater generated due to domestic usage of water
in m3/d is given below:
Domestic water usage in the factory : 38
(at 45 L/d per head for 847 persons)
Domestic water usage in quarters : 42
(at 90 L/d per head for 468 persons)
Total domestic water usage : 80
Domestic wastewater from factory : 31
(at 80 % of the water utilized)
Domestic wastewater from residential quarters : 34
(at 90 % of the water utilized)
Total domestic wastewater : 65
v. Purge from barometric condenser:
The vapours from last effect evaporator and pan boiling are passed through steam ejector
and then sent to barometric condenser, wherein circulating cooling water is used to
scrub, condense and cool the vapours. The vapour condensate added into the circulation
water. The circulation water is lost as vapour and drift losses in cooling tower. In case of
overloading of pan and evaporators the vapours may become contaminated due to
entrainment. This circulation water is relatively more contaminated as compared to that
of boiler blow down and turbine cooling water purge. The quality of circulation water is
improved by its dilution with boiler blow down and turbine cooling water purge. Excess
water from cooling tower channel is drained out as purge.
vi. Hot Condensate:
Large quantities of steam condensates are obtained as hot water from the evaporators
and pan jacket bodies. The condensate is of good quality and therefore it is used in the
process for boiler feed, mill imbibition, lime preparation, juice dilution etc. Excess
74
condensate is let out as effluent. Though the condensate has high temperature it is cooled
during the passage in the gutter and mixing with other effluent.
vii. Purge from Mill Tower cooling water:
Large quantity of water is circulated for cooling of mill and turbine bearings. It is
necessary to purge some of the cooling water to maintain its quality. Evaporation and
drift loss in this case is small. Fresh water is used as make up water to compensate the
purge and also the vapour and drift losses.
vii. Purge from Turbine cooling water:
Large quantity of water is circulated through turbine surface condenser for condensation
of exhaust steam. Cooling water purge of this system is of relatively good quality, it is
sent to sugar plant cooling water system. Fresh water is used as make up water to
compensate the purge and also the vapour and drift losses.
ix. Cooling water from glands:
Cooling water is circulated through pump glands, centrifuge glands and Sulphur burners
etc. This water can also be totally re-circulated. However, in practice this water is drained
out due to its likely contamination with juice.
x. Water treatment plant washings:
Water treatment plant consists of clarifier, filter, softening and de-minerazation plants. A
total of 650 m3/d of fresh water is required for regeneration of these units. Chemicals
such as lime, sodium chloride, hydrochloric acid and caustic soda are used in
regeneration. The wash water obtained from regeneration contains high dissolved solids
but is almost free from BOD. This water may be utilized for quenching of boiler ash.
2. Isolation and segregation of wastewater
The effluent from sugar industry is relatively non-toxic and less-hazardous in nature.
Effluent from domestic source is received in septic tanks. It has low dissolved solids and
moderate BOD. The wastewaters generated at various sources in the sugar factory are
segregated into three streams based on their pollution load for the convenience off their
subsequent treatment and disposal. The details of waste water generated (after
expansion) Co-gen sugar industry is summarized below:
Sl. No Source Quantity m3/d
1 Stream A: Process effluent, (High BOD effluent) including WTP Drain
925
2 Stream B: Cooling and Boiler Blow down 122
75
3 Stream C: Domestic effluent 65
Total 1112
3. Characteristics of wastewater
The wastewater from sugar industry is relatively non-toxic and non-hazardous in nature.
In-plant measures are adopted in the factory as enumerated elsewhere to reduce the
quantity and contamination of wastewater. Oil taps are provided in the mill house to
minimise the contamination of oil & grease in the wastewater. Small sumps are provided
at suitable location in the factory to receive the leakages, juice and syrup, which may be
present at pumps and near some process equipment. The leakage of juice and syrup thus
collected is recycled to process. Floor cleaning is done by dry baggage to minimise the
quantity of wastewater. Further hot condensates obtained from evaporators are recycled
to the process to meet the requirement of imbibition etc. in the process, and also to meet
the makeup water requirement for cooling tower.
Waste from domestic source is received in septic tanks. It has low dissolved solids and
moderate BOD. The overflow from septic tank is sent to effluent treatment plant. The
wastewater generated at various sources in the sugar factory is segregated into three
streams based on their pollution load and the convenience of their subsequent treatment
and disposal. The characteristics of wastewater of different streams are given in Table
2.10. The performance report of the existing ETP is enclosed as Annexure- 12, the quality
of the treated water from the ETP performance/Analysis of the effluent treated water is
enclosed as Annexure - 11
Table 2.10: Characteristics of wastewater from the industry
Characteristics of wastewater from the Sugar industry;
Parameters Source A
(Process
Effluent)
Source B
(Cooling and Boiler
Blow down)
Source C
(Domestic
effluent)
Temperature 0C 38 40 34
pH 5.5 7.2 7.0
Dissolved solids, ppm 2450 440 360
Suspended solids, ppm 248 60 186
BOD, ppm 2100 80 230
COD, ppm 4450 190 482
Oil, ppm 34 Nil 10
76
Estimated Outlet Characteristics from Sugar ETP;
Tentative Percentage wise Reductions across each Stage of Treatment.
Details Flow
(m3/d)
COD
(mg/l)
BOD
(mg/l)
TSS
(mg/l)
O&G
(mg/l)
% Reduction in Oil & Grease Trap
- 5 5 25 80
At the outlet of Oil & Grease Trap
1000 2660 1596 563 10
% Reduction in Anaerobic Lagoons
- 50 65 50 15
Effluent Outflow from USBAR 1000 1330 558 282 9
% Reduction in CAT - 50 62 50 20
Effluent Outflow from CAT 1000 665 379 141 7
% Reduction in EAT - 70 92% 70 --
Effluent Outflow from EAT / Clarifier
1000 199 30 42.3 7
Final Treated Effluent 1000 ≤ 250 ≤ 30 ≤ 100 <10
Characteristics of wastewater of Distillery Condensate;
Parameters Distillery Condensate
Temperature 0C 30-35
pH 3.0-3.5
Dissolved solids, ppm 1500-2000
Suspended solids, ppm Nil
BOD, ppm 1800-2000
COD, ppm 4000-4500
Oil, ppm Nil
Estimated Outlet Characteristics from Distillery Condensate;
Tentative Percentage wise Reductions across each Stage of Treatment.
Details Flow (m3/d)
COD (mg/l)
BOD (mg/l)
TSS (mg/l)
O&G (mg/l)
Buffer Tank 610 4500 1500 Nil Nil
% Reduction in Buffer Tank 5 5 -- --
Anaerobic Lagoons 610 4000 1600 Nil Nil
% Reduction in Anaerobic 65 90 -- --
77
Lagoons
Effluent Outflow from USBAR 610 1400 160 Nil Nil
% Reduction in MBBR 70 90 Nil Nil
Effluent Outflow from MBBR 610 420 144
% Reduction in RO & UF Plant 90 90 Nil Nil
Outlet of UF & RO plant 610 42 14 Nil Nil
Final Treated Effluent 610 ≤250 ≤100 Nil Nil
The effluent treatment plant is designed for about 30% higher quantity of effluent to take
care of shock loads & any eventualities. The influent data of combined wastewater
assumed for design is given below.
i. Influent qualities of combined wastewater:
Sugar factory crushing capacity : 14000 TCD
Effluent flow rate, hourly maximum : 60 m3/d
Daily maximum : 1500 m3/d
Temperature : 30-40 OC
pH : 5.5
T.D.S : 2100 ppm
S.S : 250 ppm
B.O.D : 2200 ppm
C.O.D : 4000 - 4500 ppm
Oil : 20 ppm
ii. Quality of treated wastewater:
The treated effluent shall be discharged to agricultural land for irrigation. Prescribed
standards to be achieved for treated effluent are given below.
Temperature : 30 to 35 0C
pH : 7.0 - 7.8
T.D.S : less than 2000 ppm
S.S : less than 100 ppm
B.O.D : less than 100 ppm
C.O.D : less than 250 ppm
Oil : less than 5 ppm
78
4. Treatment procedure
The mill plant effluent contains oil and fibre in large concentration. This effluent is
therefore subjected to de-skimming operation in mill plant itself to free it from oil and
fiber and then mixed with other factory effluents. The combined effluents are subjected
to preliminary and secondary treatment as described below. The flow diagram of effluent
treatment plant is given in Figure 2.11. The excess vapour condensate which is let out
from the plant is collected separately in a storage tank. This is of relatively good quality
and is suitable for irrigation. It is tested for quality and then let out for gardening in
factory premises or to agriculture land for irrigation.
i. Preliminary treatment
Combined effluent in a common drainage is led to the effluent treatment premise. It is
passed through bar screen, grit chamber and oil separator and then received in a
neutraliser cum equalization tank of about 20 min hold-up capacity. Alkali is added into
the neutraliser to raise the effluent pH to about 7.5 - 8.0 and also to precipitate some of
the dissolved solids. The neutralised effluent is passed through the primary clarifier of
2.5 to 3.0 hr detention period. The sludge collected at the bottom is pumped to sludge
drying bed for dewatering. The clear overflow from the clarifier is passed to biological
treatment plant for further treatment. 70% of suspended solids, 20% of BOD and 30% of
dissolved solids present in effluent are expected to be removed in preliminary treatment.
ii. Secondary treatment
This consists of the two stage activated sludge process. One stage consists of diffuser
system (Bottom aeration) and another one is aeration tank with fixed surface aerators and
secondary clarifiers. The effluents containing suspended biomass are clarified in
respective secondary clarifiers. Biomass settled at the clarifiers is recycled to aeration
process to maintain the concentration of mixed liquor suspended solids (MLSS) in
Diffusor & aeration tank at the desired level. The excess bio-mass (sludge) from
secondary clarifier is passed to sludge drying beds. The clear effluent from last clarifier is
collected in a sump of about 8 hours capacity and then let out to agricultural land for
irrigation.
5. Action Plan for Reduction of fresh water consumption.
We could reduce our fresh water requirement quantity from 1400 m3/day to 1132
m3/day (i.e 268 m3 / day)
The quantity of condensate & other water details is as follows,
79
Boiler blow down water - 06 m3 / Day
Cooling tower blow down - 116 m3 / Day
WTP drain (Backwash only) - 150 m3 / Day
Second body evaporator condensate - 1200 m / Day
1472 m3/Day
The quantity of condensate & other water generated is 1472 m3/Day, by introducing a
proposing a Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) for sugar & Co-gen unit of capacity 1500
m3/day we substantiately reduce the fresh water quantity and effluent quantity also,
hence the above mentioned condensate we will treat in CPU and recycle back to same
sections. Thus we propose a Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) for our proposed
expansion.
Proposed Condensate Polishing Unit of Sugar & Co-gen Unit
Condensate
Inlet
Equalization Tank
Conventional Aeration Tank
(CAT)
Primary
Clarifier
Extended Aeration Tank
(EAT)
HRSCC
Tank
Polishing Pond or
Treated water
Tank
ACF MGF Recycle to plant
80
6. Specification of effluent treatment units
The specifications of the ETP are presented below.
i. Main gutter for combined effluent:
Main gutter is constructed of stone/brick masonry with the following sizes. It is covered with 75 mm thick R.C.C or stone slabs.
Flow rate : 60 m3/h
Velocity : 0.6 m/s
Gradient : 1:200
Width : 0.4 m
Height : 0.5 m
ii. Screen:
Coarse screen of 25 mm gap followed by the screen of 10 mm gap is provided in the main
gutter. Velocity through screen is 0.3 m/s at average flow and 0.6 m/s at peak load.
Head loss through screen at maximum flow is 0.15 m, the floating entrapped on the
screen are removed manually.
The bar screen are fabricated with 6 mm x 25 mm flats. The flats are suitably supported
on 10 mm x 10 mm cross bars. The bar screen is located at 300 inclination to the flow
direction.
Screen size : 0.6 m x 0.8 m
Screen chamber size : 0.6 m X 1.2 m X 0.55 m
iii. Oil separator (Oil and grease trap):
An oil separation tank of sufficient size is provided close to the screen chamber. Floating
scum consisting of oil, grease, fibre matter is periodically skimmed off. These tanks are
provided in duplicate with a common wall in between. Gates are provided on either side
of each tank for its independent operation.
Tank size (each) : 4.0 m x 1 5 m x 1.5 m
Detention period : 15 min
iv. Nutrient and culture vessels:
Plastic vessels are provided to prepare and store nutrients and culture solution. The
solution is fed along with influent to the aeration tank. The tanks are provided with
dosing arrangements.
Vessel capacity : 200 Litres each (2 no.)
v. Primary clarifier:
It is a circular type mechanical clarifier with central agitator and peripheral discharge arrangement. It is provided with continuous sludge removal facilities to sludge drying bed from bottom of the clarifier and is constructed of R.C.C structure.
81
Flow rate, max. : 60 m3/h
Diameter of tank : 7.5 m
Straight height : 3 m
Bottom gradient : 1:12
Volume : 133 m3
Detention period : 2 hour 20 Min
Outlet S. S : less than 200 ppm
Influent BOD : 2240 ppm
iv. Neutralizer/Buffer Tank ( Proposed):
Sump is constructed of stone/brick masonry. It is provided with mechanical agitator. The
neutralised effluent is pumped to anaerobic reactor. Buffer is act as homogeneous mixer.
Sump size : L : 10 m, B : 10 m, D : 3.5 m.
Free board : 0.3 m
Retention period : 6 hours
Capacity : 350 m3
Influent BOD : 2240 ppm
Outlet BOD : less than 2100 ppm
v. Anaerobic reactor (Proposed):
Flow rate, max. : 60 m3/h
Diameter of tank : 21 m
Height : 7.0 m
Volume : 2100 m3
Detention period : 35 hour
Outlet S. S : less than 150 ppm
Influent BOD : 2100 ppm
Outlet BOD : 600 ppm.
Total BOD load : 3150 kg / Day.
BOD reduction : 70-75% reduction
vi. Aeration tank –1(Diffuser system or Bottom aeration)
It is rectangular tank constructed of stone masonry and tank interior is suitably plastered.
The tank is provided with 560 Nos of fine bubble diffusers of discharge 4m3/hr oxygen
discharge each. 02 Nos of air blower is installed of capacity 2000 m3/hr. The sludge from
secondary clarifier - 2 is also recycled to the aeration tank no – 02 to maintain the desired
M.L.S.S.
82
Influent flow rate : 60 m3/d
Influent BOD : 600 ppm
Total BOD load : 900 kg/d
Food to MLSS ratio : 0.10 kg BOD/(d,kg. MLSS)
MLSS : 3500 ppm
Detention period : 36 h
Sludge return : 50 %
BOD reduction : 20%
Outlet BOD : less than 480 ppm
Total oxygen required : 1800 kg
Oxygenation capacity of each diffuser : 4 m3 /hr
H.P of surface aerator : 10 (3 No.)
Size of tank : 20 m x 36 m x 3.6 m
Free board : 0.6 m
Effective volume of tank : 2160 m3
The mixing capacity of the surface aerator is sufficient to keep the MLSS in suspension.
vii. Aeration tank –2:
The aeration tank is rectangular in section. It is constructed of stone masonry and R.C.C.
structure. Aeration tank is provided with 04 Nos mechanical surface aerators, each of 15
HP capacity. Aerators are supported on R.C.C platform. The sludge from secondary
clarifier is recycled to the aeration tank
Flow rate of influent : 1500 m3/d
Influent BOD : 480 ppm
Total BOD load : 720 kg/d
Food to MLSS ratio : 0.23 kg BOD/kg.. MLSS /day
MLSS : 2500 ppm
Detention period : 19 hr
Sludge return : 50%
BOD reduction : 20%
Outlet BOD : less than 100 ppm
Total oxygen required : 1400 kg/d
Oxygenation capacity of surface aerators: 1.50 kg O2/(hp .hr)
Hp of surface aerators : 15 Hp (04 nos.)
Size of tank : 19 m x 20 m x 3 m
Free board : 0.4 m
Effective volume of tank : 1140 m3
The mixing capacity of surface aerators is sufficient to keep the sludge in suspension.
83
viii. Secondary clarifier:
It is circular type mechanical clarifier with central agitator and peripheral discharge
arrangement. It is also provided with continues sludge discharge facilities. It is
constructed of R.C.C structure.
Flow rate : 60 m3/h
Sludge return : 50%
Diameter of tank (I.D) : 7.5 m
Straight height : 3 m
Bottom gradient : 1.12
Effective volume : 134 m3
Effluent S.S : less than 50 ppm
Detention period : 2 hour 20 min.
ix. Sludge drying beds:
The tank is constructed of stone masonry and they are filled with graded sand and
pebbles to a height of 0.6m.
Size of sludge bed : 3 m x 3 m x 3 m, 4 Nos.
Free board : 0.3 m
Drying cycles : 10 days
Capacity of each bed : 8.0 m3
x. Pumps:
Pumps are of C.I. non-clogging type with self-priming arrangement
i. Effluent feed Pump
Flow rate : 60 m3
Head : Suction 5 m, Discharge : 10 m
S.S. in efficient : 1000 ppm
Density : 1.01 gm/ml
Nos. of pumps : 2
ii. Sludge pump
Flow rate : 10 m3/h
Head : Suction : 5 m, Discharge : 10 m
S.S. in efficient : 10,000 ppm
Density : 1.1 gm/ml
xi. Flow meter:
Instrument type of flow measuring device with type flow indicator is provided to
indicate the flow rate of treated effluent in the gutter.
84
xii. Treated effluent sump:
The tank is rectangular in section and constructed of SSM work. The tank interior is
plastered and smooth finished.
Flow rate : 1500 m3/d
Tank size : 12.5 m x 12.5 m x 2.6 m
Free board : 0.3 m
Detention period : 3 hr
Figure 2.11 (a): Flow diagram of proposed Effluent Treatment plant – sugar unit
Sugar Effluent
Bar Screen
Oil & Grease Trap
“V” Notch Chamber
Primary Clarifier
Monthly Washing Tank/ Anaerobic Lagoon No-01
Anaerobic Lagoon / Equalization No-02
Conventional Aeration System
Extended Aeration System
Secondary Clarifier
Polishing Pond/ Treated Water Storage Tank
Disposal to Irrigation
Buffer Tank
Anaerobic Reactor
85
Figure 2.11 (b): Flow diagram of proposed Effluent Treatment plant – Distillery unit
The waste water generated Distillery unit is summarized below
Spent
wash
Spent wash (400m3/day) is concentrated from 16 % to 60 % in multi-effect evaporator.
Concentrated Spent will be used in the Incineration Boiler as fuel
Spent
Lee
Spent lees (85m3/day) generated is minimal, the same is sent to CPU of Distillery Unit for further treatment.
Process Condensate from MEE (Multiple Effect Evaporation)
Equalization Tank
Buffer Tank
MBBR (Mixed Bed Bio-film reactor)
Anaerobic reactor
Tube settler
MGF Feed Tank
Ultra Filter (UF)
Reverse Osmosis
Recycle to Distillery Unit (Fermentation & Cooling tower section)
86
2.7.2 Gaseous Emissions and Air Pollution Control Measures
1. Flue Gases from Boilers and Diesel Generators
Gaseous emissions in the industry will be mainly the flue gases from boilers and diesel
generators. Diesel generators will be used to meet only the emergency requirement of
power. Other emissions include fugitive emissions due to bagasse, ash and movement of
vehicles.
1. Flue gases from boilers and diesel generators
2. Fugitive emissions due to bagasse, ash and movement of vehicles
1. Flue gases from boilers and diesel generators:
The sources of flue gases from the industry will be,
i. Existing 105 T/hr boiler and proposed 240 T/hr boiler in co-gen sugar unit.
During crushing season and during off season, the boiler is operated on
bagasse, the latest stack monitoring reports for the existing boilers is enclosed
as Annexure- 10
ii. 24 T/hr boiler in distillery unit. The boiler will be operated (330 days) on
mixed fuel consisting of bio-mass, coal and CSW.
iii. Existing DG sets of capacity 1250 KVA for sugar unit and 500 KVA of Distillery
units, proposed 1250 KVA of DG for sugar unit.
The characteristics of fuel are given in Table 2.11.
Table 2.11: Characteristics of fuels
Sl.
No.
Parameter Fuel
Bagasse Coal CSW Diesel
1 Heat value, GCV, kcal/kg 2200 5000 1600 10700
2 S content, kg/T 0.1 10 10 1
3 Ash, kg/T 10 100 20 -
4 Steam / fuel ratio, kg/kg 2.4 5.5 1.6 -
The information on stack and sources of emissions are given in Table 2.12.
Table 2.12: Sources of flue gases and APC
Sl. No.
Air pollution source Fuel consumption Stack height APC measure
1 Existing 105 TPH boiler, (co-gen sugar unit) During season and Off season
Bagasse: 1050T/d
65 m ht, AGL
ESP
87
Additional 240 T/h boiler (co-
gen sugar unit) During season
and Off season
Bagasse: 2400T/d
77 m, AGL ESP
24 TPH boiler, (Distillery unit)
Coal and CSW
60 m, AGL ESP
2 Existing D.G. sets :
1250 kVA ( Sugar Co-gen)
500 kVA ( Distillery ) Proposed D.G. sets:
1250 kVA
Diesel, 150 kg/h 67 kg/h
150 kg/h
8 m, ARL
7 ARL
Proposed : 8 m, ARL
Acoustic enclosure
Stack height calculation for proposed 240 T/h boiler and 1250 kVA DG set :
a. 240 TPH boiler :
During season and off season:
Fuel used – Bagasse = 112.1 Kg/ H
Relation for stack height
H = 74 (Q) 0.27
Where, H = Height of Stack in m & Q = Ash produced in TPH
As per KSPCB norms, for agro based fuels ash produced per ton of fuel burnt = 6.5 kg
However assuming ash produced per ton of fuel burnt = 10 kg
Ash produced = 112.1 x 10 = 1121.2 kg/hr = 1.12 TPH
Therefore Q = 1.12 TPH
Hence, H = 74 (1.12)0.27 = 74 (1.03) m = 76.22 m
Or say 77 m AGL (Proposed for 240 TPH Boiler)
Proposed Height of Stack
Height of stack to be provided : 77 m AGL
b. 1250 kVA DG :
Fuel used – Diesel: 150 kg/h
Relation for stack height
88
H = 14(Q) 0.3
Where, H = Height of stack in m
Q = SO2 emissions in kg/h
Sulfur content in coal = 0.1% Specific gravity of sulfur = 2.046
Therefore, Q = 150 x 0.1/100 x 2.046 = 0.30kg/Hr
Hence, H = 14 (0.30)0.3 = 8.4 m
Proposed Height of Stack
Height of stack to be provided : 8.0 m ARL
Technical specifications of air pollution control equipment’s
Electrostatic Precipitator
89
2. Process Emissions:
Carbon dioxide generated in the fermenters carries traces of alcohol vapors. The vapors
are scrubbed with water and then vented to atmosphere through a stack of 3 m height
above roof level. The scrubbed solution is returned to the fermenter.
MAKE: M/s. BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICALS LTD.
SUPPLIER: M/s. FIVES CAIL KCP LTD.
Design details
Sl. No Description Details
1 No of Field 3 Field
2 Gas flow rate 52 m3 / s
3 Dust load at exit 50 mg/ nm3
4 Inlet dust concentration 6 mgs / nm3
5 Flue gas moisture percentage 23% & 28%
6 Un-burnt carbon in fly ash 35%
7 Gas velocity through ESP less than 1M/s Material details
Sl. No Description Qty
1 Collecting Electrode 315 No's
2 Emitting Electrode 600 No's
3 Outlet GD screen plate 13 No's
4 Inlet GD screen plate 32 No's
5 Collecting Rapping Sys 3 No's
6 Collecting Rapping Hammer 63 No's
7 Emitting Rapping Sys 3 No's
8 Emitting Rapping Hammer 72 No's
9 GD Rapping Sys 1 No
10 GD Rapping hammer 16 No's
11 Shaft Insulator 3 No's
12 Support Insulator 12 No's
13 Inspection Door (723x523) 5 No's
14 Hopper Door(460x410) 3 No's
15 Collecting & GD Rapping Motor 0.33 HP, 1.1 RPM 4 No's
16 Emitting Rapping Motor 0.33 HP, 2.5RPM 3 No's
17 Knif edge gate valve 3 No's
18 Expnsion Joint Size: 2310x2810 2 No's
19 Heating Elements S.S 51 No's
20 Thermostat for hopper 4 No's
90
3. Fly Ash Management:
a. For preventing spreading of fly ash particles, the boiler dust should be transported in
transport vehicles covered with a lid. Fly ash is being collected in wet conditions only
and transported in vehicles covered with a proper lid & water sprinklers are provided
keep the fly ash in wet condition.
b. Boiler ashes and press mud shall not be stored in factory premises. Boiler ash and
press mud is being issued to local former community on day to day basis.
2. 7.3 Noise Pollution & Control Measures
Noise is described as an unwanted sound. Exposure to noise affects the human beings in
many ways depending upon the intensity of noise, its frequency and exposure duration.
Exposure to excessive noise produces varying degree of damage to human hearing
system, which is initially reversible.
WHO has recommended 75 dB as exposure limit to industrial noise. The BIS
recommended the acceptable noise level in an industrial area between 45 and 60 dB. The
threshold limit value (TLV) under occupational safety and health is 85 dB for 8 hours, 90
dB for 4 hours, 95 dB for 2 hours and 100 dB for 1 hour and 110 dB for 15 minutes per
day. Sound beyond 80 dB harms hearing system and it can be regarded as pollution. The
largest noise a man hears without discomfort is thus 80 dB.
The source and quality of noise inside the industry are given bellow.
i. Steam turbines : 85-90 dB (A)
ii. Diesel Generators : 75-80 dB (A)
iii. Fans, blowers and compressors : 80-85 dB (A)
iv. Sugar graders : 85-90 dB (A)
v. Centrifuges : 80-85 dB (A)
The sound intensity appears to be at moderate level in co-gen power and distillery
plants. In general at the locations of turbines, compressors, fans etc., the sound intensity
generally exceeds the limit. Control measures will be adopted to reduce noise level
within the permissible limits at the source itself. These machineries are installed on
vibration proof foundation and base. Steam turbine and diesel generators are located in
isolated and acoustic building. The workers engaged in such locations are provided with
earmuffs to have additional safety against noise nuisance. These units will be
manufactured to meet the noise levels as per MOEF/ CPCB guidelines.
DG sets will be provided with in-built acoustics measures. Also ambient noise levels will
be ensured within the ambient standards by inbuilt design of mechanical equipment and
91
building apart from vegetation (tree plantations) along the periphery and at various
locations within the industry premises.
2.7.4 Solid Waste Management
The solid wastes or by-products produced in sugar industry such as bagasse, press mud
and molasses are made use as valuable resources as discussed below. Other solid wastes
in the industry are boiler ash, lime/ETP sludge. Spent lubricating and cooling oils
produced in the industry are specified as hazardous wastes and these are disposed as per
the prescribed guidelines.
a. Bagasse
Bagasse is the fibre material left out after extraction of the treated sugarcane juice. The
average bagasse content in sugarcane is 30%. Major quantity of the bagasse produced
will be utilized in the plant itself as a boiler fuel. A small quantity of bagasse will also be
used as filter aid in the plant. The saved bagasse will be stored on the storage yard for
use in off season.
The requirement of Bagasse after expansion 3450 T/d.
Captive generation of Bagasse after expansion 4200 T/d.
Excess Bagasse generation of 750 T/d is expected, the Co-gen boiler will be run for a month in a
non-crushing season for the utilization of excess bagasse and remaining bagasse will be used as
saved bagasse for the next crushing season.
b. Molasses
A total of 630 T/d of Molasses (including Existing and proposed Expansion) will be
produced in the industry at average of 4.5 % on sugarcane crushed. It contains large
percentage of non-crystallisable sugar and is a valuable source of raw material for
manufacture of ethyl alcohol or other products such as oxalic acid, lactic acid etc.
Molasses is also used as nutritive additive in manufacture of cattle feed. In the present
industry the molasses is used in own distillery for production of ethanol.
Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses. The molasses that is obtained will be transferred very carefully within the plant premises
and shall be used for own captive for distillery for production of ethanol, an existing steel
storage tanks of 06 No’s, (3 no’s with Dia 20 and Area 628 Sq.m & 03 No’s with Dia 24
92
and Area 754 Sq.m) is available, now we have proposed 01 No of steel tank with Dia 24
and Area 452 Sq.m. for storage of Molasses.
Sl. No.
Description of by-
products / Solid Waste
Quantity per day in T/d
Incremental increase in
T/d
Mode of Disposal
Existing After Expansion
01 Molasses
295.5 630 334.5 200 T/d of molasses is required as a raw material for manufacturing of Ethanol in the existing distillery of 50 KLD capacities.
The requirement of molasses is 200 T/d for and 50KLPD existing Distillery i.e. for 330 days
66,000 T/annum.
Captive generation of Molasses 295.5 T/d i.e for 180 days 53,190 T/annum. (66,000 minus
53,190 =12,810 T/Annum) molasses will be met from own captive.
Remaining 47,400 T of molasses shall be sold to other distilleries with and MOU for
manufacturing of Rectified Spirit/Absolute Alcohol or Ethanol.
c. Press mud
A total of 560 T/d of press mud is produced in the industry at an average 4 % on cane
crushed in the sugar plant including Existing and proposed Expansion. It contains
fibrous material and crop nutrients such as phosphorous and potassium and therefore it
is issued to farmers for use in agricultural land. The press mud will also supply to
required distillery for composting.
d. Boiler ash
Boiler ash is un-burnt matter left out in the furnace after complete burning of bagasse in
the boiler. Ash produced from bagasse will be 2.0 % on wet basis. Bagasse consumption
in boiler is about 2450 T/d (Existing and Expansion). The ash contains silica, and other
metal oxides. It is a non-toxic material. It can be used as soil conditioner in agriculture
land or in road formation. It can also be composted along with press mud to produce bio-
manure.
93
e. ETP & lime sludge
Small quantity of sludge is produced from primary and secondary clarifiers in the
industry. Major quantity of the sludge from secondary clarifiers is re-circulated to the
aeration tank. Excess of sludge from clarifiers is dewatered and partially dried in sludge
drying beds. The sludge with an average moisture content of 70% produced from ETP
will be 300 kg/d and will be utilized as manure to tree plantation.
Lime with higher CaO% is used in the plant for purification of juice and therefore, the
quantity of lime sludge produced from the plant is small. The sludge with an average
moisture content of 70% will be produced from lime plant. A maximum of about 0.6
T/d of sludge will be produced from lime plant.
The quantities of various solid wastes produced from the sugar industry of 14000 TCD
are summarized in Table 2.13.
Table 2.13: Solid wastes from co-gen sugar unit
Parameters Bagasse Press mud Molasses Boiler Ash Lime sludge
i. Moister content % 50 75 20 - 50
ii. % of cane 30 4 4.5 2.0 -
iii. Quantity, T/d 4200 560 630 69 0.6
Storage Closed
yard
Prepared
yard
Steel Storage
Tanks
Prepared
yard Prepared
yard
Utilization As fuel
in boiler
As manure
preparation
or as soil
nutrients
As raw
material in
distillery
Cane
growers
use as
manure.
In road
preparation
or as soil
nutrients
Spent Oil and Grease.
Spent oil and grease will be generated from the lubricating systems such as D. G. set and
gear units. An average of 0.4 T/year of spent oil will be produced in the industry. This is
stored in M.S drums and disposed to the authorized agencies for their reprocessing and
reuse.
Municipal Solids Waste
Municipal solid waste is generated in residential quarters, factory office and store. The
quantity will be about 473 kg per day. The solid waste collected will be segregated to
separate glass, Plastic metal and other recyclable matter from bio-degradable matter. Bio-
94
degradable matter, 250kg/ d will be composted with agro mass such as press mud. The
composted manure thus produced will be used in greenery development.
2.8 Pollution Mitigation Measures
The main objective of mitigation measures is to conserve the resources, minimise the
waste generation, treatment of wastes, recovery of by-products and recycling of material.
It also incorporates greenery and landscape development of open area and the post
project monitoring of environmental quality. The measures under mitigation plan are
classified as
Measures built in the process
Measures during construction phase
Measures during operation phase
The main objective is to follow environment friendly process, with efficient utilisation of
resources, minimum waste generation, built in waste treatment and operation safety. The
measures adopted are
Built In Pollution Control Mitigation Measures
1. Recovery and reuse of inherent water present in sugarcane.
2. Complete recycle of vapour condensate water with cooling water.
3. Use of hydrated lime instead of lime to avoid lime sludge.
4. Treatment and reuse of vapour condensate for reuse as boiler feed.
5. ESP and stack for air pollution.
6. Dust control in sugar grader unit.
7. Spent oil and grease recovery in mill plant.
8. Use of hot vapour-condensate for imbibition in mill.
9. Use of mechanical seals in pumps to avoid liquid leakages and noise.
2.9 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of Technological Failure
The project is for expansion of existing sugar industry from 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD
sugar plant, 18.14 MW to 62.14MW co-gen power plant with no change to Distillery plant
of capacity 50 KLPD. The manufacturing process is a tried & tested method & therefore
there is no risk of technological failure.
95
Chapter – 3
Description of the Environment
3.1 Introduction
The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the
impact zone for various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land
socio-economic, land use and biological components. The baseline environmental
quality has been assessed during 15th December 2016 to 15th March 2017 in a study
area of 10 km radial distance from the project site.
Knowledge of baseline environmental status of the study area is useful for
Assessment Process of assessing and predicting the environmental consequences
of the significant actions. Significant action depicts direct adverse changes caused by
the action and its effect on the health of the biota including flora, fauna and human
being, socio-economic conditions, current use of land and resources, physical and
cultural heritage properties and biophysical surroundings. Baseline data generation
of the following environmental attributes is essential in EIA studies.
1. Physical Environment
The components of physical environment discussed in this section includes,
Land Environment
Climate and Meteorology
Ambient air quality
Ambient Noise levels
Geology, Minerals and Hydrology
Surface and Ground water quality, and
2. Biological Environment.
3. Social environment.
3.2 Establishment of Impact Zone
Deciding whether a proposed action is likely to cause significant adverse
environmental effects is central to the concept and practice of EIA. Before proceeding
for baseline data generation, it is important to know the boundary limits and
framework, so that the data generated can be effectively utilized for impact
assessment.
In this context, delineate of impact zone plays an important role. Generally the
impact zone for industrial actions is classified into three parts; core zone, buffer zone
and unaffected zone, as illustrated below. The area of impact zone invariably changes
from project to project and depends on the nature and magnitude of activities.
Core Zone (host and proximate area where the proposed activities is completed) - This
96
area is closest to the activity where the background quality of environmental and
human health is always at high risk. This involves risks due to steady state, transient
and accidental release of pollutants, noise, increased traffic congestion and social
stress. The immediate vicinity of the plant that is around 3 km radius is factual core
zone in this case. Figure 3.1 shows the impact zone on the toposheet.
Buffer zone (moderately affected area) - Being a little away from the activity, the
discharge pollutants need time lag to be transported to this area and gets
attenuated/diluted to a considerable extent. However, the associated risk shall be real
during brake-down, failure or upset conditions, and simultaneously with adverse
meteorological and hydrological factors. Distance from 3 km to 10 km around the
project site in the factual buffer zone in this case. This is based on the mathematical
modeling study and air pollution dispersion pattern.
Unaffected Zone - This area shall not be at risk of serious damage to life, health and
property. Here the impact becomes small enough to become imperceptible and/or
inconsequent and/or insignificant and normal life activities shall prevail without any
disturbances due to the activity. Distance away from the 10km buffer zone is the
factually unaffected zone in this case.
While generating the baseline status of physical and biological environment of the
study area, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The Impact zone selection
is based on preliminary screening and modeling studies. For demography and socio-
economics, block wise data has been collected and used for the assessment of impacts.
3.3 Baseline Data
Primary data collected for various environmental aspects, Secondary data were
collected from published sources and Government agencies such as Survey of India,
Census department, Forest department, IMD, etc., the details of the base line data that
were collected is given under Table 3.1 and Table 3.2 gives the Environmental
Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring of Baseline data.
97
Figure 3.1: Toposheet showing impact zones
Table 3.1: Baseline data collection
Environmental
Parameters
Locations for proposed data collection
Source
Air Quality 8 locations Primary
Meteorology 1 location Primary (site specific) Water (Ground water) 8 locations Primary
(Surface water) 4 locations Primary
Soil 8 locations Primary
Noise 8 locations Primary
Ecology Study Area Primary and Secondary
Geology and Hydrology Study Area Primary and Secondary
Land use Study area Primary and Secondary
Socio-Economic Study Area Primary and Secondary
High Impact Zone Medium Impact Zone
N
5 Kms 5 Kms
98
Table 3.2: Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring
Sl. No Attribute Parameters Frequency of Monitoring
Physical environment
1 Land use Trend of land use change
Satellite imagery of the study.
2 Soil Physico chemical parameters
Once during the study period at Eight locations.
3 Meteorology Relative Humidity (%), Temperature (°C), Rainfall (mm), Wind Direction (Deg), Wind Speed (km/hr) and atmospheric pressure (mb) and mixing height (m)
The meteorological data for Bijapur District was obtained from two sources namely.
Bijapur Agrometeorological Services, University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad (primary source)
Modeling studies carried out using U.S. EPA AERMOD dispersion model, 1996 – 2012 Lakes Environmental Software, version 6.2.0. (secondary source)
4 Ambient Air quality
As per NAAQ Standards, 2009
24 hourly samples twice a week for three month at eight locations.
5 Noise levels Leq Day time & Leq Night time
Continuous recording per hour interval for 24 hours per location at eight stations.
6 Water quality Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological.
Once during the study period at eight locations.
7 Geology Geological history. Based on field studies in the study area
8 Hydrology Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, aquifer characteristics of the area.
Based on field studies in the study area
Biological Environment
9 Ecology Flora, Fauna, Avi-fauna
Through field visits during the Study period and substantiated by secondary sources (Forest Department).
Social Environment
10 Socio- aspects Socio- economic Based on primary data collected from socio economic survey carried out in the study area and secondary data collected from official websites and also from District Census Handbook, Vijayapur.
99
3.3.1 Land Environment
The district of Vijayapura is situated entirely on the Northern maidan area having
extensively undulating Plateau forming the northern part of the State and receives an
annual rainfall between 350 - 650 mm. It falls in the northern maidan region, between
15° 50´- 17° 28´ north latitudes and 74° 59´- 76°28´ east longitudes and lies between
two major rivers namely the Krishna and the Bhima. The district is bounded on the
north by Sholapur district of Maharashtra State, on the west by Belgaum district,
on the east by Gulbarga district and on the south by Bagalkot district of Karnataka.
Vijayapura district is land locked district and is accessible both by rail and road. The
broad gauge line of SW Railway connecting Hubli - Sholapur passes through the
district. The NH 13 Bangalore to Sholapur and NH-213 of Hubli-Sholapur pass
through the district. Vijayapura district is connected with other district headquarters
through state highways. An area covering 10 km radius, with project site as center, is
considered as the study area
Land use
The study has made use of various primary and secondary data. These include
Survey of India (SOI) topographic sheets of 47 P/7 of 1:50,000 scale and satellite
image IRS LISS III (PAN merged) geocoded data of 1:10,000 scale for the year 2013.
The Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS) data was visually and digitally interpreted
by using the image interpretation elements (such as tone, texture, shape, pattern,
association etc.) and Arc GIS software was used for processing, analysis and
integration of spatial data to reach the objectives of the study. Adequate field checks
were made before finalization of the thematic maps. A digital elevation model (DEM)
is a digital model or 3D representation of a terrain's surface. It has been carried out
using Arc GIS software. Figure 3.2 shows the Land use/ Land cover map of the study
area, Figure 3.3 gives the Satellite Imagery of the study area and Figure 3.4 gives the
Digital elevation map of the study area, Figure 3.5 gives the contour map of the study
area.
Approach and Methods
High resolution satellite imageries from Karnataka State Remote Sensing Center
(KSRSC) Bangalore and then prepared land use maps for 10-km radius showing crop
land, forest, settlements, water bodies, vegetation etc. Geocoded False Colour
Composite scene of IRS-IC LISS III with PAN merged data on 1:10,000 scale
coinciding with Survey of India (SOI) Toposheet is used to prepare various thematic
maps and land use and land cover map of the present study.
For the purpose of study of land use/land cover ARC GIS 9.2 and ERDAS
IMAGINE9.1 are used for extracting the land use, land cover layers, from SOI
toposheets and satellite imageries. The land use/land cover classes include
100
agriculture land forest, wetlands, settlements, built-up land etc. This classification and
methodology is performed based on the standard methodology. The feature classes
were identified based on the visual interpretation of the satellite imagery coupled
with field observations. These datasets were digitized and analyzed to obtain land
use/land cover statistics for the areas under each of these categories.
The study has made use of various primary and secondary data. These include
Survey of India (SOI) topographic sheets and satellite image IRS P6 LISS III (PAN
merged) geocoded data of 1:10,000 scale for the year 2016. The Indian Remote Sensing
Satellite (IRS) data was visually and digitally interpreted by using the image
interpretation elements (such as tone, texture, shape, pattern, association etc.) and Arc
GIS software was used for processing, analysis and integration of spatial data to reach
the objectives of the study. Adequate field checks were made before finalization of the
thematic maps.
All these thematic layers were scanned and vectorized using Geographical
Information System (GIS). The coverage created is edited to remove any possible
errors. All the features in the GIS coverage’s are assigned the attributes and GIS data
base is created as per the required objectives and the information needed to meet
them. The coverage’s are projected to polyconic projection. The coverage’s created
will have digitizer units for its tics. These values should be projected to real world
using latitude and longitude information.
101
Figure 3.2 :Land use/ Land cover map of the study area
102
Figure 3.3 : Satellite Imagery map of the study area
103
Figure 3.4 : Digital Elevation Map of the study area
104
Figure 3.5: Contour map of the study area
105
Inference
Majority of the project buffer area is crop land followed by scrub forest and built-
up area. The 10-km radius buffer area doesn’t have protected area or eco-sensitive
area. The Krishna River is flowing from West to east at 1.5 km distance from the
proposed project site. The land use of core zone reveals that majority of the area is
crop land (54.63%) followed by Fallow land (23.69 %). Land use/ land cover of the
study area are given below:
Table 3.3: Details of the land use pattern of study area
Sl No LULC Area(Km2) %
1 Agricultural Land 19107.33 54.63
2 Current Fallow Land 8286.48 23.69
3 Open Scrub 2562.99 7.33
4 Water body 956.15 2.73
5 Vegetation 1895.66 5.42
6 Open Waste Land 1435.34 4.1
7 Built-up Land 733.78 2.1 Total 34977.73 100
3.3.2 Soil Environment
Soil characteristics, erosion aspects, soil fertility etc., have direct bearing on the
environment. Knowledge of soil parameters is essential for the planning and
implementation of green-belt. Soil is the resultant product of rock materials and
climatic condition. It consists of mineral matter decaying organic matters and
microorganisms. Soil is one of the important natural resources of nature. This
provides bread and butter to human beings for survival. There is a relationship
between soil and vegetation, soil and climate, soil and slope and even climate and
slope, but all these factors co-operate in the production of the actual soil. No life
without soil and no soil without life they have evolved together. Millions of people
and plants life depends on the soil resources. It is one of the important factors for the
study of its varieties, properties and characteristics to the planners to know the spatial
variation in its distribution and its contribution in supporting above ground
vegetation and associated life farms.
Approach & Methods
Composite sampling technique is adopted for soil collection from the proposed
project area. A technique that combines a number of discrete samples collected from
a body of material into a single homogenized sample for the purpose of analysis. The
objective of composite soil sampling is to represent the average conditions in the
sampled body of material. Three samples in each direction of buffer zone were
collected then pooled into one composite sample. The same method followed for three
composite samples for core area. Soils types on the grounds were verified using soil
106
series classification adopted by National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use
Planning (NBSSLP) and soils maps of India developed by Maps of India. Soil physical
and chemical Characteristics were analyzed using the test methods of IS, USEPA and
Methods Manual for soil Testing, DAC- MOA, GOI, the test methods of the soil
parameters are given under Table 3.4.
Table 3.4: Test methods for Soil Analysis
Sl. No Parameter Test Methods
1 Colour -
2 Bulk Density IS:2720 ( Pat 3): 1980
3 pH IS:2720 ( Pat 26): 1987
4 Electrical Conductivity IS:14767-2000
5 Moisture Content IS:2720 ( Pat 2): 1973
6 Organic Matter IS:2720 ( Pat 22): 1972
7 Total Organic Carbon IS:2720 ( Pat 22): 1972
8 Cation Exchange Capacity USEPA SW846 9080
9 Water Holding Capacity ASTB- T7367-07
10 Sodium Adsorption Ration (SAR) UT/LQMS/SOP/S26
Dissolved Analytes
11 Calcium as Ca IS:3025 ( Pat 40): 1991
12 Magnesium as Mg IS:3025 ( Pat 46): 1994
13 Sodium as Na IS:3025 ( Pat 45): 1993
14 Potassium as K IS:3025 ( Pat 45): 1993
15 Sulphates as SO4 2- IS:3025 ( Pat 24): 1986
16 Chlorides as Cl- IS:3025 ( Pat 40): 1991
Exchangeable Cations
17 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca IS:3025 ( Pat 40): 1991
18 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg IS:3025 ( Pat 46): 1994
19 Exchangeable Sodium as Na IS:3025 ( Pat 45): 1993
20 Exchangeable Potassium as K IS:3025 ( Pat 45): 1993
Available Nutrients
21 Available Nitrogen as N Methods Manual for soil Testing, DAC- MOA, GOI
22 Available Phosphorous as P2O5 Methods Manual for soil Testing, DAC- MOA, GOI
23 Available Potassium as K2O Methods Manual for soil Testing, DAC- MOA, GOI
Total Metals
24 Cadmium as Cd USEPA SW846 7130
25 Chromium as Cr USEPA SW846 7190
26 Copper as Cu USEPA SW846 7210
27 Cobalt as Co USEPA SW846 7200
28 Nickel as Ni USEPA SW846 7520
29 Lead as Pb USEPA SW846 7420
30 Manganese as Mn USEPA SW846 7460
31 Zinc as Zn USEPA SW846 7950
32 Iron Fe USEPA SW846 7380
107
A total of eight samples were collected during the study period, below mentioned
Table 3.5 are the sampling locations, one kg of top soil samples were collected by
means of augur and core cutter in polythene bags and sent to the laboratory for
analysis on the same day. Soil sampling locations are shown in the map appended as
Figure 3.6. Soil samples that were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters the
results of which are given in Table 3.6. Figure 3.7 shows the sampling of the
photographs of the Soil sampling.
Table 3.5: Details of Soil sampling location
Sl. No
Location Land Use Distance Direction
SQ1 Project area. Barren land Near Distillery Excise
office
- -
SQ2 Chikka - Hanchinal village
Agriculture Farm
Mr. Kaasar
Agriculture Farm
3.5 Kms NNW
SQ3 Kanabur village Agriculture Farm
Mr. Venkengowda
Patil Agriculture
Farm
1.8 Kms W
SQ4 Chikka-Galagali village
Agriculture Farm
Mr. Sainabji Mulla
Agriculture Farm
2.5 Kms SW
SQ5 Jambagi village Agriculture Farm
Mr. Koreadi
Agriculture Farm
3.0 Kms S
SQ6 Badgi village Agriculture Farm
Mr. Bassappa
Agriculture Farm
3.5 Kms ESE
SQ7 Girgaon village. Agriculture Farm
Mr. Walikar
Agriculture Farm
5.5 Kms E
SQ8 Sutagundi village
Agriculture Farm
Mr. Ashoke Alwade
Agriculture Farm
2.8 Kms ENE
108
Figure 3.6: Locations of Soil Sampling Stations
Figure 3.7: Photographs showing Soil sampling in the study area
SQ1
SQ6 SQ5
SQ4
SQ3
SQ2
SQ7
SQ8
N
109
Table 3.6: Soil Quality Analyses Sl. No Parameter Project
Site
Chikka - Hanchinal
Village
Kanabur
Village
Chikka-Galagali
Village
Jambagi
Village
Badgi
Village
Girgaon
Village
Sutagundi
Village
Unit
1 Colour Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown -
2 Bulk Density 1070 1087 1077 1012 1026 1188 1104 1048 kg/m3
3 pH 7.8 8.5 8.2 8.2 8.1 8.4 8.3 7.8 --
4 Electrical Conductivity 0.984 0.234 0.426 0.119 0.222 0.492 0.778 0.576 mS/cm
5 Moisture Content 6.5 8.6 8.2 7.0 8.3 7.9 7 5.4 %
6 Organic Matter 0.9 1.6 0.8 2.0 1.6 0.9 7.8 1.8 %
7 Total Organic Carbon 0.5 0.9 0.4 1.1 0.9 0.5 1.0 1.0 %
8 Cation Exchange Capacity 14 21.6 14 20.7 12 18.7 23.4 23.3 meq/100g
9 Water Holding Capacity 51.6 60.1 55.6 68.5 54 59 55.5 47.4 %
10 Sodium Adsorption Ration (SAR) 2.7 3.8 3.3 3.6 1.9 5 1.5 1.6 (meq/kg)0.5
Dissolved Analytes
11 Calcium as Ca 364 127 95 48 79 111 143 190 mg/kg
12 Magnesium as Mg 115 67 48 19 67 29 87 125 mg/kg
13 Sodium as Na 137 213 156 116 97 230 89 117 mg/kg
14 Potassium as K 9 13 7 8 8 6 10 10 mg/kg
15 Sulphates as SO42- 253 376 436 469 124 442 28 173 mg/kg
16 Chlorides as Cl- 282 253 146 78 97 107 194 233 mg/kg
Exchangeable Cations
17 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca 0.051 0.446 0.023 0.438 0.016 0.209 0.565 0.561 mol/kg
18 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg 0.028 0.107 0.019 0.035 0.016 0.134 0.146 0.111 mol/kg
19 Exchangeable Sodium as Na BDL 0.022 BDL 0.009 BDL 0.02 0.039 0.017 mol/kg
20 Exchangeable Potassium as K BDL 0.011 BDL 0.008 BDL 0.011 0.021 0.007 mol/kg
Available Nutrients
21 Available Nitrogen as N 109 142 205 174 116 247 227 65 kg/ha
22 Available Phosphorous as P2O5 106 339 227 160 230 222 125 70 kg/ha
23 Available Potassium as K2O 292 554 460 209 315 641 640 204 kg/ha
Total Metals
24 Cadmium as Cd BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/kg
25 Chromium as Cr 61 47 BDL 97 BDL 84 34 96 mg/kg
26 Copper as Cu 45 103 42 66 1 72 153 2 mg/kg
27 Cobalt as Co 7 7 8 19 4 12 30 2 mg/kg
28 Nickel as Ni 28 28 14 38 38 56 82 24 mg/kg
29 Lead as Pb BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 65 BDL mg/kg
30 Manganese as Mn 428 376 392 417 500 461 465 265 mg/kg
31 Zinc as Zn 49 42 48 53 15 60 180 14 mg/kg
32 Iron Fe 20433 41062 37690 20849 59600 30927 41851 6781 mg/kg
110
Inference:
The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are
summarized below.
The pH values in the study area are varying from 7.8 to 8.5 indicating that the soils are falling in normal to saline class.
The electrical conductivity in the study area is varying from 0.222 to 0.984 mS/cm indicating that soils falling under Normal category.
The organic carbon in the study area is varying from 0.4 to 1.1 %,
The Available Nutrients, Nitrogen as N value in the study area is varying from 65 kg/ha to 247 kg/ha indicating that it requires addition of nitrates for proper growth. In the study area Phosphorus as P2O5 is varying from 70 kg/ha to 339 kg/ha. The Available Potassium as K2O in the study area is varying between 204 kg/ha to 641 kg/ha.
The overall analytical results show that the nature of the soil is neutral. Test Reports
of soil analysis are enclosed as Annexure – 9.
3.3.3 Meteorology
The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is a useful tool for the
interpretation of the baseline condition as well as for the input, to predictive models
for air quality modeling and dispersion studies. Historical data on meteorological
parameters also plays an important role in identifying the general meteorological
status of the region.
The meteorological data for Bijapur District was obtained from two sources as stated
below, for Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind speed and Wind direction
etc.
Bijapur Agrometeorological Services, University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad (primary source)
Modeling studies carried out using U.S. EPA AERMOD dispersion model, 1996 – 2012 Lakes Environmental Software, version 6.2.0. (Secondary source)
111
Table 3.7: Meteorological data of Bijapur Agro meteorological Services, University
of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad (Monthly Mean values of the Year 2016)
Month Temperature
(0C)
Relative
humidity
(%)
Total
rainfall
(mm)
Rainy
days
Sunshine
duration
(hrs)
Wind
speed
(kmph)
Pan
evaporation
(mm/day)
Min Max AM PM
2016
Mar 19.0 37.1 47 23 1.52 0 9.4 4.9 8.8
Apr 23.1 38.0 65 29 67.5 2 7.5 7.0 8.6
May 23.5 39.0 81 40 7.8 1 8.1 12.7 10.5
June 22.6 35.1 86 57 26.0 3 7.5 16.4 8.0
July 22.1 31.8 84 57 72.4 4 4.0 16.9 6.0
Aug 21.4 31.5 86 55 60.0 4 5.1 15.9 5.4
Sept 20.7 31.1 87 54 73.3 7 5.1 11.0 4.6
Oct 20.8 32.1 82 50 70.8 4 6.9 5.6 4.7
Nov 16.1 30.9 73 38 0.0 0 8.2 5.1 4.5
Dec 14.9 31.4 77 35 0.0 0 7.7 3.2 4.1
2017
Jan 14.3 30.8 66 29 0.0 0 9.1 4.2 4.5
Feb 16.7 33.9 51 23 0.0 0 9.8 4.9 6.3
Mar 18.4 35.1 45 24 0.0 0 8.9 5.2 8.3
Meteorological data monitored at site for the study period
The meteorological factors affect a range of atmospheric characteristics and dispersal
of pollutants. These factors and their frequent changes control the gravity and
intensity of air pollution in an area and cause seasonal variations in horizontal as well
as vertical distribution and fate of respective pollutants. The essential meteorological
parameters are wind speed, wind direction, ambient air temperature, relative
humidity, rainfall, atmospheric pressure and mixing height. Meteorological
monitoring was carried out at project site during December 2016 to March 2017 for
parameters of Relative Humidity (%), Temperature (°C), Rainfall (mm), Wind
Direction (Deg), Wind Speed (km/hr) and atmospheric pressure (mb) and mixing
height (m).
112
Table 3.8: Site Specific Micro Meteorological data for the expansion project site for the period March 2016 to March 2017
Month Temperature 0C Relative
humidity %
Precipitat
ion rate
(mm/hr)
Atmospheric
Pressure (mb)
Wind
speed
(m/s)
Predominant
wind
direction
(blowing
from)
Inversion /
mixing height
(m)
Cloud cover
(tenths)
Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Max Day Night Min Max
2016
Mar 15.2 33.5 20 45 1.52 939 948 5.7 E 2842 757 2 10
Apr 19.2 35.2 18 67 2.79 938 949 7.7 NW 3500 1084 2 3
May 19.2 36.5 16 79 1.52 937 945 8.2 NW 3551 1212 2 3
June 19.5 33.2 32 84 3.05 936 943 9.8 W & SW 2879 1543 2 10
July 20.2 32.4 42 86 10.16 934 944 10.8 SW & W 2680 1735 3 10
Aug 19.5 32.5 40 81 6.86 937 944 10.8 W & SW 2673 1728 3 10
Sept 17.2 31.8 25 85 4.32 935 946 10.8 SW 2716 1796 2 10
Oct 20.1 33 28 70 2.29 940 947 6.7 NE & SE 2928 901 2 5
Nov 16.9 29.9 28 72 0.76 942 949 7.2 E & NE 2448 1032 2 8
Dec 13.5 29.8 27 79 0 942 949 7.7 E & SE 2140 1052 2 10
2017
Jan 13.8 27.8 17 68 0.51 941 950 5.7 NE 2269 719 2 10
Feb 15.9 31.2 25 49 1.02 939 949 6.2 SE 2802 732 2 10
Mar 14.9 33.0 18 48 1.21 938 949 4.9 E & SE 2872 809 2 10
113
Temperature
Temperature varies from season to season. Highest mean temperature in the month,
recorded in May, was 36.5°C. From November to January, both day and night
temperatures begin to decrease rapidly. December is generally the coldest month,
with mean temperature 13.5 °C. During the Study season, the lowest temperatures
remain between 13.5 ºC to 15.9 ºC and highest temperature being 27.8 ºC to 33.0 ºC.
Relative Humidity (RH)
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoon season. Thereafter, it decreases
gradually during post monsoon, winter and summer season in that order. Mornings
are more humid than evenings and humidity ranges from high of 84-86% in monsoon
mornings to low of 16 - 18% in summer. During study season, morning humidity
remains between 68 - 79%. Values are appended in Table 3.8
Rainfall
The monsoon in this region usually occurs twice in a year i.e. from June to September
and from October to November. The maximum annual rate of precipitation over this
region ranges between 0 to 10.16 mm/hr. Values are appended in Table 3.8
Atmospheric pressure
The maximum and the minimum atmospheric pressures are recorded during all
seasons. In the summer season, the mean maximum and minimum pressure values
are observed to be 949 mb in the month of April and 937 mb in the month of May
respectively. During monsoon season, the maximum pressure is 944 mb and
minimum 934 mb both in the month of July. During the Post monsoon season the
minimum and maximum atmospheric pressure is 935 mb and 946 mb in the month of
September. The maximum pressure during the study season is observed to be 950 mb
in January. Values are appended in Table 3.8.
Inversion height
The maximum inversion heights at the project site during the day time & night time
for all the months of the year is as given in the Table 3.8. The maximum mixing height
of 3551 m is observed during the month of May during the day time and 1796 m
during the month of September during the night time. During the study period the
minimum inversion heights are 2872 m during the day in March & 1052 m during the
night in the month of December.
Cloud cover
The minimum cover measured in the unit of tenths is 2 and the maximum observed
cloud cover is 10.
114
Wind
The data on wind patterns are pictorially represented by means of wind rose
diagrams, for the study period majority of the wind is blowing from east direction at
an average wind speed of 3.98 m/s. The wind rose diagram of the study season is
represented in Figure: 3.8
Figure 3.8: Wind rose Diagram for the Period 15th December 2016 – 15th March 2017
3.3.4 Ambient Air Quality
The study area includes residential and agricultural environment. Ambient Air
Quality Monitoring was carried out at eight locations within 10 Kms radius study
area including Project site, Up-wing and downwind direction. The results are
tabulated below. The National Ambient Air Quality standard is given in the following
table.
This section describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for
sampling, analytical techniques and frequency of sampling.
Table 3.9: Test methods adopted for ambient air quality monitoring
Sl.
No
Parameters Techniques Technical
Protocol
Minimum
detectable limits
as provided by lab
1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) West & Gaeke IS:5182 (P2) 4 mcg
2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Jacob & Hochheiser IS:5182 (P6) 1 mcg
115
3 Particulate Matter PM10 Gravimetric IS:5182 (P15) 5 mcg
4 Particulate Matter PM2.5 Gravimetric - 5 mcg
5 Carbon monoxide as CO NDIR IS: 5182 (P-10) 10 mcg
Selection of Sampling Stations
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a
scientifically designed ambient air quality-monitoring network. The design of
monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the
following considerations:
Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale.
Topography of the study area.
Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status.
Representatives of likely impact areas.
Overall planning and network designing of complete ambient monitoring program was carried through field planning.
The budget, minimum monitoring requirements, and its objective adequacy criteria was first established during monitoring network-planning stage.
Principal factors governing the selection of locations of the sampling stations were depending on the objectives of air quality monitoring i.e for EIA studies, the particular method of instrument used for sampling, resources availability, physical access and security against loss and tampering.
Recommended Criteria for Siting Monitoring Stations as per: IS: 5182 (Part 14), 2000 was followed.
The stations were selected at a place where interferences are not present or anticipated.
Height of the inlet was maintained at 3 ± 0.5 m above the ground.
The sampler was kept more than 20 m away from trees.
There was unrestricted airflow in three of four quadrants.
There was no nearby furnace or incinerator fumes.
The sampling stations selected were away from major pollution sources, and
The site was available for a long period of time.
In order to establish the baseline air quality status in a study area, about 8 ambient air
quality stations were selected in and around the 10 Kms radius study area of the
proposed expansion project site including Project site, Up-wing and downwind
direction. These stations were selected on the basis of even distribution over the study
area taking in to consideration various factors like topography of the region,
proximity of sensitive establishment and human settlements, industrial activities
in the area and its proximity, down wind direction etc. The details of these Ambient
Air quality-sampling stations are given below.
116
Table 3.10: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Sl. No Location Distance Wind Direction
AAQ1 Project area. Near Entrance gate -- -- --
AAQ2 Chikka-Hanchinal
village
Near Eshwara Temple 3.5 Kms Downwind
direction
NW
AAQ3 Kanabur village Near Mr.R.T Patils’s
house
1.8 Kms Downwind
direction
W
AAQ4 Chikka-Galagali
village
Near Babu Gowda
Nidoni House
2.5 Kms Downwind
direction
SW
AAQ5 Yadahalli Village Near Mr. K.V Patil
Farm house
5.5 Kms Downwind
direction
SSW
AAQ6 Badgi village Near Government
School
3.5 Kms Upwind
direction
ESE
AAQ7 Girgaon village Near Temple 5.5 Kms Upwind
direction
E
AAQ8 Sutagundi village Near Mr. Rudrappa
Galagali house
2.8 Kms Upwind
direction
ENE
117
Figure 3.9: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
Methodology adopted for Air Quality Survey
The baseline data of air environment is generated for all the parameters as per NAAQ,
2009
Duration of Sampling: The duration of sampling is on 24 hourly basis for all the parameters except Carbon monoxide which is monitored for 1 hourly basis. This is to allow a comparison with the present revised standards mentioned in the latest Gazette notification of the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) (JULY 20, 2002).
Method of Analysis: The air samples are analyzed as per standard methods specified by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Indian Standards: 5184 and American Public Health Organization (APHA).
Sampling and Analytical Techniques The analysis techniques used in the
laboratory is as per NAAQ, 2009
AAQ1
AAQ2
AAQ3
AAQ4
AAQ5
AAQ6
AAQ7
AAQ8
N
118
Figure 3.10: Photographs showing Ambient Air Monitoring stations
Figure: 3.11: Flow Chart showing AAQM Methodology
Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring done in a radius of 10 Kms is sited in
Table 3.11, Test Reports of Ambient Air Quality are enclosed as Annexure– 9.
Table 3.11: Ambient Air Quality status
Particulars PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO
Permissible NAAQS Limit
100
(µg/m3) 60
(µg/m3)
80
(µg/m3)
80
(µg/m3)
4
(mg/m3)
AAQ1 Average 86 35 16 24 1.4
Min. 81 31 11 15 1.2
Max. 92 42 21 31 1.7
98 % Value 92 42 21 31 1.7
AAQ2
Average 75 32 23 30 1.0
Min. 71 25 19 23 0.8
119
Max. 85 38 27 36 1.1
98 % Value 85 38 27 36 1.1 AAQ3 Average 84 34 21 28 1.1
Min. 78 26 18 21 1.0
Max. 92 42 25 32 1.2
98 % Value 90 41 25 32 1.2
AAQ4 Average 86 40 21 29 0.6
Min. 79 32 18 24 0.5
Max. 95 48 29 32 0.7
98 % Value 95 48 27 32 0.7
AAQ5 Average 88 33 15 23 0.8
Min. 85 28 11 19 0.6
Max. 94 38 21 29 1.1
98 % Value 93 38 20 29 1.1 AAQ6 Average 67 30 13 20 0.7
Min. 59 25 11 16 0.5
Max. 78 36 15 25 0.9
98 % Value 76 36 15 25 0.9 AAQ7 Average 77 31 14 20 0.7
Min. 68 25 10 15 0.5
Max. 87 38 17 23 0.9
98 % Value 85 38 17 23 0.9
AAQ8 Average 72 21 17 24 0.7
Min. 59 15 15 21 0.5
Max. 81 28 21 29 0.9
98 % Value 81 27 21 29 0.9
a. Particulate Matter <2.5µ & <10µ
The NAAQ standards fixed for PM10 is 100 µg/m3and PM2.5 is 60 µg/m3. Excessive
exposure to PM can cause lung problems, breathing difficulties.The minimum and
maximum level of Particulate Matter < 2.5µ recorded within the study area were in
the range of 15 to 48 µg/m 3. The minimum and maximum level of Particulate Matter
< 10µ recorded within the study area were in the range of 59 to 95 µg/m 3. The 24
hourly average values of Particulate Matter <2.5µ & Particulate Matter <10µ were
compared with the national ambient air quality standards and found that all
sampling stations recorded values within the applicable limits of residential and rural
area limits for all locations in study area.
b. Sulphur dioxide
Sulfur dioxide is capable of producing illness and lung injury. Further it can
combine with water in the air to form toxic acid aerosols that can corrode metal
surfaces, fabrics and the leaves of plants. Sulfur dioxide is irritating to the eyes and
respiratory system. Excessive exposure to sulfur dioxide causes bronchial asthma and
other breathing related diseases as it affects the lungs. The minimum and maximum
120
level of SO2 recorded within the study area was in the range of 10 µg/m 3 to 29
µg/m 3. The 24 hourly average values of SO2 were compared with the national
ambient air quality standards and it was found that all sampling stations recorded
values much lower than the applicable limit of 80 µg/m 3for industrial, residential
and rural areas.
c. Oxides of Nitrogen
Oxides of Nitrogen are also an inorganic gaseous pollutant like Sulfur dioxide. Oxides
of Nitrogen emissions are expected to be emitted wherever combustion at high
temperatures takes place. Nitrous oxide and nitric acid mist are the other important
pollutants in the inorganic nitrogen group.
In general some of the important sources of oxides of nitrogen are boilers (Utilities) in
any industry and Auto exhaust. NOx in the presence of sunlight will undergo
reactions with a number of organic compounds to produce all the effects associated
with photochemical smog. NOx has inherent ability to produce deleterious effects by
themselves like toxicity. It acts as an asphyxiate when in concentrations great enough
to reduce the normal oxygen supply from the air. The minimum and maximum level
of NOx recorded within the study area was in the range of 15 µg/m 3 to 36 µg/m 3.
The 24 hourly average values of NOx were compared with the national ambient air
quality standards and it was found that all the sampling stations recorded values
much lower than the applicable limit of 80 µg/m 3.
d. Carbon Monoxide
Carbon monoxide is a colorless, odorless, and tasteless gas that is slightly lighter than
air. It can be toxic to humans and animals when encountered in higher concentrations,
although it is also produced in normal animal metabolism in low quantities, and is
thought to have some normal biological functions. In the atmosphere however, it is
short lived and spatially variable, since it combines with oxygen to form carbon
dioxide and for industrial, residential and rural areas.
Carbon monoxide is formed due to partial oxidation of carbon- containing
compounds; it forms when there is not enough oxygen to produce carbon dioxide
(CO2), such as when operating a stove or an internal combustion engine in an
enclosed space. In the presence of oxygen, carbon monoxide burns with a blue flame.
Worldwide, the largest source of carbon monoxide is natural in origin is due to
photochemical reactions in the troposphere. Other natural sources of CO include
volcanoes, forest fires, and other forms of combustion. The major man made source is
mobile sources (Vehicles on road) and non-road sources are gasoline and diesel
powered vehicles, engines, and equipment used for construction, agriculture,
recreation, and many other purposes.
The minimum and maximum level of CO recorded within the study area was in
the range of 0.5 µg/m 3 to 1.7 µg/m 3.
121
Traffic Study:
Transportation due to the Proposed Project
Personnel
During construction period a maximum of about 200 people will be visiting the
industry including, construction works, suppliers of material and related activities.
They use company vehicle facilities, public transportation and own vehicles. Total of
about 24 buses/cars and about 60 two-wheelers will be used for transportation of
personnel. Temporary sheds will be provided for accommodation of these workers
during construction period.
During operation phase a maximum of about 847 people (After expansion) are
expected in the industry including employees, farmers and other visitors. A total of
about 157 buses/cars and two wheelers will be used for transportation of personnel.
Material
Maximum construction material transported per day will be about 60 loads gravel, 60
loads sand, 60 loads boulders/jelly/bricks and 3 load steel in addition to about 7
loads of plant machinery.
During operation, a maximum of about 976 per day of lorry/tankers/tractor/carts are
moving to the industry to carry raw material sugarcane, products sugar, bio-manure,
alcohol and other material. In addition, about 10 lorries/tractors will be working in
the industry for internal movement of material.
A detail Traffic Analysis report is enclosed as Annexure- 19
3.3.5 Noise Levels
Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the
response of an average human being to a complex sound made up of various
frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and heavily favored of
these scales is the A weighted decibel dB (A). The scale has been designed to weigh
various components of noise according to the response of a human ear.
The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in
nature). It is well known that a steady noise is not as annoying as one, that is
continuously varying in loudness;
The time of day at which noise occurs, for example loud noise levels at
night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance;
The location of the noise sources, with respect to noise sensitive land use,
which determines the loudness and period of noise exposure.
The environmental impact assessment of noise for the proposed expansion project
was carried out by taking various factors into consideration like potential
122
physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses and also the
existing status of noise levels within the study area. Existing noise levels have been
monitored at different places within the study area. Following criteria was followed
for selection of sampling locations within the study area.
Google map or aerial view of the study area covering 10 Km radius was
prepared.
Apart from the project site, 7 locations were selected, which also covered
Residential/Commercial/ Industrial or any other important areas where the
noise reading were required.
For every one hour interval the readings were obtained continuously for 24
hours (Day and Night).
Ambient Noise Level Monitoring conducted at 8 locations in and around the
proposed project site within 10 Kms radius study area for parameters like Leq Day dB
(A) and Leq Night dB(A). A sound level meter was used for measuring the noise
level at one-hour interval continuously for 24 hrs at 1.5 m above ground level, about 3
m from walls, buildings or other sound reflecting sources. Details of the monitoring
locations are given under Table 3.12. Noise Monitoring locations are shown in the
map appended as Figure 3.12; Figure 3.13 shows the Monitoring photographs of
Noise.
Table 3.12: Details of Noise Monitoring Locations
Sl. No. Location Distance Direction
ANQ1 Project area Near Entrance gate
- -
ANQ2 Chikka-Hanchinal village
Near Eshwara Temple 3.5 Kms NW
ANQ3 Kanabur village Near Mr.R.T Patils’s
house 1.8 Kms W
ANQ4 Chikka-Galagali village
Near Babu Gowda
Nidoni House 2.5 Kms SW
ANQ5 Yadahalli village Near Mr. K.V Patil Farm
house 5.5 Kms SSW
ANQ6 Badgi village Near Government School
3.5 Kms ESE
ANQ7 Girgaon village Near Temple
5.5 Kms E
ANQ8 Sutagundi village Near Mr. Rudrappa
Galagali house 2.8 Kms ENE
123
ANQ1
ANQ6
ANQ7
ANQ8
ANQ4
ANQ3
ANQ2
ANQ5
Figure 3.12: Location of Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Stations
Figure 3.13: Ambient Noise monitoring Photographs
N
124
Methodology for noise measurement
For Noise levels measured over a given period of time, it is possible to describe
important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the
percent of time as certain noise levels exceed accordingly in the specified time
interval. The notations for the statistical quantities of noise levels are given below:
L10 is the noise level exceeded in 10% of time.
L50 is the noise level exceeded in 50% of the time and
L90 is the noise level exceeded in 90% of the time.
Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq ):
The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same
sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is
necessary because sound from noise sources often fluctuates widely during a given
period of time.
This is calculated from the following equation
Leq =L50 + (L10 –L90 )2/60
Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during
day time (6 am to 10 pm). Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured
over a period of time during night time (10 pm to 6 am).
A noise rating developed by US Environment Protection Agency, for specification of
community noise from all the sources is Day-Night Sound Level, (Ldn ).
Hourly noise recorded data and Lday values (15 hours) Lnight (9 hours) and Ldn
(24 hours) are computed and tabulated.
Day–Night Sound levels (Ldn ):
The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is the Day-
Night Sound Level, (Ldn ). It is similar to a 24 hour equivalent sound level except
that during night time (10 pm to 6 am), a 10 dB (A) weighting penalty is added to the
instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hour average.
This time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night when
people usually sleep is judged as more annoying than the same noise during the
daytime.
The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly
Leq , by the following equation
Ldn = 10 log {1/24 [15(10 Ld/10) + 9 (10 (Ln + 10) /10)]}
Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the day time (6 am to 10 pm) and
Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night time (10 pm to 6 am).
125
The measurements were carried out in such a way that the monitoring locations were 1
m away from the sources and 1 m away from the edge of the roads. The average noise
levels of Day time (Leq) and Night Time (Leq ) are presented in Table 3.13 and the
limits as per Environmental Protection Rules, 1986 for both industrial, commercial &
residential areas are presented in table 3.14 as under. Test Reports of Ambient Noise
Quality are enclosed as Annexure–9.
Table 3.13: Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Results
Locations ANQ1 ANQ2 ANQ3 ANQ4 ANQ5 ANQ6 ANQ7 ANQ8
Day time Ld(dB(A))
64.3 54.8 54.7 54.9 54.0 54.1 52.5 52.9
Night Time Ln(dB(A))
52.6 42.1 44.5 42.8 42.8 43.1 43.6 43.4
Table 3.14: Limits as per Environmental Protection Rules
Limits as per Env. Protection Rules, 1986 in dB(A)Leq
Industrial area Commercial area Residential area
Day Night Day Night Day Night
75 70 65 55 55 45
Inference
The baseline noise levels have been monitored at different locations as indicated in the
table above. The noise levels in the study area vary between 52.5 – 64.3 dB (A) during
Day and at night 42.1 -52.6 dB (A). It has been observed that the maximum noise levels
at all the locations are within the limits specified for industrial/residential areas.
3.3.6 Water Environment
Water sources in the study area
The impact has been assessed on randomly selected surface and ground water sources
falling within the impact zone.
In order to assess the existing water quality, the water samples were collected from
eight different locations within the study area (Figure 3.16) and analyzed as per the
procedure specified in standard methods for examination of water and wastewater
published by American Public Health Association and Bureau of Indian Standards
(APHA/BIS). Samples for the analysis were collected in polyethylene containers.
Samples collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for
biological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical
and biological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality
126
status in the study area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO), and
pH were analyzed at the time of sample collection. Name of the locations, orientation
with respect to the project site are listed in the table 3.15 along with the type of source.
The analytical data for water quality with respect to surface and Ground water quality
has been tabulated in table 3.18 & 3.17.
Sources of water pollution in the study area
No major source found except from villages due to improper discharge of sewage as
majority of the households in all the villages were inadequate with sanitation
facilities. Outside defecation practiced. The same can be traced on the banks of river.
Few residential settlements observed with Septic Tank and Soak pit. Since agriculture
being the major occupation, usage of fertilizers and its applications on fields in excess
can be anticipated for pollution of surface source. Considering all these, water
quality has been examined to ascertain the existing baseline data.
About eight groundwater (Bore well water) samples were collected from the study
area and have been analyzed for various physical, chemical, & bacteriological
parameters. This assessment may also serve as a baseline to compare with
the post establishment data for taking necessary corrective measures;.
Methodology for collection of samples
Composite surface and ground water samples were collected at each location by
following CPCB guidelines. Climate influenced physical parameters such as
Temperature and pH were recorded at site itself. Ground water samples from the
production tube wells were collected after running the well for about 5 minutes.
Adequate parameter wise preservatives were added to the samples and collected
samples were brought to the laboratory by maintaining 4°C in the insulated ice boxes.
Separate sterilized bottles were used for collection of water samples for microbial
analysis.
Figure 3.14 : Surface Water sampling photographs
127
Figure: 3.15 Ground Water sampling photographs
Surface and Ground water quality
Status of Surface Water quality in the study area
The major fresh water source within the study zone is Krishna river. The water
requirement for the proposed integrated sugar complex will be sourced from Almatti
dam/Krishna River. The supply of water to the industry will be metered for its
quantification. The quality of the river water was analyzed; the results of the analysis
of surface water samples are appended as table 3.18
Regarding ground water, the baseline water quality sampling network was
established for 8 locations (bore well).
The details of the sampling locations for Surface and groundwater are as follows;
Criteria for selection of sampling locations
Following criteria were followed for selection of sampling stations;
Land use/ topography of the area.
Nearby probable effluent disposal sources from industrial areas & households.
Accessibility to the sampling station with undisturbed flow of water/ stagnant
water.
Protocol for analysis of ground water quality and Surface water is given under Table
3.15
128
Table 3.15: Details of Water Quality Sampling Stations
Sl. No. Location Distance Direction Source Field Observations
GWQ1 Project area - - Borewell Water near Guest House
Not being used
GWQ2 Chikka-Hanchinal village
3.5 Kms NNW Borewell Water near Temple
This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers.
GWQ3 Kanabur village
1.8 Kms W Borewell Water near Temple
The water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers.
GWQ4 Chikka-Galagali village
2.5 Kms SW Borewell Water near School
This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers.
GWQ5 Jambagi village
3.0 Kms S Borewell Water near Koreddy House
This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers.
GWQ6 Badgi village
3.5 Kms ESE Borewell water at Agriculture Farm
This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers.
GWQ7 Girgaon village
5.5 Kms E Borewell water near Temple
This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers.
GWQ8 Sutagundi vilage
2.8 Kms ENE Borewell water at Agriculture Farm
This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers.
SWQ1 Krishna river, Near Chowdapur village. (Upstream)
2.4 Kms W River Water This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers and Irrigation purpose.
129
SWQ2 Krishna river, Near Galagali village. (Down Stream)
3.5 Kms SSW River Water This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers and Irrigation purpose.
SWQ3 Krishna river, Near Jambagi village. (Down Stream)
3.0 Kms S River Water This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers and Irrigation purpose.
SWQ4 Krishna river/ Alamatti reservoir back water, near Sutagundi village
3.5 Kms E River Water This water being used for domestic applications including for drinking by the villagers and Irrigation purpose.
Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources within 10 km radius of
the study area has been studied for assessing the water environment and evaluate
anticipated impact of the proposed project.
Understanding the water quality is essential in preparation of Environmental
Impact Assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest
appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. The purpose of this study is to:
Assess the water quality characteristics.
Evaluate the impacts on agriculture productivity, habitat conditions,
recreational resources and aesthetics in the vicinity.
Predict impact on water quality due to this project and related activities.
Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized
based on Location of watercourses.
Location of residential areas representing different activity/ likely impact areas.
Likely areas that can represent baseline conditions.
130
SWQ1
SWQ3
SWQ4
SWQ2
GWQ1
GWQ2
GWQ3
GWQ4 GWQ5 GWQ6
GWQ7
GWQ8
Figure 3.16: Locations of Water Quality Sampling Stations
Table 3.16 (a): Protocol for ground water quality analysis
Sl. No. Test Parameter Test Method Unit
1 Color IS 3025 (Part 04) 1983 Hazen
2 Odor lS 3025 (Part 05) I983 -
3 Temperature IS 3025 (Part 09) 1984 0C
4 pH IS 3025 (Part 11) 1983 -
5 Electrical Conductivity IS 3025 (Part 14) : 1984 uS/cm
6 Total Dissolved Solids IS 3025 (Part 16):1984 mg/L
7 Total Alkalinity IS 3025 (Part 23):1986 mg/L
8 Total Hardness IS 3025 (Part 21):2009 mg/L
9 Amonical Nitrogen IS 3025 (Part 34):1988 mg/L
10 Nitrite Nitrogen as NO3 -N lS 3025 (Pa(t 34) 1988 mg/L
11 Nitrate Nitrogen as NO2 -N lS 3025 (Pa(t 34) 1988 mg/L
N
131
12 Total Phosphates as P043- IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988 mg/L
13 Potassium as K IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 mg/L
14 Sodium as Na IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 mg/L
15 Calcium as Ca lS 3025 (Part40 ) I991 mg/L
16 Magnesium as Mg IS 3025 (Part 46)1994 mg/L
17 Carbonate as Col_ IS 3025 (Part 51] : 2001 mg/L
18 Bicarbonate as HC03 IS 3025 (Part 51) : 2001 mg/L
19 Chloride as Cl- lS 3025 (Part 32) : 1988 mg/L
20 Sulphate as So42- lS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 mg/L
21 Silica as Sio2 lS 3025 (Part 35) 1988
22 Fluoride as F- IS 3025 (Part 60):2008 mg/L
23 Boron as B APHA, 22"d Ed.. 2012, 4500-BB
mg/L
Table 3.16 (b): Protocol for surface water quality analysis
Sl. No. Test Parameter Test Method Unit
1 Color IS 3025 (Part 04) 1983 Hazen
2 Odor lS 3025 (Part 05) I983 -
3 Temperature IS 3025 (Part 09) 1984 0C
4 pH IS 3025 (Part 11) 1983 -
5 Electrical Conductivity IS 3025 (Part 14) : 1984 uS/cm
6 Dissolved 0xygen IS 3025 (Part 16) : 1989 mg/L
7 Total Hardness IS 3025 (Part 21) : 2009 mg/L
8 Turbidity lS 3025 (Part 10) 1984 NTU
9 Total Dissolved solids IS 3025 (Part 16):1984 mg/L
10 Ammonical Nitrogen as NH+N lS 3025 (Pa(t 34) 1988 mg/L
11 Nitrite Nitrogen as N0, -N IS 3025 (Part 34) 1988 mg/L
12 Nitrate Nitrogen as NOr -N lS 3025 (Pa(t 34) 1988 mg/L
13 Total Phosphates as P0a3 IS 3025 (Part 31) 1988 mg/L
14 Biochemical oxygen Demand (270C. 3Davs)
IS 3025 (Part 44) : 1993 mg/L
15 Chemical oxygen Demand IS 3025 (Part 5B) :2006 mg/L
16 Potassium as K IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 mg/L
17 Sodium as Na IS 3025 (Part 45) 1993 mg/L
18 Calcium as Ca lS 3025 (Part40 : I991 mg/L
19 Magnesium as Mg IS 3025 (Part 46):1994 mg/L
20 Carbonate as Col_ IS 3025 (Part 51] : 2001 mg/L
21 Bicarbonate as HC03 IS 3025 (Part 51) : 2001 mg/L
22 Chloride as Cl lS 3025 (Part 32) : 1988 mg/L
132
23 Sulphate as So42- lS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 mg/L
24 Fluoride as ( IS 3025 (Part 60):2008 mg/L
25 Boron as B APHA, 22"d Ed. 2012, 4500-8 B
mg/L
26 Total coliform Bacteria lS 1622 : 1981 MPN/100 ml
27 Fecal coliform lS 1622 : 1981 MPN/100 ml
28 E Coli lS 1622 : 1981 MPN/100 ml
133
Table 3.17: Results of Ground Water quality
Sr. No. Parameter GWQ1 GWQ2 GWQ3 GWQ4 GWQ5 GWQ6 GWQ7 GWQ8 Detection Limit Unit
A. General 1 Colour BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 Hazen
2 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable - -
3 Temperature 26.9 27.8 27.3 27.1 27.5 27.3 27.0 27.5 0.1 0C
4 pH* 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.7 7.8 0.1 -
5 Electrical Conductivity* 1129 2224 3043 757 834 649 1842 1351 2 µS/cm
6 Turbidity 1.2 2.1 1.9 1.2 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.4 0.1 NTU
7 Total Hardness as CaCO3* 395 886 1125 308 325 229 703 516 1 mg/L
8 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3* 145 361 451 286 286 128 317 290 1 mg/L
9 Total Dissolved Solids* 734 1452 1978 564 542 422 1248 878 5 mg/L
B. Nutrients
10 Nitrate Nitrogen as NO3--N 3.31 6.12 9.25 1.82 2.32 BDL 7.12 5.25 0.1 mg/L
11 Nitrite Nitrogen as NO2--N 0.009 BDL BDL 0.012 BDL BDL 0.007 0.008 0.001
12 Total Phosphate as PO4-3 0.21 BDL 0.04 0.12 0.09 0.09 0.06 0.17 0.03 mg/L
C. Major Ions
13 Potassium as K 4.8 15.4 8.4 4.1 3.5 3.9 8.1 6.3 0.1 mg/L
14 Sodium as Na 84.6 154.8 241.5 48.9 55.6 47.9 124.5 102.3 0.1 mg/L
15 Calcium as Ca* 90 242 284 73 57 38 158 125 1 mg/L
16 Magnesium as Mg* 42 69 101 30 45 32 75 50 1 mg/L
17 Carbonates as CO3-2 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1 mg/L
18 Bicarbonates as HCO3- 145 361 451 286 286 128 317 290 1# mg/L
19 Chlorides as Cl-* 123 262 342 80 82 80 211 153 1 mg/L
20 Sulphates as SO4-2 271 480 658 71 99 115 368 240 1 mg/L
D. Other Inorganics
21 Fluoride as F- 0.52 0.68 0.48 0.56 0.48 0.47 0.68 0.38 0.05 mg/L
22 Boron as B 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 mg/L
134
Table 3.18: Results of Surface Water quality Sr. No. Parameter SWQ1 SWQ2 SWQ3 SWQ4 Detection Limit Unit A. General
1 Colour BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 Hazen
2 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable - -
3 Temperature 26.5 26.8 26.5 26.3 0.1 0C
4 pH* 7.5 7.7 7.7 7.7 0.1 -
5 Electrical Conductivity* 1674 575 532 517 2 µS/cm
6 Dissolved Oxygen* 5.6 5.7 5.9 5.8 0.1 mg/L
7 Turbidity 2.6 2.6 1.9 2.2 0.1 NTU
8 Total Hardness as CaCO3* 466 191 177 185 1 mg/L
9 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3* 361 119 143 114 1 mg/L
10 Total Dissolved Solids* 1088 374 346 336 5 mg/L
B. Nutrients
11 Nitrate Nitrogen as NO3--N 4.1 BDL BDL 0.52 0.1 mg/L
12 Nitrite Nitrogen as NO2--N 0.012 0.017 BDL 0.005 0.001
13 Total Phosphate as PO4-3 0.46 0.2 BDL 0.05 0.03 mg/L
C. Organic Matter
14 Biochemical Oxygen Demand @ 27 0C, 3 days 2.8 2.4 2.3 2.5 2 mg/L
15 Chemical Oxygen Demand* 20 18 16 20 2 mg/L
D. Major Ions
16 Potassium as K 4.8 15.4 8.4 2.9 0.1 mg/L
17 Sodium as Na 84.6 154.8 241.5 35.4 0.1 mg/L
18 Calcium as Ca* 90 242 284 37 1 mg/L
19 Magnesium as Mg* 42 69 101 23 1 mg/L
20 Carbonates as CO3-2 BDL BDL BDL BDL 1# mg/L
21 Bicarbonates as HCO3- 145 361 451 114 1 mg/L
22 Chlorides as Cl-* 123 262 342 59 1 mg/L
23 Sulphates as SO4-2 271 480 658 86 1 mg/L
E. Other Inorganics
24 Fluoride as F- 0.52 0.43 0.36 0.42 0.05 mg/L
25 Boron as B 0.29 0.34 0.27 0.24 0.1 mg/L
F. Microbiological
26 E. Coli Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent -
27 F. Coli 50 17 13 30 2 MPN/100 mL
28 Total Coliform 220 170 140 240 2 MPN/100 mL
135
Inference
Protocol adopted for testing were as specified under APHA, 22nd Edition, various IS
methods and USEPA. The measured results/values of the samples tested were
compared with IS 10500:2012 (Second Revision) standards for all the samples
including the surface water samples in view of the absence of latest Tolerance
limits for inland surface subject to pollution as currently IS 2296 is inactive for its
use as per BIS. Test Reports of Surface and Ground water Quality are enclosed as
Annexure– 9.
Table 3.19: Inference drawn for water quality
Sl. No Location Source Field Observations
GWQ1 Project area Bore well Water near Guest House
The measured values for the parameters for those standards have been specified were observed to be within the said standards.
The quality of water is potable to meet the quality requirement for human use.
GWQ2 Chikka - Hanchinal village Bore well Water near Temple
GWQ3 Kanabur village Bore well Water near Temple
GWQ4 Chikka-Galagali village Bore well Water near School
GWQ5 Jambagi village Bore well Water near Koreddi House
GWQ6 Badgi village Bore well Water at Agriculture Farm
GWQ7 Girgaon village Bore well Water near Temple
GWQ8 Sutagundi village Bore well Water at Agriculture Farm
SWQ1 Krishna river, Near Chowdapur Village
River water (Upstream)
The analysis of samples collected from rivers & canals for various parameters reveals that the quality of water is fairly potable to meet the quality requirement for human after conventional treatment and disinfection, the water can be used for irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal as per CPCB Classes
SWQ2 Krishna river, Near Galagali Village.
River water ( Down Steam)
SWQ3 Krishna river, Near Jambagi Village
River water ( Down Steam)
SWQ4 Krishna river/ Alamatti reservoir back water, near Sutagundi village
River water (Back water)
136
3.3.7 Geology
The study area is underlain mainly by the Undefined Basaltic flows the flows over
which the lavas were poured as uneven. More than 90% of the taluk is occupied with
basalts of Eocene to upper Cretaceous. In between the flows of Traps are found
sedimentary intercalations showing evidence of having been deposited in inland
lakes. This area recognized as Inter Trappeans. Successive layers of Deccan Traps are
separated by thin layer of ash, breccias and green earth made up of chert and remains
of plants and animals. Infra- Trappean beds occur as thin sediments below the
Deccan Traps and overlying the sediments of Bhima group containing Sandy
calcareous bed, red ferruginous clay, green calcareous and silty clay. Deccan
Traps in the study area is a gently rolling country presenting a monotonous
landscape, bare of vegetation. Deccan Trap flows dip at very low angles hardly
recognisable by the naked eye. Variation in thickness has been explained as due to
differences in Pre- Trappean topography. A southerly plunging anticline has been
identified pointing to the migration of volcanic activity from north to south as the
Indian plate moved northward.
Bands of Quartzites occurring in isolated patches are seen with the super crustal and
range from pure quartz to varieties showing various proportions of fuchsite
conglomerate. Laterites of Pleistocene age form the capping of Deccan Traps. Laterites
and river alluvium (Recent) occur as insignificant formation along the banks of the
rivers and nala courses as stray patches.
Mineral wealth
Deccan Trap flows are excellent building stone and used in variety of ways. The
largest use is as a road metal and railway ballast. The amygdular fillings of
Charcodony, agate of various shades and color make excellent semi pervious stones.
Deccan Traps host a large variety of Zeolites of extraordinary combination of colour
and form and extremely pretty to look.
3.3.8 Hydrology Profile
The groundwater occurs under water table and semi-confined to confined conditions
in weathered, fracture zones in basalts, limestones, shales, orthoqurtzites, sandstones,
granites and gneisses. The vesicular portion of different flows varies in thickness and
has the primary porosity. The nature and the density of vesicles, their distribution and
interconnection, depth of weathering and topography of the area are decisive factors
for occurrence and movement of ground water in these units. The weathered and
fractured basalts occurring in topographic lows are the main water bearing formations
in the district.
The Deccan traps / basalts are the major litho-unit of the Bijapur taluk. The basaltic
lava flows are mostly horizontal to gently dipping. The contrasting water bearing
137
properties of different lava flows control groundwater occurrence in them. The
topography, nature and the extent of weathering, jointing and fracture pattern,
thickness, depth of occurrence of vesicular basalt and occurrence of red bole bed are
the important factors, which play a major role in the occurrence and the movement of
ground water in these rocks. Deccan basalts usually have medium to low permeability
depending upon the presence of primary and secondary porosity. The weathered
residuum serves as an effective ground water repository in this region.
The massive portions of the basaltic flows are devoid of water but when it is
weathered, fractured, jointed, thus forming a weaker zone, then the ground waters
occurs in it. The massive basalt showing spheroidal weathering and exfoliation have
more groundwater carrying capacity than the unweathered massive trap. However,
the water carrying capacity of the massive trap is not homogenous as it is completely
depends upon the presence of fractures and joints, their nature, distribution and
interconnection.
The depth to water level is a subdued replica of the topography of the area. Besides
the topography, geological features- fractures and joints control the water level. The
depth to water level is highly variable. Shallow water level conditions are commonly
observed in valley areas, topographic lows and flat terrain, whereas, the deeper water
table conditions noticed near water divides and the topographic highs. The ground
water flow is towards the Krishna River in the south, towards Don River in the
middle of the area and towards north and northeast in the Bhima River.
The depth to water levels under unconfined conditions mainly dependent on the
thickness of the weathered zone, permeability, topographic set up, the nature of
aquifer material and are the functions of recharge and discharge components in space
and time. The groundwater table is deepest just prior to the onset of the predominant
monsoon and reaches a peak a little before the cessation of monsoon. There after the
groundwater table shows a declining trend with recession limb having two significant
segments.
The depth to water levels during the pre-monsoon period varies from 1.75 (Almatti) to
24.15 mbgl (Bijapur). The deepest is recorded at Bijapur (Fig.4) because of elevated
area. The depth to water level < 5.00 mbgl covers an area of about 10% and is recorded
at Almatti, Hullur and Almel. About 70% of the area of the district falls 5.00-to 10.00
mbgl category. And the rest of the areas, where the depth to water levels of more than
10.0 m are observed at Honwad, Tikota, Jigjiwangi, Rugi, Indi, Tangadi and at Jumnal.
The depth to water levels during post monsoon period varies from 0.75 at Almatti to
18.87 mbgl at Bijapur. The distribution of post-monsoon depth to water levels is
shown in fig.5. Depth to water level of < 5.0 mbgl observed in 30% of the area and is
observed at Kannur, Alipur, Aliabad and Shivanagi. About 10% of the area recorded
depth to water levels > 10.00 mbgl. And the rest of the area has the depth to water
levels of 5.00 to 10.00 mbgl.
138
In the study area, groundwater occurs in the Basaltic flows in the interconnected
interstices of different flows. Ground Water occurs under water table condition in
phreatic zone and semi-confined to confined conditions in the fractures at depth.
Water levels will be shallow in most of the wells both in Dug wells and Bore wells.
Water level data monitored over a period of more than 20 years show, water levels
vary from less than 2 m below ground level to less than 6 m below ground level. Both
the observation wells show decline in water levels. The phenomenon of shallow
water of less than 3 m indicates seepage of canal water to ground water is evident. In
such cases there will not be any conservation structures for recharge to ground water
body. Withdrawal of ground water should be encouraged so as to restrict rise of
ground water levels and avoid water logging conditions. Figure 3.17 gives the
drainage map of the study area.
139
Figure 3.17: Drainage map of the study area
140
3.3.9 Biological Environment
The project is located at Krishnanagar village, Hosur Post, Vijayapura Taluk & District
in Karnataka. The project intend to produce white crystalline sugar using Sugar Cane
and by make use of the left out bagasse Co-gen power plant will be operated. The
area around the proposed Sugar mill has excellent irrigation facilities from the
Krishna River.
Description of the Study Area
The M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit is located at an area where cane
cultivation is predominant and the lands are mostly irrigated by lifts wells & canals.
The climate, soil, rain are favorable for Sugar cane growth & Sugar cane yield.
Forests of Vijayapura district
Vijayapura district has total forest area of 1066.48 Ha of forests contributing 0.1% of
the total geographical area of the district. The study area encounters Hirekallagutti
R.F and Hunshikatti R.F, which are 5.5 Km towards South and 9.2 Km towards North
West directions respectively from project site. These forests are open jungle with
thorny scrub, Prosopis juliflora (Jaali) invaded the entire area however as per the
forest working plan natural regeneration of Neem and Sandal are more. Commonly
found trees in the area are Tugli (Albizzia amara), Honnambari (Cassia auriculata), Kare
(Randia dumetorum) and Mashwal (Chloroxylon swetenia). There are no national parks,
wildlife sanctuaries, ecologically sensitive areas, tiger reserves, migratory corridors
found within the study area.
Methodology
In order to assess the prevailing status of flora and fauna in the project region,
baseline ecological surveys were conducted during the study period. The baseline
ecological status in the project area has been established through the following
methods;
Information on flora, fauna and fisheries for the study area are collected from
the primary source by conducting an extensive field survey in the study area and
as well as from secondary sources like forest department, wildlife institutes and
published literature. All plant species found in the study area are recorded and
IUCN, Red Data Books of the Botanical Survey of India and other local literature
was verified to know their present conservation status.
Various groups of animal species found in the study area were collected by both
direct and indirect methods. Based on the biological classification, transact and
opportunistic observation method was used to record different faunal groups in
the study area along with discussion with local people. Later, by using IUCN Red
List/ Schedule 1, 2 animals the faunal species were identified for their
conservation status.
141
Results & Discussion
Flora
In the study area, most of the land within 1.5 Km radius is dry and agriculture and
and 44 tree species belongs to18 family, and 35 species of shrubs & herbs belongs to 23
family were recorded. As per IUCN status, trees found in the study area are common
and no rare, threatened and endangered plant species found in the study are a except
Santalum album and Chloroxylon swetenia which is Vulnerable.
Table 3.20: List of plant species observed in the study area
Sl.No
Local Name
Botanical Name
Family
IUCN
Conservation
Status 2015-4 Trees 1. Akashmallige Millingtoniahortensis Bignoniaceae Not assessed 2. Ala Ficusbengalensis Moraceae Not assessed 3. Anjan Hardwickiabinata Fabaceae Not assessed 4. Ankole Alangiumlamarkii Cornaceae Not assessed
5. Baage Albizialebbeck Fabaceae Not assessed 6. Babul Acacia arabica Fabaceae Not assessed 7. Banni Acacia suma Fabaceae Not assessed 8. Basavanapada Bauhinia recemosa Fabaceae Not assessed 9. Bela Feroniaelephantum Rutaceae Not assessed 10. Bevu Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae Not assessed 11. Bilijali Acacia leucophloea Fabaceae Not assessed 12. Bilkumbi Albiziaodoratissima Fabaceae Not assessed 13. Bilpatri Aeglemarmelos Rutaceae Not assessed 14. Dandoshi Dalbergiapaniculata Fabaceae Not assessed 15. Dindal Gardenia lucida Rubiaceae Not assessed 16. Gajaga Caesalptinebonducella Caesalpinaceae Not assessed
17. Gensin Stereosperumumxyloc
arpum
Bignoniaceae Not assessed 18. Ghatbor Zizyphusxylopyra Rhamnaceae Not assessed 19. Godambekai Anacardiumoccidental
e
Anacardiaceae Not assessed 20. Gorvi Ixoraparviflora Rubiaceae Not assessed 21. Hanmanki· Flacourtiaramontchi Salicaceae Not assessed 22. Hebbevu Ailanthusexcelsa Simaroubaceae Not assessed 23. Hirejali Acacia latronum Fabaceae Not assessed 24. Honge Pongamiaglabra Fabaceae Least Concern 25. Hunse Tamarindusindica Fabaceae Not assessed 26. Kalagonda Diospyrosmontana Ebenaceae Not assessed 27. Kari Randiadumetorum Rubiaceae Not assessed 28. Karihannu Canthiumparviflorum Rubiaceae Not assessed 29. Karijaali Acacia nilotica Fabaceae Not assessed
30. Kasod Cassia siamia Fabaceae Not assessed 31. Khair Acacia catechu Fabaceae Not assessed 32. Karegannehambu Celastruspaniculatus Celastraceae Not assessed 33. Tengu Coccusnucifera Arecaceae Not assessed 34. Shisham Dalbergiasisso Fabaceae Not assessed
142
35. Gobbara Gliricidiasepium Fabaceae Not assessed 36. Silver oak Grevillearobusta Proteaceae Not assessed 37. Anjan Hardwickiabinata Fabaceae Not assessed 38. Tapasi Holopteleaintegrifolia Ulmaceae Not assessed 39. Subabul Leucaenalatilisiqua Fabaceae Not assessed 40. Channangi Lagerstroemia
parviflora
Lythraceae Not assessed 41. Oddi Dolichandronefalcata Bignoniaceae Not assessed 42. Parivala Erythrinaindica Fabaceae Not assessed 43. Ganda Santalumalbum Santalaceae Vulnerable 44 bittulla,Bilva patra Chloroxylonswetenia Rutaceae Vulnerable
Shrubs
1. Bandaraki Dodonaeaviscosa Fabaceae Not assessed
2. Chaduranga Lantana camara Ebenaceae Not assessed
3. Henkal Gymonsporiamontana Rubiaceae Not assessed
4. Honnambri Cassia auriculata Rubiaceae Not assessed
5. Jaali Prosopisjuliflora Fabaceae Not assessed
6. Kalli Euphorbia tirukalli Euphorbiaceae Not assessed
7. Lakki Vitexnigundo Lamiaceae Not assessed
8. Menbandti Munduliasuberosa Fabaceae Not assessed
9. Pargi Toddaliaauriculata Rutaceae Not assessed
10. Torani Zizyphusrugosa Rhamnaceae Not assessed
11. Ekka Calotropisprocera Asclepiadaceae Not assessed
12. Hooli Kirganeliareticulata Euphorbiaceae Not assessed
13. Papaskalli Opuntiadillenii Cactaceae Not assessed
14. Kare Randiadumetorum Rubiaceae Not assessed
15. Lakki Vitexnegundo Verbanaceae Not assessed
Herbs and Climbers
1. Nachikemullu Mimosa pudica Fabaceae Least Concern
2. Anantmullu Hemidesmusindicus Apocynaceae Not assessed
3. Gulaganji Abrusprecatorius Fabaceae Not assessed
4. Mallige Jasminum sp. Oleaceae Not assessed
5. Bondwell Litseaelliptica Lauraceae Not assessed
6. Avarike Casssiatora Caesulpinaceae Not assessed
7. Pettige Abutilonindicum Malvaceae Not assessed
8. Uttarani Achyranthesaspera Amaranthaceae Not assessed
9. Nelabevu Andrographispanicula
ta
Acanthaceae Not assessed
10. Mullarive Amaranthusspinosus Amaranthaceae Not assessed
11. Naribala Andropogonpumilus Poaceae Not assessed
12. ArishinaDatturi Argemonemexicana Papaveraceae Not assessed
13. Mangaraballi Cissusquadrangularis Vitaceae Not assessed
14. -- Crotalaria paniculata Fabaceae Not assessed
15. Kadumenasu Croton sparsiflorus Euphorbiaceae Not assessed
16. Datturi Daturametel Solanaceae Not assessed
17. Garike Cynodondactylon Poaceae Not assessed
18. Achhegida Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae Not assessed
19. Morning glory Ipomoea purpurea Convolvulaceae Not assessed
143
20. Tulasi Ocimum sanctum Lamiaceae Not assessed
Fauna
As per working plan, movement of wildlife is restricted in and around Hirekallagutti
R.F and Hunshikatti R.F area and negligible. As per direct observations and
discussion with local people, following animals were recorded during the study are
given below.
Table 3.21: List of animal species observed in the study area
Sl.
No
Local Name Scientific Name WL(P)
Act,
Schedule
IUCN Conservation
Status 2015-4
1 Indian monitor
lizard
Varanusbengalensis Schedule-I Least Concern 2 Commonmongoose Herpestesedwardsii Schedule- IV Least Concern 3 Wild pig Susscrofa Schedule-II Least Concern 4 Cobra Najanaja Schedule-II Not assessed 5 Rat snake Plyasmucosus Schedule-II Not assessed 6 Viper Viper ruseelli Schedule-II Not assessed
Note: # Karnataka Forest Department records and discussion with local villagers
Table 3.22: List of Avien species observed in the study area
Sl. No
Local Name Scientific Name WL(P) Act, Schedule
IUCN Conservation Status 2015-4
1. Barbet Megalaimavirens Schedule-IV Least Concern 2. Weaver bird Ploceuspillippinus Schedule-IV Not assessed 3. Black drongo Dicrurusmacrocercus Schedule-IV Least Concern 4. Red whiskered
bulbul Pycnonotusjocusus Schedule-IV Not assessed
5. Cattleegret Bubulcus ibis Schedule-IV Least Concern 6. Common Myna Arcidotherestristis Schedule-IV Not assessed 7. Cuckoo Cuculuslaborous Schedule-IV Not assessed 8. House sparrow Passer domesticus Schedule-IV Least Concern 9. King fisher Alcedines Schedule-IV Not assessed 10. Koel Eudynamysscolopacea Schedule-IV Least Concern 11. Parakeet Psittalulakrameria Schedule-IV Not assessed 12. Pigeon Columbia livia Schedule-IV Not assessed 13. Red wattled
lapwing Vanellusindicus Schedule-IV Least Concern
14. Sun bird Nectariniidae Schedule-IV Least Concern 15. Tailor Bird Orthomussutorius Schedule-IV Not assessed 16. Chestnut
Shouldered Petronia sparrow
Petroniaxanthocollis Schedule-IV Least Concern
17. Indian roller Coraciasbenghalensis Schedule-IV Least Concern 18. Small minivet Pericrocotuscinnamomeu
s Schedule-IV Least Concern
19. Indian robin Saxicoloidesfulicata Schedule-IV Least Concern 20. Bustard qualis Aredeostisnigriceps Schedule-IV Not assessed
144
Note: # Karnataka Forest Department records and discussion with local villagers
Fisheries
Detailed Fisheries investigations carried-out in the Krishna river, in and around the
project site, indicated ‘Optimum’ features to support and sustain the aquatic
biodiversity of the system. This lotic water body, as the data indicates, is free from
pollution influence.
The microscopic fish food organisms – the Plankton, Phyto – and the Zooplankton
constituents presented ‘low’ values, by numbers, species – wise and by percentage
composition. Scores of planktivore piscine fauna recorded subsists on the food
available which is likely to improve during the post – monsoon period due to the
influx of nutrients as they play a vital role in the over – all biological productivity.
The littoral fauna represented ‘poor’ concentrations. The Molluscus –Castropods and
Bivalves – had a very ‘good’ representation. This food item, is being under – utilised
as there is no molliscicidal fish present in the said river.
The present study showed five groups of phytoplanktonic population as
Chlorophyceae, Bacillariophyceae, Cyanophyceae, Hydrocharitaceae and
Desmidiceae. Comparatively, Chlorophyceae was dominating with 22 species in it.
Next to Chloro-phyceae, family Bacillariophyceae included eleven species whereas
Cyanophyceae showed ten diversified species in the selected area. Hydrocharitaceae
and Desmidiaceae showed only one species from each family. Family wise diversity
in the selected aquatic body was as follows:
i) Chlorophyceae: Family Chlorophyceae showed 22 species which included,
Spirogyra, Chlorella, Ankistrodesmus, Pediastrum simplex, tetraspora, Scemedesmus,
Nitella, Microspora, Zygnema, Ulothrix, Mougeotia, Coelastrum, Cosmarium,
Tetrahedron, Treubaria, Micractinium, Pochycladon, Anthrodesmus, Volvex,
Sphaerocystis, Gonatozygon , Gonatozygon and Netrium.
ii) Bacillariophyceae: Bacillariophyceae showed 11 species and was found to be
maximum in post monsoon season and minimum in monsoon period. They included
Synedra, Suriella, Tabellaria, Stauroneis, Navicula, Amphore, Diatoma, Fradilaria,
Asterionella, Cyclotella, Cymbella.
iii) Cyanophyceae: Cyanophyceae has 10 species: Gomphosphaeria, Anacystis,
Geotrichum, Botryococcus, Phormidi, Oscillate, Rivularia, Gloeotrichia,
Synechocystis, and Chroccoccus.
iv) Desmidiaceae: Desmidiaceae showed least dominancy with one species:
Closterium among phytoplanktonic families.
145
v) Hydrocharitaceae: Similar to Desmidiaceae, Hydrocharitaceae also showed only
one species, that is, Hydrilla.
Zooplankton analysis The major group of zooplankton observed during study period
was Cladocera, Rotifera, Protozoa, Nematoda, Aostraca, Schizopyrenida and
Copepoda .Quantified data related to species diversity showed two species of
Cladocera, eight species of Protozoa, nine species of Rotifera, three species of
Copepoda and only one species of Nematode, Aostraca and Schizopyrenida in
assessment area. Quantified data was as follows:
i) Rotifera: Rotifers, these are tiny wheel animals, considered as natural water
purifiers because they perform clean up service in the slow moving aquatic bodies. In
the study, Rotiferans were found dominant with 9 species, that is, Cocconeis,
Ascomorpha, Diacranophorus, Branchionus Caudatus, Branchionus falcatus, Keratella
quadrata, Philodina, Pterodina, Sinantheria.
ii) Protozoa: Protozoans are the smallest and first aquatic organisms in the form of
zooplanktons. They are second dominant group with eight diversified species in the
present investigation as Chillodenella, Bursaria, Tetrahynema, Prorodon, Metapus,
Verticella, Spirostomum, Slentor.
iii) Copepoda: Copepods constitute planktonic group of both freshwater and marine
habitats. In the present work, we found three free living groups viz. Calanoids,
Cyclopoids and Harpacticoides. Copepods presented three species: Cyclopod,
Nauplius and Diatomus.
iv) Cladocera: Cladocerans are commonly known as water fleas. These are minute
crustaceans generally ranging in size from 0.2 - 5.0 mm. They belong to order
Cladocera of subclass Brachiopoda under subphylum Crustacea including 11 families
(Raghunathan and Suresh Kumar, 2002). Order Cladocera included two types of
species during the present study, that is, Sida and Daphnia.
v) Nematoda: showed one type of species, that is, Heterodera vi) Aostraca: showed
one type of species, that is, Streptocephalus.
vii) Schizopyrenida: showed one type of species, that is, Naegleria Among
zooplankton in the study area, the order of dominance in diversified groups was as
follows: Rotifera > Protozoa > Copepoda > Cladoecera > Nematoda > Aostraca >
Schizopyrenida.
Plankton study showed seasonal variation in all sampling sites, as per their nutrient
status, age, morphometry and other physicochemical factors. The statistical data in the
present study showed that planktonic population was maximum in postmansoon and
mansoon season as compared to premansoon season). Percent composition of
phytoplankton throughout the study period showed Chlorophyceae 22%,
146
Bacillariophyceae 11%, Cyanophyceae 10%, Hydrocharitaceae 1% and Desmidiaceae
1% .Relatively, zooplankton showed Protozoa 8%, Rotifera 9%, Copepoda 1%,
Cladocera1%, Nematoda 1%, Schizopyrenida 1%, Anostraca 1% .The study on
plankton diversity showed some genera which act as bioindicators of organic
pollution hence it can be said that the water body is slightly organically polluted.
Detailed Fisheries investigations carried-out in the Krishna River
Table 3.23: List of Fishes observed in the study area
Sl.
No.
Order Family Fish species Local Name
1. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Berilius bendelisis
Hamilton Buchannan, 1822
2. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Catla catla (Hamilton,1822) Catla
3. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cirrhinus cirrhosa (Hamilton,1822)
4. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cirrhinus mrigala Hamilton
Buchannan, 1822
Mrigal
5. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Ctenopharyngodon idella
(Valenciennes,1844)
Grass carp
6. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Cyprinus carpio (Linnaeus, 1758)
7. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Garra gotyla (Gray,1930)
8. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Hypophthalmichthys molitrix
(Valenciennes,1844)
Silvar carp
9. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo bata (Hamilton,1822)
10. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo calbasu (Hamilton,1822)
11. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo fimbriatus (Hamilton,1822)
12. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo rohita (Hamilton,1822) Rohu
13. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Labeo boggut (Sykes, 1839)
14. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius kolus (Hamilton,1822)
15. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius sarana
(HamiltonBuchanan,1822)
16. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius ticto
(HamiltonBuchanan,1822)
17. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius chilinoides
(HamiltonBuchanan,1822)
18. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Puntius lithopidos (Day, 1874)
19. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Osteobrama cotio Hamilton
Buchannan, 1822
20. Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Salmostoma bacaila Hamilton
Buchannan, 1822
21. Cypriniformes Rasboridae Rasbora neilgherriensis Day, 1867
22. Cypriniformes Cichlidae Oreochromis mossambicus (Peters,
147
1852)
23. Cypriniformes Cichlidae Oreochromis niloticus (Linnaeus,
1758)
24. Siluriformes Bagridae Rita buchnani Hamilton-
Buchannan, 1822
25. Siluriformes Bagridae Spearotaaor
(HamiltonBuchanan,1822)
26. Siluriformes Bagridae Spearota seengala (Sykes,1839)
27. Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus seenghala Sykes, 1839
28. Siluriformes Bagridae Mystus bleekeri Day, 1877
29. Siluriformes Bagridae Bagarius bagarius Udd
30. Siluriformes Siluridae Ompok bimaculatus (Bloach,1794) Pabda-gojal
31. Siluriformes Siluridae Ompok pabda (Hamilton-
Buchanan 1822)
32. Siluriformes Schilbeidae Silonia silondia (Hamilton,1822)
33. Siluriformes Claridae Clarias batrachus (Linnaeus,1758)
34. Siluriformes Claridae Clarias garipinus (Burchell, 1822)
35. Siluriformes Claridae Wallago attu (Bloach &
Schneider,1801)
36. Siluriformes Heteropne
ustidae
Heteropneustes fossilis
(Bloch,1794)
37. Perciformes Channidae Channa marulius (Hamilton,1822)
38. Perciformes Channidae Channa punctatus (Bloch,1793)
39. Perciformes Channidae Channa striatus (Bloch,1793)
40. Osteoglossifor
mes
Notopterid
ae
Notopterus notopterus
(Pallas,1769)
41. Synbranchifor
mes
Mastacem
belidae
Mastacembalus armatus
(Lacepede,1800)
Bam-eel
42. Beloniformes Belonidae Xenentodon cancila
(Hamilton,1822)
148
Figure 3.18: Specimens of Fishes found in Krishna River
3.3.10 Social Environment
The baseline data referring to the socio-economic environment is collected by way of
secondary sources such as census records, statistical hand book and relevant official
records with the government agencies. The growth of industrial sectors and
infrastructure development in and around the agricultural area i.e. villages and semi-
149
urban settings and towns is bound to create certain socio-economic impacts on the
local populace. The impacts may be either positive or negative depending on the
nature of development. To assess such impact it is necessary to know the existing
socio-economic order of the study area, which will be helpful in improving the overall
quality of life.
Basic Information of Vijayapura District
The district is located in northern Karnataka and borders Belgaum, Bagalkot, Raichur,
Yadgir, Gulbarga districts and Sangli district of Maharashtra. It has geographical area
of 10,498 sq. km. and is administratively divided in 5 talukas. As per 2011 census
Vijayapura District had a population of 2,177,331 persons. The district has a rural
population of 1,675,353 and urban population of 501,978. The district has a population
density of 207 persons per sq. km. Its population growth rate over the decade 2001 -
2011 was 20.50 percent. Vijayapura district has a sex ratio of 960 females for every
1000 males, and literacy rate of 67.15 percent. There are around 692 revenue villages
and 6 towns in the district.
Table: 3.24: Demographic Attributes for Vijayapura District
Description Rural Urban
Population (%) 76.95 % 23.05%
Total Population 1,675,353 501,978
Male Population 857,562 253,460
Female Population 817,791 248,518
Sex Ratio 954 981
Child Sex Ratio (0-6) 933 924
Child Population (0-6) 251,849 66,557
Male Child(0-6) 130,258 34,598
Female Child(0-6) 121,591 31,959
Child Percentage (0-6) 15.03 % 13.26 %
Male Child Percentage 15.19 % 13.65 %
Female Child Percentage 14.87 % 12.86 %
Literates 894,132 354,136
Male Literates 538,400 192,166
Female Literates 355,732 161,970
Average Literacy 62.81 % 81.33 %
Male Literacy 74.03 % 87.80 %
Female Literacy 51.10 % 74.79 %
As per Census 2011, Vijayapura had population of 2,177,331 of which male and female
were 1,111,022 and 1,066,309 respectively. In 2001 census, Vijayapura had a
150
population of 1,806,918 of which males were 926,424 and remaining 880,494 were
females. Vijayapura District population constituted 3.56 percent of total Karnataka
population. In 2001 census, this figure for Vijayapura District was at 3.42 percent of
Karnataka population.
There was change of 20.50 percent in the population compared to population as per
2001. In the previous census of India 2001, Vijayapura District recorded increase of
17.51 percent to its population compared to 1991.
The density population in Vijayapura district is 207 people per sq. km. as per Census
2011. In 2001, Vijayapura district density was at 172 people per sq. km. Vijayapura
district administers 10,498 square kilometers of areas.
Average literacy rate of Vijayapura in 2011 were 67.15 percent compared to 57.01
percent of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were
77.21 percent and 56.72 percent respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at
69.94 percent and 43.47 percent in Vijayapura District. Total literate in Vijayapura
District were 1,248,268 of which male and female were 730,566 and 517,702
respectively. In 2001, Vijayapura District had 866,561 persons in its district.
Sex Ratio in Vijayapura, it stood at 960 female per 1000 male compared to 2001 census
figure of 950. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 and sex ratio of Karnataka
is 973. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 931 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of
928 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.
There were total 318,406 children under age of 0-6 against 286,831 of 2001 census. Of
total 318,406 male and female were 164,856 and 153,550 respectively. Child Sex Ratio
as per census 2011 was 931 compared to 928 of census 2001. In 2011, Children under 0-
6 formed 14.62 percent of Vijayapura District compared to 15.87 percent of 2001. There
was net change of -1.25 percent in this compared to previous census of India.
In 2011, total 334 families live on footpath or without any roof cover in Vijayapura
district of Karnataka.
Out of the total Vijayapura population for 2011 census, 23.05 percent lives in urban
regions of district. In total 501,978 people lives in urban areas of which males are
253,460 and females are 248,518. Sex Ratio in urban region of Vijayapura district is 981
as per 2011 census data. Similarly 76.95 percent population of Vijayapura districts
lives in rural areas of villages. The total Vijayapura district population living in rural
areas is 1,675,353 of which males and females are 857,562 and 817,791 respectively. In
rural areas of Vijayapura district, sex ratio is 954 females per 1000 males.
Study area
The study area for socio economic assessment was defined as an area within 10 km
radius around the proposed project site as per the statutory requirement of the
Ministry of Environment & Forest. Designation of impact zone is based on the EIA
151
guidance manual.
The project site is located in the Krishna Nagar, at Hosur Post, Taluka & District
Vijayapura. The 10 km radius study area is spread over Bijapur taluka of Bijapur
district and Jamkhandi and Bilagi talukas of Bagalkot district. There are total 34
villages in 10 km radius of the project site, of which 14 villages are in Bijapur and 20
villages in Bagalkot districts. There are no towns or cities in the study area. The
location is essential rural with moderate in habitation. The nearest town Mudhol is 34
km from the project site towards west.
Methodology
The data for the project is collected from secondary sources and Primary sources. The
secondary data was collected from the sources such as Census of India, 2011, District
Statistical Handbook and the district website and other relevant sources in respect to
population, infrastructure facilities available and the occupational structures of the
study area.
a. Secondary Data Collection
Baseline Status
The data is collected and analysed using secondary sources viz. Census records,
District Statistical Abstract, Official Document etc. on following parameters for the
study region.
Demographic structure
Infrastructure resource base
Economic attributes
The demographic profile, infrastructure facilities and socio-economic condition is
being described under different classifications in the following section.
Demography
Summary of demographic structure with reference to population, household, literacy,
community structure and employment are presented in this section. Total population
of the study area is 78,902 belong to 15,269 households (Census, 2011). Population size
ranges from 8,380 persons in Galagali village in Bagalkot district, to 211 persons in
Gudadinni village in Bagalkot District. Population within the age class 0-6 year
accounts for 14.78 percent of the total population.
Table : 3.25 Demographic Characteristics of Study Area
District Name No. of
HH
Total Populn
Sex Ratio
Population (0-6)
Size of
HH
% SC
% ST
% Literacy
BA
GA
LK
OT
Linganur 666 3421 999 449 5 16.02 0 59.08
Gani 551 2811 985 375 5 34.65 2.74 61.82
152
Budni 238 1200 1034 191 5 16.58 0 62.04
Bidari 1071 5515 1019 810 5 18.91 6.60 64.63
Galagali 1627 8380 1036 1173 5 17.72 1.37 73.76
Rabkavi 250 1301 922 197 5 33.36 1.38 61.87
Chowdapur 57 314 938 40 6 19.43 43.63 65.69
Chinkhanchinal 252 1355 990 241 5 17.49 0.52 61.13
Kolur 493 2726 991 434 6 16.21 0.95 66.36
Mundaganur 509 2633 909 368 5 16.29 2.47 60.09
Yadahalli 753 3920 1046 553 5 15.43 33.70 63.08
Gulbal 222 1172 986 169 5 11.01 8.62 62.21
Budihal(S.G.) 272 1282 975 154 5 11.47 7.33 68.97
Bisnal 619 3122 1065 568 5 8.90 41.51 48.98
Teggi 973 5118 993 865 5 11.18 35.48 57.77
Badgi 632 3355 998 494 5 15.53 1.79 67.60
Girgaon 275 1413 949 212 5 25.97 9.55 62.78
Gudadinni 37 211 867 29 6 7.11 35.07 80.77
Hanchinal(Inam) 189 963 1019 136 5 11.73 22.12 68.44
Ballur 56 287 952 38 5 1.05 2.44 69.88
VIJ
AY
AP
UR
A
Gunadal 502 2803 907 468 6 15.27 0.93 65.95
Kengalagutti 350 2029 1001 294 6 15.57 0 65.76
Babalad 326 1740 1019 311 5 28.39 0.34 62.63
Shirabur 302 1651 1028 235 5 24.59 6.06 61.65
Kanabur 444 2126 994 251 5 29.16 0.19 65.17
Chikka-Galagali 328 1585 1035 221 5 20.63 1.39 67.60
Jambagi 225 1181 1033 154 5 33.70 0.42 70.07
Hosur 759 3598 961 509 5 31.66 0.28 68.82
Sutagundi 312 1827 988 278 6 20.53 9.25 60.56
Devara-Gennur 567 2839 953 405 5 19.97 0 64.34
Devapur 287 1424 919 195 5 10.53 0.77 59.97
Tajapur 83 458 908 90 6 2.18 0 58.15
Lingadalli 156 832 1024 140 5 20.19 3.00 71.10
Jainapur 886 4310 979 611 5 28.58 1.51 61.12
TOTAL 15269 78902 994 11658 5 19.30 8.07 64.13
The demographic characteristics of the study area are depicted in Table 3.25. Average
sex ratio for the study area is 994 females per 1000 males, which is more than the sex
ratio of 973 female per 1000 for Vijayapura District and 989 female per 1000 males for
Bagalkot District. There are 15,269 households in the study area and the average size
of household is 5 members per household.
Vulnerable Population
According to the 2011 census, the ratio of SC population to the total population is
19.30 percent in the study area which is lower than the ratio of SC population in
Bijapur district which is 20.34 percent and higher than the SC population in Bagalkot
district which is 16.89 percent. The ratio of SC population of Karnataka to the total
population is 17.15 percent. In the study area, villages with very high percent of SC
153
population are Gani (34.65), Jambagi (H) (33.70) and Hosur (31.66).
The ratio of ST population to the total population is 8.07 percent in the study area
which is higher than the ratio of ST population in Bijapur, Bagalkot districts which is
1.81 percent and 5.14 percent respectively. The ratio of ST population of MP to the
total population is 6.95 percent. In the study area, villages with very high percent of
ST population are Chowdapur (43.63), Bisnal (41.51) and Teggi (35.48).
Literacy
The average literacy in the study area is 64.13 percent, which is lower than the literacy
rate of the Bijapur district i.e. 67.15 percent and Bagalkot district i.e. 68.82 percent. The
literacy rate is considerably higher in male population (74.66 percent) as compared to
female population (53.63 percent) and similar trend of lower female literacy is also
visible in the districts of Bijapur and Bagalkot.
Table 3.26: Literacy in the study area
Total Literates
Male Literates
Female Literates
Literacy rate
Male literacy
Female literacy
Study Area 43,126 25,079 18,047 64.13 74.66 53.63
Bijapur 1,248,268 730,566 517,702 67.15 77.21 56.72
Bagalkot 1,113,412 641,388 472,024 68.82 79.23 58.40
Economic Activity
As per the Census 2011, the workforce in the study area is 36,754 which constitute
46.58 percent of the total population of the study area. The total workers comprise of
30,433 main workers and 6,321 marginal workers. The work participation rate for the
Bijapur district is 42.61 percent and for the Bagalkot district is 43.29 percent.
Main workers1 constitute 82.80 percent of the total workers. The remaining 17.2
percent are marginal workers2. Among the main workers, female workers are only
38.50 percent whereas 61.50 percent are male workers.
Table 3.27: Status of working population in the study area
Total workers
Main workers
Marginal workers
Non workers
Work participation
Study Area 36,754 30,433 6,321 42,148 46.58
Bijapur 927,722 760,083 167,639 1,249,609 42.61
Bagalkot 818,081 676,407 141,674 1,071,671 43.29
As an economy transforms from an agricultural economy to an industrial economy, a
154
decline in participation of female labour force is observed in the study area. This is
attributed to the shift from family-based production to large-scale production in
industrial units.
1 Main workers were those who had worked for the major part of the area preceding the date of
enumeration i.e., those who were engaged in any economically productive activity for 183 days (or six
months) or more during the year.
2 Marginal workers were those who worked any time at all in the year preceding the enumeration but
did not work for a major part of the year, i.e., those who worked for less than 183 days (or six months).
Occupational structure
The occupational structure of the population in the study area has been studied. Total
workers are classified on the basis of Industrial category of workers into the following
four categories:
1. Cultivators
2. Agricultural Labourers
3. Household Industry Workers
4. Other Workers
Table 3.28: Distribution of Total (main + marginal) workers by category
Total Workers
Total Workers Cultivators Agricultural
Laborers Household
Industry Others
Study Area 36,754 10963 19338 801 5652
Bijapur 927,722 262,217 351,600 25,379 288,526
Bagalkot 818,081 196,199 303,243 44,797 273,842
Of the total workers category, cultivators (30 percent) and agricultural labour (53
percent) together constitute 83 percent of the total workers. It reflects that agricultural
sector has absorbed maximum workforce in the study area. Only 2 percent of workers
in the study area are engaged in the household industry.
In the study area, about 15 percent workers are engaged as ‘other worker’ category.
The type of workers that come under this category of 'Other Worker' include all
government servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation
workers, those engaged in trade, commerce, business, transport banking, mining,
construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment artists, etc. In effect, all
those workers other than cultivators or agricultural labourers or household industry
workers are 'Other Workers'. Thus it reflects that the opportunities for other workers
category are very less in the study area as it is rural in nature.
155
Infrastructure
The study area consists of 34 villages within the 10 km radius area. The area is rural in
nature with the city of Vijayapura and Bagalkot both more than 50 km away. Basic
amenities are available in the villages of the study area. Jamkhandi, small town at a
distance of 30 km is the nearest urban pocket from project site with okay physical and
social infrastructure and basic amenities.
Road connectivity
Road connectivity is also good in the study area as State Highways 53, 55, 124 criss-
crosses the study area and the villages are connected to both Bagalkot and Bijapur
towns.
b. Primary Data Collection
Key aspects of any socio-economic study depend on the methodology and selection of
the villages / stakeholders involved in that project. The unprecedented horizontal
growth of Vijayapura city slowly occupy Vijayapura Rural Districts Taluks in which
the entire agricultural land use of Rural District is turned out be industrial and
commercial land use over the period of last 10 years. In this context, quantitatively
Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) and qualitatively Focal group discussions were
planned.
Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA)
Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) technique which is a family of approaches and
methods to enable rural people to share, enhance and analyze their knowledge of life
and conditions to plan and to act (Praxis, 1996). One such effective core element
amongst the PRA is questionnaire survey, wherein the questions will be directly
156
asked to the respondents to get the desired information. Based on the resident’s
perception the data should be collected and analysed.
Questionnaire Survey
The present study relied on a questionnaire survey and used the people perception as
the basis for estimating the impacts of the project on air, noise, traffic, biodiversity,
land, solid waste, water, health and other socioeconomic activities. The questionnaire
was framed in such way that it includes both closed and open ended questions to
facilitate the respondents to provide larger information.
Sampling
Six villages were selected within 10 km radius of the study area. Stratified Random
Sampling method was followed to select the villages for sampling. The sampling
villages on 10 km radius map of the project and distributions of households among the
sampled villages are shown in Figure 3.19 respectively.
Figure 3.19: Locations of the wards on 10 km radius map of the project area
Following criteria were followed for selection of villages;
Land use of the village
Chikka-Galagali village
Shirbur village
Kanabur village
Rabakavi village
Jambagi village
Budhihal village
Project Site
157
Villages within 6 Km of project impact zone, and
Transportation of raw material to the site (accessibility to the site).
Table 3.29: Key Features of the Sampled Villages
Sl. No. Particulars Key Features
1 Kanabur village Close to the project site with impact zone of 1.8 Km with the predominant residential growth and the approach road to the site.
2 Chikka - Galagali village
Within the project impact zone of 2.5 Km with Predominant residential growth and agricultural activity and close to road.
3 Jambagi village Within the project impact zone of 3.0 Km with the predominant residential growth.
4 Shirbur village Within the project impact zone of 2.0 Km with the predominant residential growth.
5 Budihal village Within the project impact zone of 3.5 Km with the predominant residential growth.
6 Rabakavi village Within the project impact zone of 5.2 Km with predominant residential growth and agricultural activity.
The respondents were interviewed at their places in the vernacular languages based
on their availability. The participants were questioned and given an opportunity to
express themselves and express their opinions about the project.
Training for Field Survey Team
Field survey team was trained on 13.01.2017 to ensure successful completion of the
field survey using questionnaire. Each interviewer was taught on:
Survey objectives
Meaning of each question and answer
The way of asking question i.e. avoiding leading questions
Figure 3.20: View of Socio-economic Survey Photos
Results and Discussions
158
Distribution of Age and Gender in the Sampled Villages
About 89 % of Male and 11% of female respondents were involved in the survey. Out
of which, 32 % of the respondents were aged between 20-30 years followed by 30%
between 30-40 years of age. 13% of 40-50 years of age, 26% of >50 years of people were
consulted to achieve highest maturity. The survey was not ignored the people of < 20
years, in which their participation was 2% during the survey.
Occupation & Income
Due to the impact of education in the study area, most of the people are practicing
business/employment opportunities such as Accountant, Teachers, Software
engineers, Cane supervisor, Farmers, Home makers, Mechanic etc and 7% of the
people in the study area were having income in the range of Rs 10,000- 50,000 per
annum followed by 22% of the people were enjoying their life with 50,000-100,000, Rs
per annum followed by 47% of the people are also enjoying their life with >100,000.
Most of the respondents (Govt. and Private Employees) in the study area don’t reveal
their income level (15%).
Perception of Respondents on various social and environmental attributes
Natural resources and its components are the most significant source of rural
livelihoods in the developing countries like India. However, the perception of the
rural people on Environmental Management, pollution, etc in developing countries
is somewhat negligible due to its education, urban sprawl and livelihood
implications. Thus, there is a pressing need to establish that environmental
conservation which must go hand in hand with economic development because any
economic development which destroys the environment will create more poverty,
unemployment, and disease (Sarkar et al, 2007).
A total of 6 villages selected within 10 km radius of the study area were
considered for studies. The results of socio-economic survey reveals that, highest
education attained by the respondents were Degree (11%). 7% of the respondents
were PUC in the study area and whereas meagre (17%) of the respondents have done
Higher primary. 80% of the respondents opined that the proposed project will
bring substantial employment and business opportunities for local people
however, the respondents expressed that the proposed project have 4% impact on
biodiversity, 4% impact on noise levels, 6% impact ambient air.
It is evident from the above facts that, respondents have critically evaluated the
project in terms of creating environmental pollution to the region. Results reveal that
the impacts on environment are only short term and which will not bring any
significant long term impacts to the region.
159
Suggestions for improvement of local environment
80% of the people opine that, planting of trees on either side of the road,
maintenance of sewer lines, drinking water facility and biodiversity, improvement of
educational institution, hospitals, internal roads, infrastructure facilities and greenbelt
development will bring considerable improvement in the local environment.
Expected Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Activities in the study area
CSR is a process with the aim to embrace responsibility for the company's actions and
encourage a positive impact through its activities on the environment,
employees, communities and stakeholders. As part of the proposed project CSR
activities, questions were asked to the respondents on the expected activities. The
corporate sector has a pivotal role to play in ensuring private investment flows to
those rural areas that have been left out of the development process so far and also to
work for sustainable development of rural areas in general (Pradhan et al, 2010).
Following suggestions were emerged during the discussion on CSR;
Drinking water facility and also purification facility to the nearby wards.
Improvement of roads.
Planting of trees.
Education facility to poor children, improvement of Govt schools and
Anganavadis.
Construction of common toilets for women.
Construction of Hospitals.
Sanitation facilities.
Frequent Bus facility, and
Health checkup camps.
Park development.
Road construction.
Employment to the local people.
Focal Group Discussions (FGDs)
FGDs were conducted. A group of 5-6 people were discussed randomly on the issues
revolve around the construction of proposed project. Respondents opine that, after the
advent of industries to Bengaluru the land rates were grown up and in turn farmers
were benefited since in the recent times agricultural practices were considered to be
expensive.
Also, people opine that the proposed project doesn’t bring any serious substantial
impact on the local environment except usage of drinking water and increase of traffic
congestion in and around the villages. People feel that the proposed project will
160
bring substantial development to the region in general and around the villages
in particular in terms of providing employment and business opportunities.
Inference
Majority of respondents are from agricultural background, many of the
respondents are depend on secondary occupations such as petty shop, labour work,
tailoring, driver, etc for their livelihood. Education levels and awareness on
environmental issues are found to be high among the respondents of the region
and most of the basic infrastructures such as improvement of road, providing
drinking water facility, planting of trees were lacking in the region.
Rehabilitation & Resettlement plan
The expansion project is proposed in the existing industrial premise. No procurement
of any additional land for the proposed project.
In view of the above, the proposed expansion project does not involve any
displacement of persons and no rehabilitation or resettlements are necessary.
161
Chapter – 4
Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures
4.1 Introduction
This section identifies and predicts the potential impacts on different
environmental components due to the construction and operation of the proposed
project. It details all the potential impacts on biophysical and socio-economic
components of the local environment due to the proposed activities and sub-activities.
Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental
Impact Assessment studies. Several qualitative and quantitative techniques and
methodologies are used to conduct analysis of the potential impacts likely to occur as
a result of the proposed development activities on physical, ecological and socio-
economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-
project) status of the environmental quality to derive at the ultimate (post-project)
scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to minimize the
adverse impacts and maximize the beneficial impacts on environmental quality
during pre and post project execution.
The proposed project would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases:
During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short –
term.
The other during the operation stage which would have long term effects.
The environmental impact assessment approach used to evaluate the proposed
project comprises of three sequential elements. These are impacts identification,
prediction and evaluation.
The first step of the impact assessment process involves identifying the key issues
associated with the construction and operation phases of the project. Issues and
concerns of the proposed project are scoped based on the knowledge and experience
w.r.t environmental setting and project elements. Accordingly, the existing
environmental system is described and the components of the projects are
determined.
The second step involves identification of the environmental modification that may
be significant, forecasting of the quality and spatial dimension of change in the
environment identified and estimation of the probability that the impact will occur.
The third step involves determination of the incidence of benefit to population
affected by the project, specification and comparison of effects between various
alternatives, if any considered and assessment of the likely effect of the project on the
environmental, economical and social components indicating the nature of effects.
The sugar unit will work 180 days, Co-generation unit will work 210 days Minimum
and availability of Bagasse in a year.
162
Installation of Air pollution control equipment’s and revamping of the existing ETP
will be done before the operational phase of the Project.
4.2 Land Environment
4.2.1 Impact on Land Use
Impact during Construction Phase:
a. Impacts on the natural drainage system and soil erosion
There shall not be any effects in the core or buffer area either on the drainage or on
the water regime of the area. The industry has already developed 84 Acre of land
for greenbelt , no additional greenbelt proposed, however the core area under green
belt using native species to prevent top soil erosion.
b. Loss of productive soil and impact on natural drainage pattern
The majority of the land coming in buffer area is agriculture cultivation. The proposed
project site is 1.5 km away from the River Krishna; hence proposed project doesn’t
alter the drainage patterns of the riparian ecosystem. However suggested rain water
harvesting plan for the proposed project site.
c. Study of the problem of landslides and soil erosion
The area falls under seismic zone II is safe. Since the working area is not much
deep, proposed is a proper drainage system to divert the drainage water away from
the workings, hence no problem of landslides is anticipated. The top soil will be
extracted in advance, mixed with mulches and top soil stabilizers before its use in
plantation work. After top soiling the area, before the start of permanent green belt,
initial reclamation crop with leguminous plants and grasses shall be cultivated in the
area to improve the fertility of the soil.
The green development program is aimed at planting native species capable of
forming good humus, so that the water retention capacity of the floor is high and
surface erosion is reduced. Effective steps like green belt development using
leguminous plants by mulching with proper drainage and retaining walls to
minimizing soil loss if any and maintaining the nutrient of the soil of the area as
existing in the buffer zone.
Impact during Operational Phase
During operation phase the installation of a boilers of 240 TPH, with its stack of 77 m
height and other sizeable structures would substantially alter the place and rural
landscape. However, the construction of green belts, parks, will largely offset the
change to the existing landscape and will provide visual comfort.
163
4.2.2 Mitigation measures with respect Land environment
A total 30,750 cum of top soil will be stored in a designated place and it will be
reused for existing green belt and landscaping works within 12 months. Following
illustrates the protocol for top soil preservation and reuse.
Top soil patches are scattered with thickness varying from 10 to 50 cm. This soil will
be removed in advance and staked separately at designated area with a height
not exceeding 2m.
Soil stockpile location will be identified to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways and
approach road points.
Temporary seeding will be carried out to protect topsoil stockpiles by planting
preferably grass and legume species as soon as possible, within 30 days after the
formation of the stockpile.
If stockpiles not been used within 12 months, then they will be stabilized with
permanent vegetation to control erosion and weeds.
Before spreading of topsoil, well-established erosion and sedimentation control
structures such as diversions, dikes, waterways and sediment basins will be
constructed.
Top soil areas will be well graded according to the approved plan.
Roughening will be carried out prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the
subgrade by disking or scarifying to a depth of at least 100 mm to ensure bonding
of the topsoil and subsoil.
Soil horizons are replaced in the same order that they were removed.
The proposed construction project layout indicates that, there is no chance for soil
erosion after the completion of project.
4.3 Soil Environment
4.3.1 Impact on Soil Environment
Impact on soil nutrients and soil biota
The proposed project site is gently grades from approximately 5 - 10 m elevation
difference. Since the area is having gentle slope and undulating terrain needs to be
leveled for construction activities and also for approach roads. This process may not
much damage on soil nutrients and biota, but may cause some other secondary
impacts such as decrease the water infiltration and also reduce the ground water level
in the region. Hence, green belt development and rain water harvesting plan for the
proposed project site.
Soil pollution due to DG set
During the construction phase project proponent shall use D.G. set on standby use,
the spent oil generating from the D.G. sets is categorized as Hazardous waste may
164
lead to soil pollution, which need to be disposed off to the authorized
recyclers/reclamation units as per the Pollution Control Board guidelines.
If in case of any spillage of spent fuel, that soil will be excavated and will be disposed
off to authorized disposal site.
Top Soil Loss
From the proposed project site 30,750 cum of top soil will be excavated during
construction phase and it will be preserved and reused for green belt.
Impact on Vegetation
There are no trees coming in the proposed expansion area and no trees will be felled,
hence no impacts on soil or landuse system of the proposed project site.
Impact during Operational phase
During operation phase the soil will not be affected due to any operation. However,
any percolation of any contaminates into ground water will be prevented by
constructing suitable storage facilities as per guidelines of CPCB and MoEF by
providing HDPE lining.
Another manner in which the soils within the impact zone might undergo changes is
due to deposition of air pollutants. The characteristics of dispersion of pollutants from
the stack indicate that the incremental concentration of PM is of insignificant value.
Moreover, the Air pollution control devices such as ESPs and bag filter will be
installed, thus the emission will have insignificant amount of PM. The site receives
favorable wind which will help in dispersion of the pollutants to longer distances.
4.3.2 Mitigation measures with respect soil environment
During Construction phase
Muck Disposal Plan
The excavated top soil coming in the proposed construction site will be removed in
advance and will be reused for green belt development. During the process of
excavation if stones and gravels are encountered, the same should be used in
construction work or can be used construction of check dams, gully plugs, retaining
walls etc. Apart from these if there is any generation of large quantity of muck, it
will be stacked to height not exceeding 2m in designated area within the proposed
project site.
Slope stabilization and Soil embankments
Soil conservation and slip protection works will be carried out by constructing check
walls, retaining walls, terracing, rock anchors, rock bolts, shot create with wire mesh
and wire crates etc. In order to protect the structures of the project a number of soil
165
erosion/slope stabilization measures have to be taken up project authority.
Depending upon the structures/geological conditions of the area the soil erosion/
slope stabilization measures should be executed at different locations of the project.
Grading (the excavation and creation of the road bench) creates large expanses of bare
soil, and should therefore be performed only during dry spring, summer or early fall
conditions. All road construction activities, including erosion control work, will be
scheduled for completion before the onset of the rainy period.
Balanced Cut and Fill (BCF) Construction
In BCF construction, the dozer starts at the top of the proposed cut slope, excavating
and side casting material until the desired road grade and width. Material is pushed
or "drifted" in front of the blade to areas where fill is needed. Road fill is used to cover
culverts and build up flat or low areas along the alignment. In BCF construction,
some of the waste material moves down the slope below the final roadbed and
cannot be compacted or contained.
Use of excavated top soil for green belt development
Soil and water conservation works consists of a comprehensive package of practices
in green belt development. Given excellent implementation of soil and water
conservation measures in a plantation, more than half the work is done. Of course, the
final success of the plantations will depend as much on integration of all the factors
as on the quality of each item of work; but being central to a plantations success, no
efforts should be spared to execute soil and water conservation works in the most
effective manner possible. The project proponent have reserved one third of the area
(33%) for green belt development and forty four tree species have been suggested for
planting. The top soil of 30 cm will be carefully excavated and it will be stored in a
designated place and then it will be mixed with farm yard manure, and it will be
applied to plants. During pit –digging the soil should be dumped in a heap downside
of the pit and the excavated soil will be used to construction of saucers. The heaped
excavated soil will be used for filling in the immediate vicinity of the root zone of the
plants during planting operation. If the excavated soil contains excessive boulders,
stones or other undesirable materials should be cleaned and then will be used. The
excavated soil can also be used to construct rain water harvesting structures like gully
plugging, check dam and contour bund formation around the plants in green belt
area.
Apart from the above following methods will be followed:
Extent of vegetation removal will be minimized to prevent extent of soil erosion.
Effort will be made to minimize the cutting operations by optimal utilization of
existing contours so as to avoid soil erosion/loosening of top soil.
166
Unscientific dumping of solid wastes (viz., Industrial solid waste, domestic solid
wastes, ETP sludge, excavated earth, construction debris) will be prohibited and
instead disposed through proper treatment, reused as backfilling/leveling
purposes, used in pavements, drains works and sludge as a manure will be reused
for greenbelt/landscaping development.
Hazardous materials used during the period of construction like petrol cans,
diesel cans/drums, paints cans/containers etc., will be stored and disposed off to
KSPCB authorized recyclers.
Vehicle maintenance area will be made impervious to avoid impact of accidental
spillage of oil on soil.
Monthly soil quality analysis will be carried out by collection soil samples from
treated effluent discharging are and analyzed to overview the impact of treated
water on soil environment especially on the fertility status.
The construction debris will be reused / recycled for back filling / sub base
work for roads pavements and drains within the project site.
Mitigation measures during operational phase of the project
Using Bagasse and Press mud as a manure
Bagasse, Press mud and Boiler ash are the main solid wastes generated from the
proposed project. Boiler ash contains potassium; hence it can be used as manure.
Press mud contains many useful nutrients; it can also be used as manure. Boiler ash
is mixed with press mud and is used as manure in the cane fields.
4.4 Air Environment
4.4.1 Impact on Air Environment
Impact during Construction phase
Particulate Matter (PM) would be the predominant pollutant generated from
construction activities. The gaseous emissions such as SO2, NOx would be generated
from the construction equipment’s from movement of vehicles.
Impact of construction activities on air quality is a cause for concern mainly in the dry
months due to settling of dust particles. The main sources of emission during the
construction period are the movement of equipments at site and dust emitted during
the leveling, grading, earthworks, foundation works and other construction related
activities. The dust emitted during the above mentioned activities depend upon the
type of soil being excavated and the ambient humidity levels.
The impact is likely to be for short duration and confined locally to the construction
site itself. The composition of dust in this kind of operation is however mostly coarse
167
particles, inorganic and non-toxic in nature. These are not expected to travel long
distance before settling.
The impact will, however, be reversible, marginal, and temporary in nature and
levels decreases gradually as project progresses.
The impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the construction
phase. The impact will be confined within the project boundary and is expected to be
negligible outside the project boundaries.
Impacts during Operational phase:
The main sources of Air Pollution in the proposed project are the Boiler.
Boiler
The capacity of the Boiler installed is as per the following table. However emission
from the boiler will be taken care by providing adequate stack height as per the
CPCB guidelines. The details regarding the boiler are given below:
Table 4.1: Boiler Details
Capacity Pressure Temperature Quantity Type Chimney Air
105 TPH
( Existing )
For Sugar Co-gen
67 ATA 510 oC 1 Nos Bagasse fuel
Travelling Grate boiler
Ø 3.2 m
effective dia. 65 m
height
Electro Static
Precipitator
240 TPH
( Proposed )
For Sugar Co-gen
87 ATA 510 oC 1 Nos Bagasse fuel
Travelling Grate boiler
Ø 4.0 m effective dia. 77 m
height
Electro Static
Precipitator
24 TPH
boiler,
(Existing)
Distillery unit
65 ATA 400oC 1 Nos FBC
Fluidized Bed
Combustion boiler
Ø 1.4 m effective dia. 60 m
height
Electro Static
Precipitator
Even though DG sets will be used at site, for the prediction of air pollution from the
project, it is not included as the same will be only used during power failure during
initial stages and rest of the time, power will be utilized from cogeneration unit.
Characteristics of fuels used in the boiler
Sl. No.
Parameter Fuel
Bagasse Coal CSW Diesel
168
1 Heat value, GCV, kcal/kg 2200 5000 1600 10700
2 S content, kg/T 0.1 10 10 1 3 Ash, kg/T 10 100 20 - 4 Steam / fuel ratio, kg/kg 2.4 5.5 1.6 -
Modeling Procedure
Analysis details
Tools and methods
Source dispersion analysis is assumed based on AERMOD ViewTM model. This model
enables analysis with respect to PM10, SO2 and NOx gives results in simple to
understand graphical format.
The following steps are involved in the analysis:
Inputs are entered into the software as per the general modeling parameters.
Information on the stack i.e. height, diameter, exit gas velocity, temperature and
receptor is added to the software.
The analysis process is done by the model.
Input(s) needed and assumption
Table 4.2 illustrates series of input and some of assumptions gone into the model.
Table 4.2: Input and Assumptions
Sl. No.
Inputs Required Availability for this project
1 Stack emission parameter
Stack height Yes
Stack diameter Yes
Flue gas velocity Yes
Exit gas temperature Yes
2 Meteorological Parameters
Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Cloud Cover, Temperature, Humidity, Station Pressure, etc.
Onsite monitoring
3 Emission Parameters Expressed in grams/second emitted
US-EPA, AP42
4 Receptor Location Uniform grid Uniform grid
Methodology
For the stack proposed on site details procured from Emission Regulations – Part IV,
CPCB’86 was utilized for emissions estimation. Widespread method based on the data
available was to use emissions in terms of pollutant mass per second emitted.
169
Data collection
The stack details and flue gas characteristics are provided in Table 4.3.
Table: 4.3: Stack and flue gas emissions details
Parameters Unit Old Sugar Co-Gen
Old Distillery
New Sugar Co-Gen
Stack height m 65 m Above 60 m 77 m
Stack diameter at exit / top m 3.2 1.4 4.0
Stack exit gas velocity m/s 12 18 10
Stack gas temperature at exit °C 160 185 160
Fuel type Bagasse Spent wash + Bagasse
Bagasse
Fuel requirement T/day 1050 140 + 81 2400
PM Emission g/sec 8.9415 2.4274 11.6426
SO2 Emission g/sec 7.1532 1.9419 9.3141
NOx Emission g/sec 7.1532 1.9419 9.3141
Air pollution control equipment
Electrostatic Precipitator
Electrostatic Precipitator
Electrostatic Precipitator
Site specific wind-rose for this season is shown in below figure, the wind blowing
from East to West direction. For the site-specific mixing heights CPCB document
PROBES/88/2002-2003 is followed.
Wind rose Plot for the study period
170
Model Inputs
AERMOD ViewTM has been used for evaluating the emission scenarios for proposed
project. The inputs to the model are defined in 5 functional pathways as represented
in the following sections. Each of these functional parameters include several options
that may be user defined or set as default, the details of some of these essential
elements of AERMOD ViewTM runs have been explained in the discussions.
A. Control pathway inputs
Default option.
Emission concentration.
Averaging period of 24 hr as per NAAQS pollutant type.
B. Source pathway inputs
Includes definition of source, its locations.
Stack source parameter include emissions (g/s)
C. Receptors pathway inputs
Cartesian grid starting at the SE corner of the ward with 2000m increment over
X & Y coordinates, thus forming a receptor output grid radius of 10km.
Uniform grid is selected with 10x10 cell size.
D. Meteorology pathways inputs
One hourly data for period that is from November to December’16 and
March’17 was used as an input in the meteorology processor to generate model
ready one hourly input surface & profile meteorology files.
Roughness length of 1m of measurement height, displacement height of 0.2m,
Albedo of 0.2 & measurement height at which measurements of meteorology
have been done.
The minimum wind speed (0.5 m/s lower than 1m/s considered as calm by
IMD), minimum mixed layer height (50m), and minimum heat flux 20
W/M2/s).
The Bowen ratio=Sensible Heat flux/Latent Heat Flux as a function of month
to allow smaller Bowen Ratios during the Indian monsoon season when the
ground is wet and latent heat fluxes become significant (from 2 in non-
monsoon to 0.5 in monsoon).
The potential temperature gradient above the mixed layer (0.008 degrees/m)
The weather data for project site station have been used for the present project.
The data was compiled in AERMET module of AERMOD ViewTM and the
results of this final analysis were used as input meteorological data.
171
E. Output Pathway
The model has been run for 24hr average as per the pollutant type and the NAAQS
standards criteria. The contour for 1st highest reading is shown for each pollutant
based on BAU scenario.
Model outputs were obtained for emissions of each of the pollutants in each of the
2km x 2km receptor grid spread across gridded impact zone. Contour maps are
plotted for each of the study pollutants and the impact by the point source. This map
is superimposed on the road tile map of the proposed location.
Results
The point sources are represented in the contour plots for concentration to understand
the impact of on the study domain. Modeled pollutant concentrations for existing two
stacks and one proposed stack is given in Table 4.4 and dispersion trend is shown as
iso-pleths in Figure 4.1 to 4.6 for PM, SO2 and NOX respectively.
Table 4.4: Modeled concentrations for present scenario
Parameters Present Levels (µg/m3)
Distance from Site
Proposed Levels
(µg/m3)
Distance from Site
PM10 (24hr average) 0.75 W @ 2.0 km 1.23 W @ 2.0 km
SO2 (24hr average) 0.60 0.98
NOX (24hr average) 0.60 0.98
The maximum incremental concentration of PM, SO2 and NOX are superimposed on
the baseline concentrations recorded during the study period to arrive at the likely
resultant concentrations after implementation of the proposed boiler. Comparative
account of each pollutant concentration with respective National Ambient Air Quality
Standards (NAAQS) is represented in Table 4.5.
Table 4.5: Comparative Account of resultant concentration
Parameters Concentrations (µg/m3) NAAQS*
(µg/m3) Baseline Incremental Resultant
PM10 (24hr average) 86 0.48 86.48 100
SO2 (24hr average) 16 0.38 16.63 80
NOX (24hr average) 24 0.38 24.65 80
*NAAQS – National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009
172
Figure 4.1: Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for PM10
(Existing stacks)
Figure 4.2: Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for SO2
(Existing stacks)
173
Figure 4.3: Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for NOX
(Existing stacks)
Figure 4.4: Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for PM10
(With proposed stacks)
174
Figure 4.5: Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for SO2
(With proposed stacks)
Figure 4.6: Present 24hr average emission dispersion contours for NOX
(With proposed stacks)
175
Conclusion
The predicted average concentrations with baseline BAU from the project will be
below the standards. Hence, it can be concluded that there will not be any ill impact
because of the said project. Whereas probable negligible impacts will be maintained
so as to control shock load and intern to keep the air quality pollutant free.
Electrostatic Precipitator will be provided for proposed sugar + co-gen boiler as air
pollution control measures and stack of adequate height, is also provided to disperse
the flue gas.
4.4.2 Mitigation measures w.r.t Air Environment
Mitigation measures suggested during construction phase of the project
Any vehicle not meeting the vehicular pollution standards will not be allowed
within the construction activity and emission certificate will be made mandatory
& enforced to contractor to maintain.
Water will be sprayed through water sprinklers/water tankers during dust
generating activities like site clearing, leveling, excavation, material handling etc to
suppress the dust.
Vehicles delivering loose and fine materials like sand and fine aggregates will
be covered by tarpaulin sheets to reduce spills on roads and to reduce fugitive
emissions.
The height from which excavated materials are dropped shall be controlled
to a minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation from unloading.
Monthly Ambient Air Quality Monitoring will be carried out to ensure for
compliance to NAAQ, 2009 standards.
Mitigation measures suggested during operation phase
Following measures will be taken to reduce the impact on the air quality:
Stacks/chimney will be provided to Boilers and D.G. sets as per KSPCB Norms.
ESP will be provided for the proposed boiler of 240 TPH with a new stack of
height of 77 m.
33% Greenbelt development already created aesthetic environment and also
acts as a pollution sink for dust emissions.
Fugitive Emissions
The presence of fugitive emissions would be visible if not controlled and would cause
significant adverse impact in working zone. A number of mitigation measures
implemented to control fugitive emissions and reviewed continuously such as:
Designing the plant layout in such a way that, so as to virtually eliminate need of
using heavy equipment for material handling in the main plant.
176
Internal roads paved and leveled without undulations as well as sharp curves,
maintain slow speed of vehicular movements.
No open storage of raw materials.
Curtain tree plantation on surrounding is planned in the available area.
Transportation vehicles to bring in raw materials & fuels such as Rubber wheel
carts, tractors and trucks not to be filled high, sides must be cladded, maintain
slow speed and avoiding vibrations en-route.
Table 4.6: Fugitive Emissions control strategy
Sl. No. Item Control Strategy
1 Transportation Water sprinklers will be provided to reduce dust.
2 Cane handling Water sprays de-dusting. Plantation around source
3 Bagasse storage Design stockpiles to reduce exposure to prevailing winds.
Minimizing the distance that bagasse falls during movement.
Fully enclosing bagasse handling conveyors, particularly transfer points.
Installing belt cleaning systems so that bagasse is not carried back on the underside of conveyor belts.
Implementing a bagasse dust management plan that prescribes mitigation measures for unfavorable weather conditions.
Installing a water spray system to reduce dust emissions around, and from, the site.
4 Greenery Greenbelt development (33 % of total plot area)
Internal Transportation
All raw materials from raw material storage to mill house will be transported
by cane conveyors. All the materials in the sugar section will be transported using
inter carriers, Sugar carriers.
Impact on traffic is negligible as the existing traffic around the villages is very
minimum. Mitigation measures for impact on traffic
Parking area of 4 Acres is reserved
The transportation density on the road is likely to increases by about 10 %.
The SH 55 is the major road and has adequate capacity to take the additional
vehicular load.
The road passes through villages and agriculture lands.
Road side tree plantation is already present. The industry will take measures to
additional plantation on road sides.
177
Bell mouth shape geometry will be provided at entry and exit gates.
Considering the facilities as above the impact of additional transportation on
road will be insignificant.
4.5 Noise Environment
4.5.1 Impact on Noise Environment
Impact during Construction Phase
During construction phase, various sources of noise pollution will be from the
operation of machineries like compactors, concrete plant, cranes etc. Other sources of
noise pollution during construction period includes movement of vehicles for
unloading of construction materials, fabrication, handling of equipment and
materials, operation of batching plants. Overall, the impact of noise generated on the
Environment is likely to be insignificant, reversible and localized in nature and
mainly confined to the day time.
Impact during Operational Phase
Noise generating machinery operations at sugar unit are sugarcane cutting, crushing,
lime addition, clarification, evaporation, sugar separation, steam production, noise
making equipments such as cutters, crushers, mixers, pumps, boilers etc.
All connecting roads to sugar mill complex will be metaled one. Cane loading will be
restricted to the capacity. Vehicle maintenance, proper lubrication to machinery will
be arranged. Tree plantation on the campus and on the connecting roads is
initiated and will be done each year.
Noise from cogeneration unit
1. Steam turbines : 85-90 dB (A) 2. Diesel Generators : 75-80 dB (A) 3. Fans, blowers and compressors: 80-85 dB (A)
The sound intensity appears to be at moderate level in co-gen power. In general at the
locations of turbines, compressors, fans etc., the sound intensity generally exceeds the
limit. Control measures will be adopted to reduce noise level within the permissible
limits at the source itself. These machineries are installed on vibration proof
foundation and base. Steam turbine and diesel generators are located in isolated and
acoustic building. The workers engaged in such locations are provided with earmuffs
to have additional safety against noise nuisance. These units will be manufactured to
meet the noise levels as per MOEF/ CPCB guidelines.
DG set are provided with in-built acoustics measures. Also ambient noise levels will
be ensured within the ambient standards by inbuilt design of mechanical equipment
and building apart from vegetation (tree plantations) along the periphery and at
various locations within the industry premises.
178
Source of noise will be various components of industrial operations like crushing,
operation of the boiler, power plant, D G Sets and vehicular movement.
4.5.2 Mitigation Measures w.r.t. Noise Environment
Provision of insulating caps and ads at the exit of noise source on the
machinery;
Construction equipment generating minimum noise and vibration will be
chosen.
The use of damping materials such as thin rubber / lead sheet for wrapping
the work places line compressors, generators sets.
Shock absorbing techniques will be adopted to reduce impact;
Ear plugs will be provided to the workers exposed to high noise prone
activity and it will be enforced to be used by the workers;
Greenbelt/Landscape development along the periphery of the proposed site
will act as a noise attenuator.
Monthly Ambient noise level monitoring will conducted during construction
phase and operation phase to conform to the stipulated standards both during
day and night time as per KSPCB.
Construction activities will be restricted only during day time.
D. G. Sets with acoustic enclosures will be provided.
4.6 Water Environment
4.6.1 Impact on Water Environment
Impact during Construction Phase
During construction stage, initially water will be drawn from tube-wells till the
permanent water system is laid. The extraction of water from the ground water
reserves of the area may not lead to any major adverse impact on ground water
table, as there is sufficient ground water availability in the vicinity of the plant.
Hydrological investigations have ascertained the ground water potential.
The construction workers colony will he provided with drinking water taps and
sanitation discharge through septic tanks into soak pits. The exploitation of ground
water resources during the construction phase will not have a significant impact on
the ground water availability in the area.
Impact during Operational Phase
Impacts can be anticipated on the soil & ground water environment of effluent is not
treated to KSPCB discharge standards for onland irrigation/greenbelt
development/gardening as improper treated discharge will bear foul smell and
179
creates septic condition on the soil and since the discharge within the premises is only
option for reuse, long term effects can be anticipated on to the ground water of the
region. The sewage generated from the domestic activities if not treated will bear the
above same impact.
Table 4.7: Water Conservation Proposal Techniques Considered In the Complex
Sl. No Stations Conservation Proposals /Techniques
1 Milling Plant Use fully hot condensate instead of fresh water supplement
2 Boiler feed water Overflow of all condensates from the vapour cells, first body evaporator and condensate pan shall be connected to a small storage tank instead of allowing to overflow into gutters
3 Clarification House Compressors Recirculate the cooling waters
4 Sulphur Burner Use treated effluent water boiler blow down & cooling tower blow down after treatment in neutralization pit for cooling purpose and connect it to spray pond to reduce the temperature
5 Boiling and Centrifuge Section Instead of allowing fresh water to go to spray pond after cooling at vertical crystallizers and massecuite allow it to go service tank
6 Preparation of seed and mixture Use hot water instead of fresh water
7 Cooling waters Mill drive, mill bearing, power
house turbines, fiberiser, compressor,
cooling waters and vertical crystallizers The cost for Implementation of water conservation is negligible as most of the options can be carried out with the waste materials available in the factory. The only major expenditure is Mini- cooling tower to reduce the temperature and pipe connections for recycling ,Source: CPCB.
4.6.2 Mitigation Measures
During construction stage, the construction workers colony will he provided
with drinking water and sanitation arrangements by providing 12 No. s toilets, 6
Bathrooms and sewage treatment by septic tank (18KL capacity with 3.5m X 2.0 m
X 2.5m + 0.3 FB) & 2 No.s soak pits (1.5m dia X 3 m depth).
Wastewater generated from the project activities including the sewage from
the domestic activities will be treated in ETP of 1500 KLD capacity and the treated
wastewater/trade effluent/treated effluent will be reused on land for
irrigation/greenbelt development/gardening purposes.
All along the internal road network, storm water drains (0.8 m X 0.6 m) will be
provided to collect storm water. The storm water collection system will be
180
designed in such a manner so that storm water from garden, parking area,
roadways and lawns is used for recharging of ground water through Recharge
shaft (8 No.s).
During the construction stage, water stagnation will be avoided by pumping the
water and utilizing the same for dust suppression purposes/gardening/greenery
development purposes. Whereas during the operation phase, the same will be
avoided by providing drain network.
First aid facilities and center will be provided in both the stages.
Effluent treatment plant design report
1132 KLD Effluent generated from the process and domestic waste will be treated in
the ETP of capacity 1500 KLD based on UASBR.
Design Data and Performance Projections
The trade effluent treatment plant is designed based on the following considerations;
Effluent Characteristics
Quantity of Effluent
Prescribed norms for discharge of treated trade effluent.
The combined trade effluent data assumed for designing is as follows;
Inlet combined trade effluent characteristics:
Crushing Capacity : 14000 TCD Effluent Flow rate per day max. : 1400 KLD Effluent Flow rate per hour max. : 50 KL Temperature : 38– 40 Deg.C pH : 4.5 – 6.0 T.D.S : 2300 to 2450 ppm max. Suspended Solids : 230 to 250 ppm B.O.D : 1800 to 2200 ppm Oil/Grease : 20 to 40 ppm
Quality of Treated trade effluent:
Temperature : 30 – 40 Deg.C pH : 7.0 – 7.8 T.D.S : Less than 2000 ppm Suspended Solids : less than 100 ppm B.O.D : less than 100 ppm Oil/Grease : less than 05 ppm
The treated effluent shall be utilized for Plantation, gardening and irrigation purpose.
181
Treatment Procedure:
The mill plant effluent contains oil and fibre in large concentration. This effluent is
therefore subjected to de-skimming operation in mill plant itself to free it from oil and
fibre and then mixed with other factory effluents. The combined effluents are
subjected to preliminary and secondary treatment as described below. The flow
diagram of effluent treatment plant is given in Figure 2.8. The excess vapour
condensate which is let out from the plant is collected separately in a storage tank.
This is of relatively good quality and is suitable for irrigation. It is tested for quality
and then let out for gardening in factory premises or to agriculture land for irrigation.
i. Preliminary treatment
Combined effluent in a common drainage is led to the effluent treatment premise. It is
passed through bar screen, grit chamber and oil separator and then received in a
neutraliser cum equalization tank of about 20 min hold-up capacity. Alkali is added
into the neutraliser to raise the effluent pH to about 7.5-8.0 and also to precipitate
some of the dissolved solids. The neutralised effluent is passed through the primary
clarifier of 2.5 to 3.0 hr detention period. The sludge collected at the bottom is
pumped to sludge drying bed for dewatering. The clear overflow from the clarifier is
passed to biological treatment plant for further treatment. 70% of suspended solids,
20% of BOD and 30% of dissolved solids present in effluent are expected to be
removed in preliminary treatment.
ii. Secondary treatment
This consists of the two stage activated sludge process. One stage consists of diffuser
system (Bottom aeration) and another one is aeration tank with fixed surface aerators
and secondary clarifiers. The effluents containing suspended biomass are clarified in
respective secondary clarifiers. Biomass settled at the clarifiers is recycled to aeration
process to maintain the concentration of mixed liquor suspended solids (MLSS) in
Diffusor & aeration tank at the desired level. The excess bio-mass (sludge) from
secondary clarifier is passed to sludge drying beds. The clear effluent from last
clarifier is collected in a sump of about 8 hours capacity and then let out to
agricultural land for irrigation.
Specification of Effluent Treatment Units:
It is proposed install 1500 KLD effluent treatment plant to cater the requirement for
Sugar cane crushing capacity of 14000 TCD. The proposed equipment’s details of the
same are as below; the design details of 1500 KLD effluent treatment plant is already
discussed in chapter 2 of EIA report.
182
Treatment Scheme:
The combined effluent from the factory shall flow through Main gutter to ETP. The
effluent is passed through bar screen, Oil separator, neutralizer, equalization tank,
primary settling tank, USBAR Anaerobic system, Aeration tanks, Secondary Clarifiers
and Polishing Pond and then let out as treated effluent for use in gardening and
irrigation. The sludge collected at Secondary clarifiers is recycled to aeration tank and
/ or to sludge drying bed. Cleaning day waste water, which is highly alkaline, is
collected in cleaning day sump separately and then gradually added to regular
treatment. An additional oil separator is provided at mill house of the sugar plant to
remove the oil and fibers. Excess hot water generated from sugar plant is collected &
cooled in cooling tower in two stages and partly recycled back in process and partly
used for irrigation.
Sludge generated from primary settling tank to separate sludge drying beds. The
drainage from sludge drying bed is taken back to equalization tank for treatment.
Sl. No. Description Size
1 Bar Screen Chamber 0.6 mt x 1.2 mt x 0.55 mt
2 Oil and Grease Chamber 4.0 m x 1.5 m x 1.5 m
4 Flash mixer 2 m x 2 m x 1.5 m
5 Flocculator 2 m x 3 m x 1.5 m
6 Primary Settling Tank 8 m x 8 m x 3 m HT
7 Equalization Tank 20 m x 16 m x 3.0 m Depth
8 Anaerobic lagoon – 1 20m x 36 m x 3.0 m HT
9 Neutralizer/ Buffer Tank 3.0 m x 3.0 m x 3.0 m
10 Up Flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket Reactor (UASBR) 21 m dia x 7.0 HT (approx.)
11 Aeration Tank –I ( Diffuser ) 20m x 36 m x 3.0 m HT
12 Aeration Tank – II ( Surface) 19 m x 20 m x 3.0 m HT
13 Clarifier – II 7.5 m dia x 3.0 m HT
14 Polish Pond 12.5 m x 12.5 m x 2.5 m HT
15 Sludge Drying Beds – 3 Nos 20 m x 8 m x 8 m HT
Storm Water Management
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit is planning to have a system of
rainwater harvesting at plant. Rainwater harvesting is primarily dependent on
various site characteristics such as soil properly, catchments characteristics; rainfall
characteristic, and ground water table etc. There are artificial as well as natural
rainwater harvesting system.
Construction of rainwater filter bed at centralized place where water from
individual unit as well as storm water from open area will be diverted. The rainwater
carries suspended solids as washed out from open area. A filter bed filters the
particles thus prevent them from reaching/contaminating ground water. The first
layer of filter bed will be coarse sand the second layer will be pebbles and third
183
layer will be gravel. The filtrate thus collected from the bottom of filter bed will be
piped to recharge bed.
Average annual rainfall = 620 mm
Storm water gutters/drains is constructed in the premises on either side of the
haul roads (0.8 m X 0.6 m) and along the periphery of 1.0 m X 0.6 m
Garland channels will be provided around the storage yards.
As per estimation rain water thus collected and harvested of about 22,50,000
lts/annum will be used for greenery development/ sprinkling applications and
non-potable uses thereby conservation fresh water requirement.
Surface Rainwater harvesting sump of capacity 2250 KLD (25 m X 30 m X 3.0 m)
is implemented.
Groundwater recharge through shafts is recommended in these areas. The
shafts are deep pits with dimensions of 1m x 2m x 10 m of width, length and
depth respectively. These shafts may be uncased on the top, but are back filled
with permeable soil, which facilitate more effective and faster percolation.
Typical designing of recharge shaft is shown below:
Figure 4.7: Typical section of recharge shaft
4.7 Geology and Hydrology
Mitigation Measures for Minimizing the Impacts
184
The proposed project doesn’t abstract any ground water, the impact due to the
project is minimum.
In the study area following methods can be encouraged to people, to increase the
ground water table of the region.
Changes in cropping pattern
Conjunctive use of Surface and ground water
Resort to drip / sprinkler irrigation storing in small sumps
Proper planning of available water and select crop pattern
Roof top Rainwater Harvesting for domestic water consumption
Rainwater run-off Recharge to ground water through various conservation
structures.
Discourage application of traditional farming and irrigation methods
Unscientific development of ground water results in depletion of bore well yields
and lowering of water table.
Encourage low crop water requirement crops iv. Encourage Drip / sprinkler
farming
Encourage water consuming crops at head reaches for arresting seepage of
ground water and rise in ground water levels.
Ground water extraction is more than the ground water recharge, Generally this
happens in the tail end of the command area.
Implementation of recharge to ground water body through rainwater harvesting.
Conjunctive use of surface and ground water ensures rise in ground water level
and improves water quality.
4.8 Biological Environment
There is no direct impact on biological environment (flora and fauna) anticipated due
to the project. However, changes occurring on air, water and land environment will
have indirect impact. The project site encounters species like Prosopis juliflora and
Lagenocarpus rigidus and there is no cutting of trees in the project site. Hence, no
impacts envisaged. However, as part of the greenbelt development, native species are
proposed to be planted at site which will eventually help in improvement of the biota
of the region.
Mitigation Measures
Green belt will be developed and local species will be planted
All the raw materials transporting vehicles shall be covered with tarpaulins so
that the dispersion of air pollutants shall be avoided.
All the raw materials transporting vehicles shall be periodically maintained and
clean fuel shall be used for vehicles.
185
Bharath IV stage vehicles shall be used for transportation of materials to
reduce the noise levels.
Earth work and construction debris shall be reused for backfilling and
construction /laying of roads.
Operation Phase
No major impacts are anticipated during operation phase of the project on biological
environment. However, with the development of green belt inside the project site
shall attract, the movement of birds, butterflies, etc resulting in positive impact.
Maintenance of greenbelt will be undertaken with proper watering during summer.
4.9 Socio Economic Environment
4.9.1 Impact on Socio Economic Environment
Impact during Construction
Impact on Demography
The peak workforce strength during construction would rise-up to hundred
persons. Though the technical persons and skilled labors would by and large, be
hired from outside the study area, bulk of the labor force would comprise of
unskilled and semi-skilled workers, a substantial number of whom would
presumably be recruited from the surrounding areas itself. Since majority of the
unskilled workforce would be from surrounding areas, they would settle in the
villages.
Therefore, the demographic scenario including population, sex-ratio, literacy level
etc. would undergo certain local changes within a limited peripheral zone. The overall
impact over the study area would be marginal.
Impact on Socio-economic
Construction of any major industrial project invariably results in socio-economic
changes. The influx of material and money lends to change the economic status of the
community. Markets, workshops and commercial centers would develop in the area.
Construction of the project will involve a substantial unskilled labour force. Since
most of the unskilled labour force will be from nearby village, unplanned and
haphazard development of slums would not be significant. However, labour camps
with provision of basic amenities of water supply and sanitation etc. would be
provided which would go long way in curbing the degradation of the physical and
aesthetic environment.
Impact during Operation
Impact on Demographic Pattern
186
Operation of the unit will require an appreciable quantum of skilled and semi-skilled
workforce which, would have to be imported from outside the study area.
Moreover, a sizeable number of service class people who are directly connected with
the operating personnel of the plant, e.g. house servants, washer man, barbers,
shopkeepers etc. will flow in from the neighboring areas. As the plant and its
ancillary facilities act as an active nucleus of activity, a shift of population towards
this center will also occur within the study area.
The migration of people will marginally increase the total population in the study
area particularly in the peripheral zone. This would result in an alteration of the local
demographic pattern. The high literacy level of people and their families involved
in the operation of the plant would certainly enhance the overall literacy rate within
the study area. The population density in the peripheral zone will also tend to rise,
though very marginally.
Impact on Socioeconomic
This project will definitely alter the simple and quiet rural nature of the locality,
which exists today. As there will be a large flow of financial and material resources,
there remains a large possibility of growth of population in the business, trade,
commerce and service sector. The large inflow of financial and material resources
accompanied with the urban culture complete with technological inputs as modern
housing, water closets, radio, television, synthetic fibers, use of steel and aluminum,
use of LPG/electricity for domestic cooking would all contribute towards changing
the socioeconomic environment of the areas as this would introduce a mixed culture
emphasizing urban traits in place of traditional, prevalent rural customs. The
economic, cultural and technological changes are likely to induce social stress and
ethical changes. All these would change the local life style.
Thus, a simple backward community may be transformed into a semi-urban complex
within a short time frame. Such impacts are inevitable, that could also be felt in case of
the present project; however, these would be attempted to be controlled and
minimized by ensuring suitable human management, stable working conditions,
security and the provision of adequate compensation.
At the same time, however, farmers may be induced to adopt more intensive
agricultural and animal husbandry practices, resulting in higher production and
boosting up of the area economy.
It has been observed that people always have a propensity to settle at locations where
civic amenities as transportation, postal service, educational institutions, drinking
water, market, medical treatment, electricity etc. are easily available within a short
distance, as well as the working place being within a reasonable distance.
187
4.10 Health Environment
4.10.1 Impact on Health Environment
Impact during Construction Phase
Impacts on health of the construction workers/labors/personnel deployed in the site
can be anticipated through poor quality of water supply, illegal dumping of solid
waste, creation of mosquito breeding sites, poor supervision of the works carried out
at higher level improper hygienic condition and lack of safety items
(PPE’s)/instructions/guidelines/practices.
Impact during Operational Phase
Impact on health of the workers is generally anticipated from improper handling of
solid waste at the source through creation of mosquito breeding sites and through
direct contact of wastewater near ETP areas.
4.10.2 Mitigation Measures
Potable water supply to the construction workers/laborers/personnel is ensured
conforming to IS 10500:2012 (Second Revision) drinking water quality standards.
PPEs will be provided to the workforce based on the type of work assigned
during the both stages.
First Aid Centre with its facilities will be provided.
Stagnation of water will be avoided by providing drains during the operation
phases and pumping out the same and utilizing it for other secondary purposes
during the construction stage.
Solid wastes will be scientifically handled and disposed by utilizing the same
within the premises in the compost production or sold to members farmers as
manure.
4.11 Solid Waste and Hazardous waste Generation and Management for Disposal
Impact due to construction phase
During construction phase, solid waste such as excavated soil, debris, some metal
waste, municipal waste and oil & grease from construction machines will be
generated.
Domestic solid wastes from the labor sheds if not properly disposed might impact
in the health of the workers, also creates unaesthetic environment and inturn affect
the soil environment.
188
Table 4.8 (a): Solid and Hazardous waste generated in the operation phase of the
project for Co-gen Sugar.
Sl. No
Solid waste
Quantity Method of collection
Method of
Storage
Mode of disposal
Solid Waste
1 Bagasse 4200 TPD Mechanical
conveyor
Bagasse storage
Sent to
cogeneration to
use as fuel as
boiler
2 Boiler- Ash
69 TPD Mechanical
conveyor into common silo for further disposal
Ash storage yard
Mixed in required proportions and used as manure.
3 Press mud
560 TPD Mechanical
conveyor
Bio compost yard
4 Sludge
from
ETP
300 Kgs /d Sludge drying beds
Bio compost yard
5 Lime Grit
0.6 TPD Mechanical
screw conveyor
Used in low
lying areas
6 Domestic
solid
waste
473 Kgs /d Collection bins Segregated
and organic
waste is
composted and
inorganic waste
is stored in a
separate space
provided
Nearby
municipal
agencies
Hazardous waste
1 Used oil
from
DG sets
75 lts Stored in leak
proof sealed
barrels
Hazardous
storage
area
Used as
lubricants
within the industry 2 Spent
turbine
oil waste
50 lts
3 Waste
oil
residue
from
ETP
50 lts
189
Table 4.8 (b) : Solid and Hazardous waste generated in the operation phase of the
project for Distillery.
Yeast sludge. The yeast and other sludge are obtained from the fermenter and bio-digester. The sludge is removed periodically from bio-digester and fermenter. The quantity of sludge after drying is about 2 T/month.
The solids are mainly the spent yeast and other bio-mass. It contains plant nutrients such as phosphorus, potash, nitrogen and other bio materials.
Hence, this is dried and then used in composting process along with the press mud.
Boiler ash Potash and phosphate present in Concentrated Spent Wash will end up in boiler ash.
Boiler ash is sent to farmers for use as soil nutrient. The quantity of boiler ash from distillery boiler will be 30 T/d.
Spent oil and grease
Cooling and lubricating oils are used in diesel engine (D.G set), machinery gears in the plant and electric transformers.
Spent oils of about 0.5 T/A will be generated from these units. Spent oil is sent to authorized reprocessors.
190
Table 4.9: Impact Identification Matrix
Sl. No
Activities
Environmental Attributes
Air Noise Surface
Water
Ground
water Climate
Land
/soil Ecology
Socio
Economics Aesthetics Health
Construction phase
1 Site Clearing/leveling √ √ √ √ √
2 Excavation activities √ √ √
3 Ready-mix concrete preparation √ √ √
4 Transportation of Construction √ √ √
5 Construction activities on land √ √ √ √ √
6 Laying of roads √ √ √ √
7 Labour camps √ √ √ √ √
8 Movement of Vehicles √ √
9 Construction Debris √ √
10 Excavated Earth √
11 Disposal of Sewage √ √ √
12 Disposal of Solid waste √ √ √
13 Stagnation of water √
14 Storm Water √
15 Runoff √
Operation Phase
1 Sugar mill section, Boiler section √ √ √ √ √
2 Operation of D. G. Sets √ √
3 Solid waste Disposal √ √
4 Wastewater Disposal √
5 Sludge Disposal √
6 D.G. Maintenance √ √
7 Runoff √ √
8 Vehicular Traffic √ √
9 Greenery Development √ √
10 Quality of Life √
191
Table 4.10: Characteristics of Environmental Impacts from Construction Activities
Activity Environmental
Attributes Cause
Impact characteristics Impact Evaluation
Nature Duration Reversibility Significance Without
EMP With EMP
Site clearing/ Leveling activities
Air Environment
Dislodging of particles from the ground
Direct, Negative
Short- Term
Reversible Medium 8.5 3.5
Noise Environment
Noise generation from earth excavating equipment
Direct, Negative
Short- Term
Reversible Medium 6 3
Land use/Soil Environment
Excavation Direct, Negative
Long Term Reversible High 7.5 3
Ecology Loss of vegetative cover such as herbs and shrubs
Direct, Negative
Short- Term
Reversible High 7 3
Health Dislodging of particles (SPM/RSPM) from the ground
Direct, Negative
Short- Term
Reversible Medium 6 2
Excavation Activities
Air Environment
Dislodging of particles from the ground
Direct, Negative
Short- Term
Reversible Medium 8 2
Noise Environment
Noise generation from earth excavating equipment
Direct, Negative
Short- Term
Reversible Medium 8 2
Land use/Soil Environment
Excavation Direct, Negative
Long- Term
Irreversible High 7 2
192
Health Dislodging of particles (SPM/RSPM) from the ground
Direct, Negative
Short- Term
Reversible Medium 8 2.5
Transportation
of
construction
materials
Air Environment
Transport of
construction
material in trucks
& Exhaust
emission from
vehicles
Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible
Medium 5 4
Noise
Environment Noise generation from vehicles
Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Low 5 3
Health Risk of accidents
during transit Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Medium 7 5
Ecology Impact of noise on
birds, butterflies
and nocturnal
animals
Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Medium 6.5 2.5
Construction
activities on
Land
Air Environment
Operation of
construction
machinery,
welding activities
and others
Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Low 7 3
Noise
Environment Noise generation
from use of
machinery
Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Medium 7 3
Land use/Soil
Environment Setting up of
Project Direct, Negative
Long Term Irreversible Low 8 4
Ecology Loss of vegetation Direct, Negative
Short -Tem Reversible Medium 6 4
Health Various construction activities
Direct, Negative
Short -Tem Reversible Low 6 4
193
Laying of
Roads Air Environment Operation of
construction
machinery,
Movement of
Vehicles
Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible High 7 3
Noise
Environment Noise generation
from use of
machinery,
Vehicular
movement
Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible High 7 3
Land use/Soil Environment
Development of
Roads Direct,
Negative Long Term Irreversible Medium 8 3
Ecology Loss of vegetation Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Medium 7.5 4
Labour
Camps Air Environment Burning of Fuels Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Low 5 2
Water Environment (Surface and
Ground)
Disposal of
Sewage Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible High 6 3
Land/Soil Environment
Disposal of
Sewage Indirect, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Medium 7 3
Socio-Economic Employment
Opportunities,
Influx of people.
Indirect, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Medium 7 4
Health Disposal of
Sewage/Solid
wastes
Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible High 6 3
Movement
of Vehicles
Air Environment Transportation of
Construction
Materials
Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Medium 6 3
Noise
Environment Vehicular
movement Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Low 6 3
194
Excavated Earth/Muck
Land/Soil
Environment Foundation works Direct,
Negative Short- Term Reversible Medium 7 4
Disposal
of Sewage
Water Environment (Surface and
Ground)
Domestic activities from Labour camps/ site office
Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible High 6 3
Aesthetics Odour nuisance In Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Medium 5 2
Health Disposal of
Sewage Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible High 5 2
Disposal of
Solid wastes Land/Soil
Environment
Solid waste generation, Land
contamination
Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Medium 5 3
Aesthetics Odour nuisance Indirect, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Medium 6 3
Health Degradation of Solid waste, attraction of
flies
Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible Medium 6 3
Stagnation of
Water Health Mosquito breeding
sites Direct, Negative
Short- Term Reversible High 6.5 3.5
Storm water
Run-off Water Environment (Surface)
Construction site
areas Direct, Negative
Short-term Reversible Medium 6 2.5
Land/Soil
Environment Flooding Direct,
Negative Short-term Reversible High 7 3.5
Note: Scale of Impacts: 1-10 (1-Negligible, 3-Low/Less, 5-Moderate/Medium, 8-High/Significant, 10-Adverse Impact)
195
Table 4.11: Characteristics of Environmental Impacts from Operational Phase
Activity Environmental Attributes
Cause Impact characteristics
Nature Duration Reversibility Significance Without EMP
With EMP
Operation of the sugar mill, cogeneration unit
Air Environment Operation of boilers, sugar production
Direct, Negative
Long - Term Reversible High 8 3
Noise Environment
Noise generation from the industrial operations
Direct, Negative
Long - Term Reversible High 7.5 3.5
Water Environment (surface and Ground)
Generation of wastewater
Direct, Negative
Long - Term Reversible Medium 7 4
D.G Set operation
Air Environment Operation of D.G Set during power failure
Direct, Negative
Long - Term Reversible Low 5 1
Noise Environment
Noise generation D.G Set
Direct, Negative
Long - Term Reversible Low 6 1
Greenery Development
Ecology Improvement of local flora and fauna, movement of species
Indirect Positive
Long - Term Irreversible High 7 3
Solid Waste generation
Land/Soil Environment
Solid waste generation, Land contamination
Direct, Negative
Long –Term
Reversible Medium 6 3
Water Environment
Leachate generation,
Direct, Negative
Long –Term Reversible Medium 8 3
196
(Surface and Ground)
Land contamination
Aesthetics Odour nuisance In Direct, Negative
Long –Term Reversible Medium 6 2
Health Degradation of Solid waste, attraction
of flies
Direct, Negative
Long –Term Reversible Medium 6 2
STP Sludge generation
Land/Soil Environment
Sludge disposal Direct, Positive
Long –Term Reversible Medium 8 4
Sewage
generation Water Environment (Surface and Ground)
Domestic activities from Dwelling units
Direct, Positive
Short –Term Reversible High 6 3
Aesthetics Odour nuisance/Improper
In Direct, Negative
Short –Term Reversible Medium 6 4
Health Disposal of Sewage Direct, Negative
Short –Term Reversible High 4 2
D.G/ machinery
Land/Soil Environment
Used oil generation
Direct, Negative
Short –Term Reversible Low 8 2
Vehicular
traffic
Air Environment Vehicle operation and fuel combustion
Direct, Negative
Short –Term Reversible Medium 6 2
Noise Environment Noise generation from vehicles
Direct, Negative
Short –Term Reversible Low 6 2
Quality of
Life
Socio- Economic Employment generation, Quality
of life, In-flow of
funds in the
region, Increase in
housing
accommodation
In Direct, Positive
Long - Term Irreversible High 6 2
Storm water Run-off
Land Environment Flooding Direct, Negative
Long - Term Reversible Medium 6 2
Note: Scale of Impacts: 1-10 (1-Negligible, 3-Low/Less, 5-Moderate/Medium, 8-High/Significant, 10-Adverse Impact)
197
Chapter-5
Analysis of alternatives
(Technology and site)
5.1 Siting of Project
5.1.1 Environmental Guidelines
Setting restrictions for the project depend on the sensitivity of the surrounding
environment. Sensitivity of the project site should be assessed in relation to its
proximity to the ecologically sensitive places. As per MoEF guidelines, following
aspects are to be considered while selecting the site:
1. Land procured should be minimum but sufficient to provide for greenbelt. If
treated effluent is to be utilized for irrigation, additional agricultural land is to be
made available.
2. Enough space for storing solid waste.
3. Layout and form of the project must confirm to the landscape of the area without
affecting the existing scenic features.
4. If associated township of the project is to be created, it must provide space for
phyto-graphic barrier between project and township and also should take into
account of wind direction.
5. The site should not be in migration route.
6. It should not interfere with the natural water course
7. Forest, agriculture and fertile and other specified lands to be avoided.
8. The following distances maintained between the project and specified location.
Estuaries: 200 m
Flood plains of riverian systems: 500 m
Highways and Railways: 500 m
Streams and rivers used for drinking water supply: 1500 m
Ecological and/or otherwise sensitive areas: 15 km
5.1.2 General Criterion for Selection Of Location
The general criterion for site selection is:
Accessibility for easy disposal of effluents.
Proximity to availability of perennial water supply, raw materials, skilled and
unskilled manpower.
Access to power supply from KPTCL/ own captive generation.
Further important details to be checked up about the site are:
Soil conditions
198
Contour survey
Rainfall in the area
Ground water resources / potential
Weather conditions, maximum and minimum temperature, humidity etc.
Seismographic soundness of the place.
5.1.3 Site Requirement and Proposed Location
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit is a fully integrated sugar industry
consisting of 6500 TCD sugar plant, 18.14 MW co-gen power plant and 50 KLD
distillery plant at Krishnanagar Village , Hosur Post, Vijayapur Taluk and District,
Karnataka State. Based on the above guidelines location and site has been selected.
The industry possesses a total of 240 Acre land and this includes 118.28 Acre open
land meant for future expansion.
i. Availability of raw material/fuel
Sugar is available in plenty in the surrounding areas from the local farmers. Bagasse
which is a byproduct of the sugar industry is the fuel for the power plant. Molasses
another byproduct of sugar industry is the raw material for the distillery unit. During
normal operation of the industry the bagasse available from sugar industry is
sufficient to run the boilers during the crushing season. Shortage of fuel if any during
off odd conditions will be met through agro wastes such as sugarcane thrashes.
During off-season also, left over bagasse will be used to maintain sustained burning in
the boiler.
ii. Availability of water supply
The industry has obtained permission to draw water from Almatti dam/Krishna
river. The availability of water from the source is found to be adequate to meet the
requirement of the industry.
iii. Effluent disposal
The effluent generated from the sugar complex is proposed to be treated on-site
within the industry premises itself. Treated effluent is used on land for development
of greenery and sugarcane.
iv. Availability of infrastructural facility
Industrial infrastructural facilities such as roads, transport, security, water, power,
administration etc. are available at the site. Community facilities such as quarters,
medical services, education and training facility etc. will be provided.
199
5.2 Environmental Features of Site
The industry is proposed to be located in Krishnanagar Village, Hosur Post, Vijayapur
Taluk and District in Karnataka State. Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium enterprises
has classified Vijayapur as industrially backward area.
The area experiences a dry climate. Summer temperature is high touching 390C. There
are no eco-sensitive locations such as bio-sphere, mangrove, protected forest, National
parks etc. or environmental sensitive locations such as protected monuments,
historical places within 10 km from the site. However river Don is present at 35 km
from the site.
5.3 Technology/ Process
The process selection is done based on the following considerations:
1. Least stress on resources including raw materials and utilities
2. Reduce, Recycle and Reuse of wastes
3. Least or no pollution from the industry
4. Least or no risk to human and property
5. Least or no adverse impacts on environment
The technology options for the proposed plant were considered based on efficient
utilization of raw materials, fuel and water along with efficiency in power generation.
5.4 No Project Option
No project option is considered mainly with respect to:
1. Utilization of natural resources
2. Environmental impacts, harmful or beneficial
3. Benefits of the industry to the society
The project is proposed mainly for the purpose of best utilization of agro waste bio-
mass such as bagasse and sugarcane thrash to produce power. This product is
environmental friendly and is essential commodity as indicated below. The power is
an essential and scarce resource to the mankind and country.
The proposed project will not cause depletion of natural resources or the significant
adverse impacts on environment. On the contrary, it will produce value added
resources such as bio energy. Hence, “No Project Option” is not considered.
200
Chapter – 6
Environmental Monitoring Program
6.1 Introduction
The objective of this study is to minimize or off-set the adverse impacts that due to this
project. Various mitigation measures are designed and described. In operation phase we
shall have to check continuously as to (1) whether our measures are being operated as per
design and (2) whether the resultant impacts are within the tolerance limits. This can happen
only if we have a specialized cell, higher management support for the cell, adequate
funding, support of library-laboratory, open dialogue corridor with all the stake-holders
and authorities, and if the success indicators are in agreement with our findings.
Documentation is necessary along with periodic Reporting to factory management and
statutory authorities such as MoEF, SPCB, factory inspectorate etc.
It is proposed to frame an Environmental Monitoring program both in Construction and
Operational stages to monitor the effectiveness of the mitigation measures by judging the
impact on environment. A separate budget is proposed for the same as also a dedicated Cell
is proposed. A transparent approach will be kept with documentation and reporting with
statistical treatment to the data. Checklist of Statutory Obligations will be maintained and
compliance with it will be monitored.
A chemical or process industry in general produces solid, liquid and gaseous wastes, which
are discharged to the environment. These discharges pollute receiving media such as air,
water and land which in turn harm living beings and property. The waste product may
contain one or more chemical constituents. It is the responsibility of the industries to prevent
or minimize the discharges of waste products by adopting suitable control measures in the
factory to avoid harm to the environment. The effectiveness of such measures is ascertained
by systematic monitoring of discharges at factory level and at receiving level. Systematic
monitoring of various environmental parameters is to be carried out on regular basis to
ascertain the following;
Pollution status within the plant and in its vicinity.
Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.
Effectiveness of pollution control measures and control facilities.
To assess environmental impacts.
To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical;
6.2 Monitoring Plan
The routine monitoring program as indicated below is proposed. Also monitoring
facilities will be provided for stack emissions from boilers.
Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense
importance to assess the status of environment during plant operation. The
knowledge of baseline status and monitored data is an indicator to ascertain for any
201
deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the plant. Based on
these data, suitable mitigation steps could be taken in time to safeguard the
environment. Monitoring is as important as that of pollution control since the
efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. A
comprehensive monitoring system in the industry is detailed below.
Air Pollution and Metrological Aspects
Both ambient air quality and stack emissions are monitored. The parameters
monitored are SPM, NOx and SO2. The ambient air is monitored as per the guidelines
of Central Pollution Control Board. Existing online monitoring for stack as
recommended by CPCB is already in place, photographs of the same is enclosed as
Annexure- 15
Water and Wastewater Quality
All the effluents emanating from the plant are monitored for their physico-chemical
characteristics and heavy metals. In addition ground water samples surrounding the
hazardous waste storage area are monitored. Existing online monitoring for ETP
treated water as recommended by CPCB is already in place, photographs of the same
is enclosed as Annexure- 15
Noise Levels
Noise levels in the work zone environment are monitored once a month.
6.3 Sampling Schedule and Locations
The solid, liquid or gases discharges from the factory are analyzed at the sampling
points indicated below by the factory as self-monitoring system. Post Project
Monitoring Plan with environmental attributes and schedule of monitoring is given in
Table 6.1.
Table 6.1: Post project monitoring schedule
Sl. No. Particulars Location Frequency
1 Ambient air quality for SPM, SO2 and NOx
2 no’s downwind direction and one each in upward and crosswind direction.
24 hrs sample, half yearly
2 Flue gases from stack for SPM, SO2 and NOx
Sampling port of chimney
Monthly
3 Wind and weather wind velocity & direction
At site Hourly
4 Temperature (max & min) Humidity (max & min)
At site Daily (day & night)
5 Ground water drinking water standards
Down flow direction: 2 no.s, Near lagoon: 1 no., Agri land tilizing
Quarterly
202
treated effluent: 1 no. Near quarters: 1 no.
6 Soil - organic & inorganic matter
At site Pre & post monsoon
7 Effluent water Final discharge point Daily
8 Noise level, work zone (hourly)
6 locations Monthly
9 Water utilization, m3/d For process, domestic, cooling and boiler
Daily
10 Power utilization For air pollution control facility (ESP) and for ETP
Daily
6.4 Laboratory Facilities
Laboratory is proposed with manpower and facilities for self-monitoring of pollutants
generated in the industry and also its effects on the receiving soil, water body and
atmosphere. The list of laboratory facilities to be provided in the industry is given in
Table 6.2. The laboratory is equipped with instruments and chemicals required for
monitoring following pollution parameters.
For water
pH , temperature, BOD, C.O.D, T.D.S, Cl, SO2, PO3, N, Na, K, D.O., Fe, Cr, Ca, Mg,
F, Pb, etc.
For gases
Velocity, Temperature, SPM, SO2 , NOX and CO from the stack
SPM, SO2, NOx, RSPM, from ambient air.
Meteorology
Wind speed and direction, temperature, relative humidity and rainfall.
Table 6.2: List of laboratory equipment’s proposed
Air quality
High volume sampler
Meteorological station (continuous)
Spectrophotometer (Visible range)
Sound level meter
Water and soil quality
pH meter
Conductivity Meter
Turbidity Meter
Dissolved oxygen apparatus
Flame photometer
Kjedhal Assembly
Microscope
Muffle Furnace
Soxhlet apparatus
BOD incubator
COD reflux set
Spectrophotometer
General
Distilled water plant
Balances
Magnetic Stirrer
Refrigerator
Drying Oven
Balances
203
Centrifuge
A set of chemicals, glass ware and apparatus
Bacteriological analysis
Autoclave
Bacteriological Incubator
6.5 Compliances to Environmental Statutes
This industry is law-abiding and the Environmental Statutes are proposed to be
complied with letter and spirit.
Submission of half-yearly compliance to SEIAA Karnataka, Department of
Environment and Ecology, Govt. of Karnataka and the APCCF, Regional Office,
MoEF, Bengaluru.( Latest half yearly Compliance report for Environmental
Clearance Issued by Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change, is
enclosed as Annexure- 5)
Carrying out “Environmental Audit Statement” of various environmental aspects,
review the environmental policies with the help of experts and make the up
gradation /changes accordingly.
Submission of the “Environmental Statement” to the State Pollution Control
Board in Form V under Rule 14 of the Environment (Protection) Second
Amendment Rules 1992 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
Renewal of Consent to Operate under the Water and Air Acts.
Filing the Cess returns to the State PCB under the Water (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977.
Renewal of the Hazardous Waste Authorization under sub-rule 3 of the
Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989.
6.6 Monitoring Of Compliances to Statutory Conditions
Environmental clearance from KSPCB and MOEF is always accompanied by the
specified terms and conditions. Necessary measures are taken to comply with these
conditions. Environmental Cell and the associated staff monitor the compliances
regularly.
6.7 Financial Allocation for Environmental Aspects
Table 6.3: Financial allocation/budgetary provisions for environmental
management aspects
Sl.no. Particulars Amount in Lakhs
1
Capital Investment on EMP facilities 500.00 Air Pollution Control
Water pollution Control
204
Laboratory & Monitoring Green Belt & greenery development , rain water harvesting , landscape development
2 CSR activity 1780.00 Sl.no. Particulars Amount in Lakhs
3
Recurring Cost of Operation & Maintenance
75.00
Air pollution Control
Water Pollution Control
Greenery , water harvesting and land scape maintenance
Laboratory & Monitoring of Environmental Quality
Occupational health & safety
Total Recurring cost 75.00
6.8 Success Indicators
The success of the sincere and honest efforts put in, will be judged by various
indicators, such as;
No complaint from the villagers regarding transfer of lands.
No complaint f rom the customers regarding quality of product and delivery
schedule.
No complaints from Government or Non-Government Authorities and Public.
Statistics of Health, Safety and Environment maintained.
Other Promoters come to seek our advice.
Demonstration to others for rainwater harvesting, environmental status report,
environmental statements (annually), cess returns (monthly), groundwater
recharging, sand-substitute ash, plastic-free packing, care for disabled etc.
205
Chapter – 7
Additional Studies
7.1 Public Hearing and Consultation
Amendment of the Environmental Impact Notification No. S.O. 60 (E) dated
27.01.1994, issued by the MoEF, Govt. of India has made mandatory under Schedule-I
of EIA notification for 30 different activities to obtain NOC (No Objection Certificate)
from the State Pollution Control Board and Environmental Clearance from the
Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Govt. of India. This amendment to the
EIA Notification is effective from 14.09.2006. It is in this context that all such activities
need to prepare Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report and also appear
before Public Hearing to ascertain the response of Public for the project based on the
General and Specific conditions in the said notification.
The project is expansion of the co-gen power plant from 18.14 MW to 62.14 MW in the
sugar plant from 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD. The industry is agro based and located in
rural area. No additional land or sanction of additional water is needed to the project.
Further, the extent of resources utilized and pollution load generated is limited.
The 1st Public hearing was conducted in 2008 at Hosur Village, Vijayapur Taluk and
District for Expansion of Sugar plant from 3500TCD to 6500 TCD and installation of
50 KLPD Distillery.
In order to ascertain the concern of the local persons who have plausible stake in the
environmental impact of this project, the Proponents conducted interaction with some
of the local people and farmers during February 2016 at the time of Environmental
Clearance application, as sample survey. These interactions were oral and informal
not as a part of statutory requirement. The interviews generally brought out the
following points.
In existing Sugar units, proponents are working well to give benefit to the local
people.
The payment of cane is satisfactory, as also the weighment
No odor or noise nuisance is felt.
Local persons are employed and benefited.
With proposed expansion of the power plant they expect improved price for their
sugar cane.
It is however, necessary to see that no dust nuisance is created by the industry.
Employment and contract works should be given to local persons only.
206
The Public were satisfactory for the expansion project, both public and Proponents
were are generally comfortable with each other for expansion .
However Environment Appraisal Committee (EAC), in continuation with the meeting
held at Delhi on 15-06-2017 has issued Terms of Reference (TOR) vide letter no. F. No:
J-11011/110/2017- IA. II (I) dated 19th July 2017 to conduct public hearing.
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit (NSSKN) after finalizing the draft
EIA report, approached Karnataka State Pollution Control Board to conduct the
Environmental Public Hearing as per Notification.
The Karnataka State Pollution Control Board issued Paper Notification in State level
leading Kannada daily newspaper Prajavani and leading English daily newspaper
The Hindu on 06-09-2017 and also issued Paper Notification in District level local
newspaper Satya Kranti on 07-09-2017 regarding the proposed project by inviting
objections/suggestions from the bonafide residents, NGO’s, Environmentalists and
general public who are affected from the proposed project, either by attending the
public hearing/in writing/by e-mail to KSPCB and Chairman & Deputy
Commissioner, Vijayapura District, (Earlier: Bijapur District) of public hearing panel.
The Environmental Public Hearing commenced at 11.00 AM on 07-10-2017 in the
factory premises, the welcome speech was given by the Environmental Officer,
Regional Office, KSPCB, Vijayapura, the Deputy Commissioner, Vijayapura
addressed the gathering and explained the need of conducting Environmental Public
Hearing for the proposed expansion for public. On behalf of our company, a
representative of M/s. ULTRA-TECH Environmental Consultancy and Laboratory,
Thane, Mumbai, made technical presentation of the proposed project in Kannada
language. In the presentation it was informed in detail about the history and activities
of the company, total extent of land available, availability of raw material, sources of
water, existing Sugar Cane Crushing and Co-generation Power Plant, products
manufactured and by products generation, mode of collection and its disposal, waste
water generation and its mode of treatment and disposal and air pollution sources
and the control measures adopted in the unit. The consultant also explained the likely
impacts on the environment that could arise from the proposed expansion project
through prediction studies and by compiling the base line data collected within a
distance of 10.00 KM radius on Air, Water and Noise qualities, ecology of the area and
socio-economic details.
After the detailed presentation by the consultant, the Environmental Officer, KSPCB,
Vijayapura invited the public who were present at the meeting to express their
comments/views/suggestions on the proposed expansion project.
207
Table 7.1 below details the persons who came up with their opinions/ suggestions/
comments or views along with the reply and Budget allocation for the issues raised
during the Public Hearing on the proposed expansion, the copy of the Public Hearing
minutes, approved by the Deputy Commissioner, Vijayapura and approved letter
from KSPCB, is enclosed as Annexure – 17 of this EIA Report.
After the public’s comments/views/suggestions, the Deputy Commissioner &
Chairman of the Environmental Public Hearing Panel while addressing the meeting
said that the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting will be forwarded to the
Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India for
further action. Finally the meeting concluded with vote of thanks.
208
Table 7.1 Compliance to Public hearing with action plan
Sl.
No
Name Suggestions/ Objections/ Comments raised
before Public hearing
Reply given by M/s Nandi Sahakari
Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit
Budget Allocations
1 Sri.
Chandrashek
har Irappa
Immannavar,
Resident of
Kanabur
Village.
He said that he is the resident of Kanabur
Village, which is two Kms away from the
factory site. Previously, public hearing had
been conducted for the enhancement of
factory’s crushing capacity from 3500 TCD to
6500 TCD with Co-gen plant along with
Ethanol plant. At present, the factory is
working with capacity of 6500 TCD with co-
gen plant along with Ethanol Plant; there is
no any pollution problem. In this factory, so
many trees have been grown up to avoid the
pollution problems.
Since inception the factory had grown up 50
to 100 numbers of trees. From 1992 to 2016,
totally 11,820 trees and during the year 2017,
950 numbers of trees have been taken up for
grown up. Hence, he briefed that the
Environment Clearance has to be considered
in respect of the factory for establishment of
new plant of sugar along with co-gen unit.
The project proponent informed that
there is 38% of greenery development in
the factory premises with 3 row
plantation, a total of 10 mts buffer is
provided for the plantation of trees (i. e
Between the Factory boundary to the
Industry), and now also the factory
gives very much importance for
greenery development as this will
mitigate pollution to some extent.
Also, the industry has taken all
necessary preventive measures and is
adopting new technologies to mitigate
even the small effects which may be
caused by the industrial activities.
The factory intends
to plant 400 to 500
saplings every year
and is ready to spend
a sum of Rs.2.5 Lakhs
to 5.5 lakhs for
greenery
development every
year.
The factory has
allotted a sum of Rs.
100 lakhs for
greenery
development to the
nearby villages
which will be carried
out in next 5 years
(by the end of 2023).
2 Sri. He said that this village is 3 Km away from M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support The proponent have
209
Govindappa
A. Jakaraddi,
Resident of
Badagi
Village.
the river. During 25 years back, Factory has
been established. For the establishment of
the factory, so many honourable people are
rendered their services for development of
this factory. Our village is having about
14,000 Acres of Sugarcane grown area, out of
those 800 acres of land, sugar cane is
supplying to this factory. Remaining others
area of land’s sugarcane is supplying to the
neighbouring other factories. In our village,
sugarcane yield is having about 80 to 100
metres Per acre. Since last 25 years, our
factory is crushing its sugarcane; there is no
any pollution problem for men and animals.
Therefore, he explained that Environmental
Clearance for the factory’s proposed
establishment of 6000 to 15000 TCD along
with Co-gen plant has to be granted by the
concerned authorities.
and encouragement for the proposed
expansion, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
Project proponent assured that
expansion of the proposed industry will
satisfy sugarcane growing farmers
problem and shall assure suitable price
for sugarcane accordingly.
made Investment on
the expansion project
for Rs. 35,500 Lakhs,
hence propose
expansion shall solve
the framers problem
3 Sri. Basavaraj
K. Jambagi,
Resident of
Linganur
Village.
He expressed that the 75% area of this
factory’s area, Sugar cane is supplying to this
factory and remaining 25% of this area,
sugarcane is supplying to the neighbouring
sugar factories. This is a co-operative sugar
factory named as Nandi Sahakari Sakkare
Karkhane Niyamit having its own name and
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support
and encouragement for the proposed
expansion, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
Project proponent assured that
The proponent have
made Investment on
the expansion project
for Rs. 35,500 Lakhs ,
hence propose
expansion shall solve
the framers problem
210
fame in the state and National level. There is
no any pollution problem. Hence, it’s
requested for establishment of sugar plant
along with Co-gen plant has to be granted by
the concerned authorities.
expansion of the proposed industry will
satisfy sugarcane growing farmers
problem and shall assure suitable price
for sugarcane accordingly.
4 Sri.
Shrishailappa
C. Tuppad,
Resident of
Jainapur
Village
He said that though our grownup sugarcane
is having more than 11% recovery, since 25
years, our growers are facing a problem of
supplying of sugar cane at this factory. Only
50% of grown up sugarcane of this area is
supplying to this factory. Hence, there is no
any pollution problem for establishment of
sugar plant capacity of 6000 to 15000 TCD
along with Co-gen unit. Kindly consider the
request for issuance of Environmental
clearance to the factory.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support
and encouragement for the proposed
expansion, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
Project proponent assured that
expansion of the proposed industry will
satisfy sugarcane growing farmers
problem and shall assure suitable price
for sugarcane accordingly.
The proponent have
made Investment on
the expansion project
for Rs. 35,500 Lakhs,
hence propose
expansion shall solve
the framers excess
cane growing &
improve their
financial & social life.
5 Sri. Jagadish
R Hiredesai,
Resident of
Jainapur
Village.
He opinion that since my childhood, this
factory is Kamadenu. Initially from 2500 to
3500, 3500 to 5000 TCD the factory has
enhanced its crushing capacity of sugar plant
along with co-gen plant and as ethanol plant.
There is no any environmental pollution. At
present, around our village and as well as
factory, growing of sugarcane area is
increased every year. Therefore, factory’s
The project proponent thanked for
praising the factory, all support and
encouragement for the proposed
expansion project.
211
required environmental clearance for
expanding its crushing capacity along with
co-gen plant has to be granted by the
pollution Board.
6 Sri. Kallappa
Nyamgouda
Resident of
Gani village.
He said that there are eleven points to be
described here on behalf of the factory for
enhancing its crushing capacity along with
co-gen plant. This factory has developed all
the measures of pollution of air and water.
This factory has taken up for development
activities like education, economic and social
for its sugarcane suppliers, grower members
and as well as its employees. In this area,
sufficient sugarcane is available in and
around this factory and also this factory is
paying best price to the sugarcane suppliers
at its own practice directly crediting the
sugarcane bill to the sugarcane grower’s
bank account. Hence, the regular payment to
the sugarcane suppliers, growers is
developed economically by this factory.
Therefore, the proposed project of
enhancement of sugar plant along with co-
gen plant’s environmental clearance has to
be granted by the concerned authorities.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support
and encouragement for the proposed
expansion.
The factory have been frequently
undertaken CSR activities and shall
extend the same by encouraging,
supporting and funding for education,
socio-economic development, welfare of
people, rural health & hygiene. Factory
has created sustainable rural
employment for youths.
The Company will be
in support of the
villages in and
around the factory in
many activities under
CSR Management
has planned to invest
Rs 1780 Lakhs as a
part of CSR Activity
for next five years.
7 Sri. Suresh He said that he is having the 8 acres of land The industry is operating with the EC The management
212
Dundappa
Kodabagi,
Resident of
Jambagi
Village.
nearby to the compound of the factory at the
backside. Since 1992 to, till date molasses,
polluted water of the factory is flowing in
my land. Due to these problems, earlier
factory has given the compensation and also
made its repaired in my land installing 10”
of pipe line to avoid the flowing of molasses
and polluted water. Since 1996 to till this
date, my facing of problems about the
flowing of molasses and as well as polluted
water, the board of directors have already
taken up steps to avoid the problems of
flowing of molasses and polluted water by
paying the compensation to me. Today, I
brought one bottle of pollutred water along
with C.D., which is flowed and stored in his
land. Handed over the same to the
concerned authority and requested the
authority for physically verification of the
same in his land.
conditions stipulated in EC letter
reference No Letter No. J-
11011/644/2007 - IA II (I) dated
02.09.2008, & Amendment in
Environmental Clearance J-
11011/644/2007 - IA II (I) dated 18.
11.2014 And with CFO of KSPCB vide
Ref No. AW-302311, PCB ID 10497
dated 22.03.2017.
Existing Infrastructure:
As per the conditions given in
Environmental Clearance as well as in
Consent For Operation, we have
established following infrastructure to
cater air and water pollution.
Sugar and co-generation unit
effluent is treated in full-fledged ETP
with extended aeration. Distillery
Spent wash is incinerated in boiler to
cater high COD.
Furthermore, we are submitting half
yearly compliance report to MoEFCC.
We have been monitoring ambient air
quality, stack, water and waste water
already invested a
sum of Rs. 755 Lakhs
for the existing
industry. This
investment initiated
towards pollution
control activities with
a good intention to
maintain pollution
free environment.
For the proposed
Expansion Project,
the company
earmarked Rs.500
Lakhs, for pollution
control activities out
of the total project
cost of Rs 35,500
Lakhs
213
quality as stipulated in consent
conditions and being submitted to
KSPCB at regular intervals. The analysis
result conforms to prescribed standards.
The respective authorities have visited
our unit and have appreciated our
pollution control efforts. The company
adheres to the norms stipulated by
government agencies and we are
regularly monitoring boiler stacks ,
Ambient air, bore well water , inlet &
outlet water of ETP from third party
agencies once in month, the reports has
submitted to KSPCB also indicates that
we are well within the limits.
Considering all the precautionary
measures been taken and proposed, the
point raised was not compelling. Above
all our unit is ZLD, hence the water
contamination and respective soil
fertility problem will not arise.
8 Sri. Basavaraj
Sahukar,
Resident of
He said that presently the factory has cane
crushed from 2500 to 6000 TCD to till to
date. For setup an expansion project if any,
The project proponent assured that the
industry has taken all necessary
preventive measures to mitigate even
The management
shall earmarked 500
lakhs towards
214
Bidari
Village.
pollution problems arises, the same is to be
solved by the factory and he requested for
enhancement of crushing capacity along
with co-gen unit. Hence, environment
clearance has to be granted to the factory for
the same.
the small effects which may be caused
by industrial activities and also
adopting new technologies to prevent
pollution.
The project proponent thanked for all
the support and encouragement for the
proposed expansion
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
9 Sri.
Shashappa
Shivappa
Hugar,
Resident of
Gulabal
village.
He expressed that the factory’s proposed
enhancing crushing capacity along with Co-
gen unit. He requested to the concerned
authorised for environment clearance to the
factory, at the earliest.
The project proponent thanked him for
his concern to the factory and the
support and encouragement for the
proposed expansion project.
10 Sri. Maulasab
Nanasab
Jagirdhar,
Resident of
Uppaldinni
village.
He remembered and expressed his
gratitude’s to all the founders of the factory
and he has intimated that there is no any
pollution problem for crushing of sugarcane,
Co-gen plant and Ethanol unit. Hence, the
request for the enhancement of its crushing
capacity sugar plant along with Co-gen unit
has to be considered by issuing environment
clearance by your kind selves.
The project proponent thanked him for
his concern to the factory and the
support and encouragement for the
proposed expansion project.
The project proponent shall agree &
assures to take all the necessary steps &
precautionary measures for the
prevention & control of environmental
pollution to meet the sustainable
development.
The management
shall earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
215
11 Sri.
Goudappa
Kallappa
Janawad,
Resident of
Sutagundi
Village.
He opinioned that from the since last three
years, there is a drought, hence, proposed
enhancement of crushing capacity of sugar
plant along with co-gen. The plant has to be
established without deducting any farmer’s
deposit out of his cane bill. Therefore,
environmental clearance has to be issued to
the factory as per their willingness.
The project proponent informed that the
factory is having concern about the
farmers and has assured that timely
bills will clear for cane growers.
The project proponent also informed
loans will be taken from the banks with
minimum interests and from the profit
that will be obtained for the expansion
project will be utilized for the payments
of debts, based on the shareholders and
the farmer’s approvals only money will
collected from there cane bill for the
expansion project.
Indeed the project proponent thanked
him for his concern to the factory and
the support and encouragement for the
proposed expansion project.
The expansion
project cost is
estimated to be Rs.
35500 Lakhs, only the
farmer (shareholders)
who approves to
deduct money from
deposit will only be
collected for
expansion project.
12 Sri.
Venkangouda
Ramanagoud
a Patil,
Resident of
Kanabur
Village.
He expressed that with a slogan as save
Environment and grow Forestry. He states
that this public hearing has to be conducted
during the month of January, then only it
has come to know the exact pollution
problem. Since the last 15 years there is a
problem about flying ash from the factory.
Industry is treating all the waste in a
scientific manner and is not causing any
pollution to the Water and Air. The
project proponent said that regular
environmental monitoring had been
carried out and all environmental
parameters tested are within the limits
The management
shall earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
216
Regarding sort out of these problems,
applicant has already given the plea, but not
yet set-right by the remedies. It results the
effect of problems on the growing sugarcane,
drinking water pond of the animals and bore
well of the growers of surrounding area. By
affecting this environmental problems,
public living the surrounding villages are
moving from their villages for seeking their
livelihood. Therefore, there is a pollution
problem about above the narrated facts.
Kindly look into the matter & verify the
same physically. Do not involve any body’s
impressions with regard to issuance of
environmental clearance to the factory. For
the factory should not deduct the growers
deposit out of his cane bill for the proposed
enhancement capacity of sugar plant.
as stipulated by the Statutory
Authorities.
In this expansion project also industry
has taken all necessary preventive
measures and is adopting new
technologies to mitigate even the small
effects which may be caused by the
industrial activities.
With respect to Fly ash problem raised
by the complainant, the factory is
installing new Electrostatic precipitator
and this will arrest the fly ash almost
completely. The factory has covered
more than 38% of the factory area with
tree plantation and greenery to absorb
carbon dioxide emitted from the
industry and arrest the particulate
matters if emitted.
Thus proponent assured that there will
not be any pollution problem even after
the expansion of industry and The
project proponent informed that the
factory is having concern about the
environment.
217
farmers and has assured that timely
bills will clear for cane growers
13 Sri.
Mahadevapp
a B
Masaraddi,
Resident of
Kanabur
village.
He revealed that the factory’s fly ash has
increased in the pollution and it has resulted
to the effect on the drinking water pond of
the animals and surrounding public bore
well water. Sri. Venkangouda R. Patil, R/o
Kanabur has already intimated the pollution
problems occurred on the drinking water of
animal as well as bore well and road itself.
Regarding elimination of the flying ash, the
General Manager of the factory has assured
to install the machineries. But till this date it
has not been alone and there is no remedy
for withstanding of flying ash in the
pollution. Hence, considering these facts,
there is a pollution problem in and around
the sugar factory villages.
In order to control the air and water
pollution, the company has adopted
latest technologies by making huge
investments on this.
As stated earlier, the industry is not
causing any adverse effect / impact on
Air and Water because of its operations
as the industry is established suitable
treatment schemes for the effluents and
air emissions.
There is no contamination of water in
the nearby villages. The borewell
water is being tested frequently by
KSPCB Officials and through
empanelled Laboratory. The results are
within the norms.
The monitoring of Air Stack is also
being done regularly and the results are
within the norms.
The Boiler ash is being utilised for the
The management
shall earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
218
manufacture of organic manure.
For this expansion project also industry
has taken all necessary preventive
measures and is adopting new
technologies to mitigate even the small
effects which may be caused by the
industrial activities.
14 Sri.
Mansursab
Walikar,
Resident of
Hosur village
He said that his house is nearer to the
compound of the ethanol plant of the
factory. The factory is having a coal yard
nearby to the compound of the factory,
which is adjacent to my house. During the
summer season, if any fire occurs in the coal
yard, our family, is living & having 16
members in the said house. By effecting
ashes of the coal as well as fire ashes, all my
family members’ eye and ear have been
affected. Due to ethanol plant’s polluted
water with composition of molasses in the
bore well water, environmental pollution has
been effected and heavy to my house and
family members. Hence, he requested for
consideration of his plea for compensation.
The project proponent informed that,
the factory following EMP and assures
that necessary safety measures shall be
taken in the coal yard and in the other
area in order to avoid any such fire.
If any such problem occurs to their
family because of factory activities, the
factory concerned officer will visit their
house and investigate the problems and
will take care of it.
In this expansion project also industry
has taken all necessary preventive
measures and is adopting new
technologies to mitigate even the small
effects which may be caused by the
industrial activities.
219
15 Sri.
Murigeppa
Timmappa
Budni,
resident of
Kanabur
village.
He expressed his views that due to the
ethanol plant’s pollution bore well water
gets polluted with molasses. Hence, his
written plea has to be considered by the
concerned authority.
As stated earlier, the industry is not
causing any adverse effect / impact on
Water because of its operations as the
industry is established suitable
treatment schemes for the effluents.
There is no contamination of water in
the nearby villages. The borewell
water is being tested frequently by
KSPCB Officials. The results are within
the norms.
The molasses that is obtained will be
transferred very carefully within the
plant premises and shall be used for
own captive for distillery production for
ethanol, there are existing 06 No’s of
steel storage tanks to store molasses,
and one more is steel tank is proposed
for the expansion project. Hence
pollution of Molasses on Bore well
water is unlikely
The project proponent assures that with
this expansion project the factory will
adopt zero discharge method to avoid
The management
shall earmarks 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment for the
proposed expansion
220
water pollution and also adopt latest
technology and equipment’s to mitigate
all sorts of pollution.
16. Sri. Ashok
Shirabhur,
Resident of
Hosur Village
He informed that his house is behind the
factory compound, and his house is
surrounded by water. And suggested to
verify physically about the Environmental
problem.
M/s NSSKN is having a State-of-the-
Art-Technology for the treatment of
effluents generated from Sugar, Co-
Generation and Distillery Plants. The
treatment schemes and methods
adopted in this industry are most
advanced and scientific which is in
practice in most of the similar
industries. These methods are also
approved and advised by CPCB, MOEF
& CC and KSPCB.
The treatment scheme practiced is based
on the principle of reduce-reuse-recycle
methods which is also an Eco Friendly
Policy of the Government of India for
developmental projects. The industry
adopted “Zero” discharge
environmental concepts for pollution
prevention. The entire waste water
generated in the sugar and co-
generation unit is being treated in
anaerobic reactor followed by extended
The management
shall earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
221
aeration method to get the water quality
suitable for land irrigation. The entire
treated waste water is being utilized
within the industrial premises for
greenery development as well as for the
development of cane in their research
field. There is no ill effect reported with
the application of this water on the
ground, either in the quality of ground
water or in the production of sugarcane
and also in the growth of plantation in
the industry area. Not a single drop of
water is let out from the industrial
premises / farms established by the
industry. Hence, the question of
pollution outside the industry premises
does not arise.
After physical examination, it was
noted that water behind the factory
compound was due to the heavy rains
in this year and not because of factory
discharge, hence the statement given by
Sri. Ashok Shirabhur is not really true,
The bore well water inside the factory
premises are regularly monitored and
222
the results of water indicates that the
quality of water is not affected and
factory people have been making there
every possible effects to protect the
environment and not discharging any
water outside the premises .
17. Sri. R. P.
Kodabagi,
Resident of
Jambagi
Village
He informed that the factory was
commissioned on 1992 and crushing rate is
increased by 2500, 3500, 5000 and 6000TCD
with co-gen plant and ethanol plant for
better price for cane growers. After
commissioning of ethanol plant noise and
dust pollution is increased. The factory’s
East and South side is surrounded by
Krishna Back waters. Fly ash is spreading
over back water of the Krishna River. And
also he said that air, water noise pollution is
not affected to the outer area of the factory.
He is also supporting the statement of Mr.
Venkangouda R. Patil, Kanabur about the air
pollution by the factory, He expressed that
fly ash is affected to the children and animals
of the surrounding area of the factory. Hence
he is opposed to expand the crushing
capacity of the factory.
The industry is functioning as per the
norms stipulated by the Government of
Karnataka and is providing all the
possible facilities to the local region.
Air Emissions from the Chimney is
controlled by ESP which is the most
efficient technology adopted and
practiced. It is capable of removing
99.89% of the emissions of SPM.
Therefore, the dust concentration in the
region is well within the limit
prescribed by the authorities. The
results monitored and reported
regularly are also within the limits as
prescribed by CPCB.
The question of dust does not arise as
the entire solid waste generated is
systematically and scientifically
M/s NSSKN
commits to conduct
regular health camps
and provide
necessary medical
aid to the nearby
villages, the
company have
embarked 120 Lakhs
towards Health care
programs
An amount 15 lakhs
shall exclusively
allocate to the
Jambagi village
alone.
223
disposed. Bagasse obtained in the sugar
unit is used as a fuel at Co Generation
Boiler. Press mud generated is
composted along with spent wash
generated in the distillery in a scientific
manner and supplied to the farmers as
bio manure which is a good soil
nutrient / conditioner.
18.
Sri. Basappa
Mallappa
Chebbi,
Resident of
Mannikeri
Village
He expressed that the proposed crushing
capacity of the factory, which has not been
affected on the environment. Hence consent
for Environment clearance has to be granted
to the factory by the concerned authority.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support
and encouragement for the proposed
expansion, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
The Company will be
in support of the
villages in and
around the factory in
many activities under
CSR and also
providing
employment to the
local people apart
from encouraging
them to do the
contract works of the
industry.
Management has
planned to invest Rs
1780 Lakhs as a part
224
of CSR Activity for
the benefit of the
people.
19. Sri. Noorali
Walikar,
Resident of
Hosur Village
He expressed regarding the problems arised
by Ethanol plant to his residence, which is
located at the backside of the factory. He
sought for compensation from the factory
about his plea.
As stated earlier, there is no
contamination of either ground water or
ambient air due to industrial activity.
However
The project proponent shall agree &
assures to take all the necessary steps &
precautionary measures for the
prevention & control of environmental
pollution to meet the sustainable
development.
The management
shall earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
20. Sri.
Chikkayya
Shankreyya
Mathed,
Resident of
Kanabur
village.
He expresses regarding the fly ash spread
over their village, there is no pollution
created by the existing plant of the factory.
Hence, he said that there is no objection for
expansion project of the factory. He
requested to the concerned authority for
issuing of Environmental clearance.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support
and encouragement for the proposed
expansion, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
Management has
planned to invest Rs
1780 Lakhs as a part
of CSR Activity for
the benefit of the
people.
21. Sri.Sanjugoud
a Patil, ,
Resident of
Kanabur
Village.
He commented that some of the statements
are true and some are false, however the
factory is planning to expand its crushing
capacity without any affect to the
Environment. Hence the factory has to be
granted Environmental Clearance for is
The proposed expansion will be
adapted with latest equipment’s, will be
installed to mitigate Air and Noise
nuisance & will adapt Zero discharge
Method to avoid water pollution , EMP
will be followed Effectively for
Management has
planned to invest Rs
500 Lakhs towards
EMP.
225
expansion project. mitigation of Impact. However project
proponent thanked for the support and
encouragement for the proposed
expansion.
22. Sri. Malappa
Uppar,
Resident of
Kengalgutti
Village.
He expressed to expand the factory’s
crushing capacity and requested to the
concerned authority for clearance of
Environment.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the
support and encouragement for the
proposed establishment, also informed
the factory shall start once all the
statutory clearances have obtained.
The Company is
supporting the
villages in and
around the factory in
many activities under
CSR, the company
has embarked Rs
1780 Lakhs as a part
of CSR Activity
23. Sri.
Govindappa
Rangappagou
da Patil,
Resident of
Korthi Village
He expressed regarding the existing factory
was made both district farmers cane has
been crushed without any difficulty to the
farmers by promoter late Sri. B. T. Patil of
Shirabur with district former leaders. Now
he concluded to expand the crushing
capacity without any adverse effect to the
environment and also requested to the
factory to take the necessary actions to
control the pollution. As such on the
implementation of the upper Krishna
Project, all farmers have been supported for
National project at the lowest cost of the
M/s NSSKN thanked gathering for all
the support and encouragement for the
proposed establishment, and assured
that expansion of the proposed industry
will satisfy sugarcane growing farmers
problem and shall assure suitable price
for sugarcane accordingly.
The project proponent informed the
Gathering that, the proposed expansion
will adapt Zero discharge Method to
avoid water pollution and also latest
equipment’s will be installed to mitigate
The management
shall earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
226
Land. In the same manner, now also
requested to gathered public to support for
implementation of the expansion project
without any objections, which will helped to
outside area farmer to supply excess cane
and finish their sugarcane in time. He once
again requested to the public to support the
agricultural Industry, which has the
backbone of farmers. Lastly ,he said the
slogan as “Jai Jawan Jai Kisan”.Hence there
is no pollution problems and concerned
authority have to be granted the
environment clearance to the factory for its
expansion project.
air and odour nuisance which may be
emitted from the industry.
24. Sri. Sadashiva
Sonnad,
Resident of
Kambagi
Village.
Regarding expansion project he expressed
his view that advantages and disadvantages
of the project may be occurred. However
now our area is going to be irrigated by
implementation of new canals, which has
been implemented by Hon’ble Sri. M. B.
Patil, Irrigation Minister, and Government of
Karnataka. Hence there is no pollution
problem about establishment of crushing
capacity along with co-gen unit of the
factory.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the
support and encouragement for the
proposed expansion, the management
shall take every possible step to mitigate
the pollution.
The management also assured that Job
opportunity will be given to land losers
(submergence area and new canal areas)
of local cane growing farmers.
Management have
agreed to provide 95
% of Job opportunity
to the local people
and also has planned
to invest Rs 500
Lakhs towards EMP
25. Rajeev He expressed his willingness to expand the M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support Management have
227
Jamadar,
Resident of
Giragaon
Village
crushing capacity 6000 TCD to 10000 TCD
which is useful to improve the financial
position as well as create the huge
employment to the youngsters of this
district. Suppose factory has not expanded
its capacity the farmers cane is going to
harvest before 18-20 months which is
directly affected to the farmers’ financial
soundness. And also youngsters are
migrated to other places for seeking
employment for their livelihood.
In our Country, about 70% peoples are
depending on agriculture. Even though, our
farmer’s standard of living is not so much
improved. Hence expansion of project will
meet the farmer’s demands. He is also said
that an undivided Vijayapura District is
having with flowing of five rivers, it is
declared as a drought district.Lastly,
Agricultural based industry is backbone of
the India. If such projects have been
implemented which will pay the more
attractive cane price to the farmers. Hence
there is no any pollution problems about
establishment of crushing capacity along
with co-gen unit of factory.
and encouragement for the proposed
expansion, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
As the sugarcane is being produced in
huge quantity in this region, the
sugarcane growing farmers facing
transportation problem are also not
getting suitable price for sugarcane sale.
Hence expansion of this industry will
enable the sugarcane growing farmers
to get suitable price and solve the
transportation problem.
For the proposed expansion project, the
company requires about 150 employees
additional. Hence, the factory has plans
to give preference to the local educated
people. In addition to this, there are
plans to engage the local people in other
indirect employment opportunities.
agreed to provide 95
% of Job opportunity
to the local people
228
26. Sri.
Hanamantha
gouda
Halagali,
Resident of
Sonna
Village.
He expressed that due to the existing factory
of the Nandi SSKN has been made
satisfactory to all the famers. Hence he has
given consent for implementation of the
expansion project of the factory by issuing
environment clearance to the factory.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support
and encouragement for the proposed
establishment, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
The management assures that
expansion of the proposed industry will
satisfy sugarcane growing farmers
problem and shall assure suitable price
for sugarcane accordingly.
The Company is
supporting the
villages in and
around the factory in
many activities under
CSR, the company
has embarked Rs
1780 Lakhs as a part
of CSR Activity, The
management shall
also earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
27. Sri. Bhimasi
Masaraddi,
Resident of
Kanabur
Village.
He informed that he is having four acres of
land adjacent to the factory premises, even
though there are no pollution problems
during the cane crushing operation of the
factory. Hence there is no pollution problem
about establishment of crushing capacity
along with co-gen unit of the factory.
M/s NSSKN thanked for all the support
and encouragement for the proposed
establishment, also informed the factory
shall start once all the statutory
clearances have obtained.
The Company is supporting the villages
in and around the factory in many
The company has
embarked Rs 1780
Lakhs as a part of
CSR Activity, The
management shall
also earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
229
activities under CSR and shall assure
that industry will take all the necessary
preventive measures to mitigate even
the small effects which may be caused
by industrial activities
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
28. Sri.Vittal
Singa reddy ,
Resident of
Badagi
Village.
He expressed his view to take precautions to
affected farmers by existing ethanol project.
However factory is expanded from 6000 tcd
to 10000tcd, farmers excess cane has been
supplied to the factory in time. If factory has
not implemented the expansion project
which will effected only to 1% or 2%
farmers. Suppose the factory has
implemented the expansion project which
will beneficial to the tune of 98% farmers.
Hence there are no any pollution problems
about establishment of crushing capacity
along with co-gen unit of the factory.
Environmental clearance has to be granted
by the concerned authority to the factory.
M/s NSSKN assures to take all the
necessary steps & precautionary
measures for the prevention & control
of environmental pollution to meet the
sustainable development.
The proposed factory will adapt latest
equipment’s will be installed to mitigate
Air and Noise nuisance & EMP will be
followed Effectively. Hence there will
not be any adverse impacts on
surrounding area of the factory.
The management assures that
expansion of the proposed industry will
satisfy sugarcane growing farmers
problem and shall assure suitable price
for sugarcane accordingly.
The project proponent also thanked for
all the support and encouragement for
The proposed
expansion will have a
Total Investment of
35500 Lakhs, all the
efforts will be made
to buy cane from
local cane growers in
the neighbouring
villages, however
management shall
also earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
230
the proposed establishment, also
informed the factory shall start once all
the statutory clearances have obtained
29. Sri.
Chanabasu
Singareddy,
Resident of
Badagi
Village.
He expressed that some farmers are
opinioned regarding existing ethanol
pollutants. He requested to the Management
of the factory to solve the concerned affected
farmers problems by mutual discussion.
Hence there is no pollution problem about
establishment of crushing capacity along
with co-gen unit of the factory. and accord
the environment clearance for setting up of
expansion project of the factory.
M/s NSSKN has agreed to intervene the
problem and will assure to take all the
necessary steps & precautionary
measures for the prevention & control
of environmental pollution to meet the
sustainable development. The proposed
expansion project will adapt latest
equipment’s will be installed to mitigate
Air and Noise nuisance & EMP will be
followed Effectively. Hence there will
not be any adverse impacts on
Childrens, or animals of the
surrounding area of the factory.
Efforts will be made
to maintain
sustainable
Environment,
hoverer
Management shall
have earmarked 500
lakhs towards
pollution control
activities with a good
intention to maintain
pollution free
environment.
30. Sri.
Manjunath S.
Albal,
Resident of
Janawad
Village
He expressed his views about this area
farmers conditions before Nandi SSKN
Existing Sugar Plant. That is on those days
formers had growing jawar and cotton due
to this situation farmers financial conditions
are weak. And also standard of living is
lower. After Nandi SSKN Existing plant
commissioning only this area farmers
financial conditions and standard of living is
M/s NSSKN assures to take all the
necessary steps & precautionary
measures for the prevention & control
of environmental pollution to meet the
sustainable development.
The proposed expansion will adapt
latest equipment’s will be installed to
mitigate Air, water and Noise nuisance
The Company is in
support the villages
in and around the
factory, The
management
earmarks 500 lakhs
exclusively towards
pollution control
activities to maintain
231
improved. However, existing ethanol project
may cause air and water pollutants to some
surrounding farmers. Even though he
requested to the Chairman of the Public
hearing meeting to grant the environmental
clearance for expansion project of the
factory.
& EMP will be followed Effectively.
Hence there will not be any adverse
impacts on surrounding area of the
factory.
The project proponent also thanked for
all the support and encouragement for
the proposed establishment, also
informed the factory shall start once all
the statutory clearances have obtained
pollution free
environment.
232
7.2 Risk Assessment, Hazards Management and Disaster Management
Plan (DMP)
Rapid development of the industries has posed wide-ranging hazards threatening
safety and health of people. Accidents may adversely affect the environment and the
people living in the vicinity. These accidents can be minimized to a great extent by
proper procedures, handling and training. But it may be difficult to reach zero risk or
absolute safety level. Whenever such incidents do occur in order to prevent loss of
lives and damage to property, it becomes necessary to take immediate steps to control
the situation. This can be achieved through a planned advance preparation to face
such a situation with respect to on site emergencies.
7.2.1 Occupational Health and Safety
Occupational health and safety risks that must be considered by the employer arise
from normal functions and operations and during unusual circumstances such as
accidents and incidents. The employer is responsible for implementing appropriate
national and internationally recognized OHS standards, codes and guidelines.
Occupational Health
Occupational health needs attention both during construction and operation phases.
However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.
Construction Phase
The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to
constructional accident and noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to
arrangements to reduce it within Threshold Limit Value's, personal protective
equipment’s will also be supplied to workers.
Hot Materials - High temperatures can cause fatigue and dehydration. Direct IR
radiation also poses a risk to sight. Precautionary measures for prevention and control
of exposure to hot materials include the following:
Shielding the surfaces where close contact with hot equipment or splashing
from hot materials is expected;
Implementing safety buffer zones to separate areas where hot materials and
items are handled or temporarily stored. Rail guards around those areas will
be provided, with interlocked gates to control access to areas during operations
Using appropriate PPE (e.g. insulated gloves and shoes, goggles to protect
against IR and ultraviolet radiation, and clothing to protect against heat
radiation);
Implementation of work rotations providing regular work breaks, access to a
cool
233
Heavy Loads / Grinding & Cutting / Rolling - Lifting and moving heavy loads at
elevated heights using cranes presents a significant occupational safety hazard in
construction phase. Measures taken to prevent and control potential worker injury
include the following;
Clear signage in all transport corridors and working areas;
Appropriate design and layout of facilities to avoid crossover of different
activities and flow of processes;
Implementation of specific load handling and lifting procedures, including:
Description of load to be lifted (dimensions, weight, position of center of
gravity)
Specifications of the lifting crane to be used (maximum lifted load, dimensions)
Train staff in the handling of lifting equipment’s and driving mechanical
transport devices
The area of operation of fixed handling equipment (e.g. cranes, elevated
platforms) will not cross above worker and pre-assembly areas;
Material and product handling will remain within restricted zones under
supervision;
Regular maintenance and repair of lifting, electrical and transport equipment
will be conducted.
Prevention and control of injuries related to grinding and cutting activities, and use
of scrap, include the following:
Locating machine-tools at a safe distance from other work areas and from
walkways;
Conducting regular inspection and repair of machine-tools, in particular
protective shields and safety devices /equipment;
Training staff to properly use machines-tools, and to use appropriate
personal protection equipment (PPE).
Musculoskeletal disorders - are injuries that affect muscles, tendons, ligaments and
nerves. These injuries can develop when the same muscles are used over and over
again or for a long time without taking time to rest. The chance of getting this type
of injury increases if the force exerted is high and/or the job requires an awkward
posture. Some examples of musculoskeletal disorders include back pain, tendonitis
and tenosynovitis.
Preventing musculoskeletal disorders requires recognition, assessment and control of
the hazards that cause them. Keep in mind that the most knowledgeable person about
problems with a job is usually the person doing it.
234
Illumination at project site has following measures;
Covered / enclosed areas shall be well illuminated.
Specific area illumination will be provided in the working area as required.
Noise - Noise is not a new hazard. Too much noise exposure may cause a temporary
change in hearing (ears may feel stuffed up) or a temporary ringing in ears (tinnitus).
These short- term problems usually go away within a few minutes or hours after
leaving the noise. However, repeated exposures to loud noise can lead to permanent,
incurable hearing loss or tinnitus. Removing hazardous noise from the workplace
whenever possible and using hearing protectors/ear plugs/ear muffs in those
situations where dangerous noise exposures have not yet been controlled or
eliminated.
The following noise mitigation measures will be implemented;
Acoustic enclosures will be provided
Ear plugs will be provided for the employees working near the noise prone
areas.
Extensive greenbelt will further mitigate the noise levels.
7.2.2 Health and Safety Measures for the Workers
Buildings and structures: No walls, Chimneys, Galleries, Stairways, Floor, Platform,
Staging or structure whether of a permanent or temporary character will be
constructed in such manner as to cause risk or bodily injury.
Provision of crawling boards etc: No person will be required to stand to pass over or
work on or near by any roof of ceiling cover with fragile material through which he is
liable to fall, in case it breaks or gives away the distance for more than 3 meters
without use of sufficient number of suitable ladders, duck ladders or crawling boards
which are securely support.
Service platforms: Whenever practicable and demanded service platforms and
gangways will be provided for overhead shafting, and where required by him
these will be securely fence with guardrails and toe boards.
Belts, etc: All belts will be regularly examined to injure that the joints are safe and the
belts are proper tension.
Helmets: Helmets will be provided to the workers for safe guarding themselves
against any head injuries.
Machinery: No machineries or equipment’s will be situated, operated or maintained
in such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
Methods of work: No process of work will be carried out in such a manner as to
cause risk of bodily injury.
235
Electricity: No electricity installation will be provided during construction so as
to be dangers to human life or safety.
A full time doctor and a paramedical staff will be made available round the clock at
site.
Fully equipped emergency Ambulance van will be provided at site round the clock.
Tie ups with local leading hospitals will be worked out. Pre-employment
medical examination will be conducted.
All workers will be medically re-examined once in a year w.r.t occupational health
like Lung Function test, Audiometric test, heat stress etc. depending upon the worker
& the exposure.
Medical surveillance will be conducted for each employee & medical records shall be
maintained.
First aid facilities will be provided. The medical records of each employee will be
maintained separately. Based on the employees working area conditions, required
medical tests will be conducted.
Eye test for crane operators & vehicle drivers will be conducted at least once in a year.
First aid facilities will be made available at each & all the production facilities,
canteen, office building, Weigh Bridge, DG room, Pump house etc.
7.2.3 Safety of Personnel
Suitable personnel-protective-equipment/devices will be given to employees / staff
/ workers/ construction laborers depending upon their nature and magnitude/
intensity of work and are as follows:
Industrial Safety Helmet;
Crash Helmets;
Face shield with replacement acrylic vision;
Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends;
Welders equipment for eye and face protection;
Cylindrical type earplug;
Ear muffs;
Canister Gas mask;
Self-contained breathing apparatus;
Leather apron;
Line man's safety belt /multipurpose and rescue harness
Leather hand gloves;
Heat resistant hand gloves
Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;
Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;
236
Lead hand gloves;
Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves;
Industrial safety shoes with steel toe; and
Electrical safety shoes without steel toe and gumboots.
Full fledge First Aid facilities will be made available round the clock for
attending emergency arising out of accidents/incidents, if any. All working personnel
will be medically examined at least once in every year and at the end of his term of
employment. This is in addition to the pre-employment medical examination.
Safety Plan of both men and materials during construction and operation
phases is of concern. The preparedness for the occurrence of possible disasters is
known as emergency plan. Keeping in view of the safety requirement during
construction and operation and maintenance, the project proponent would formulate
safety policy with the following regulations:
To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work;
To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account
in the design, construction, operation and maintenance;
To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees;
To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and
clothing, and to ensure their proper use;
To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in
their work which are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;
To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for
making necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of
experience and up- to- date knowledge;
To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of
injuries and illness at work;
To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to
employees in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity
is given to these matters;
To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an
appropriate firefighting service together with training facilities for personnel
involved in this service;
To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident,
sickness and incident involving personal injury or injury to health with a view
to taking corrective, remedial and preventive action;
To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health
and safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;
237
To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common
language of employees;
To prepare separate safety rules for each types of occupation/processes
involved in a project; and
To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable
intervals of all buildings, equipment’s, work places and operations.
OHS surveillance programme
Will be conducted once in a year, the health status report of the for the workers
who are working for the is enclosed as Annexure-13
Involves tests for lung function test, audiometric, visual, chest X-ray, prevailing
illness, height, weight, blood, Urine and asthama.
Responsibility will be from first aid center equipped with 2 full time doctors, 3
paramedical staff, 2 assistants, 2 helpers and ambulance.
Pre-employment Assessment
Employment health examination will involve the following:
Data such as height and weight
A detailed history of previous diseases and occupational exposures.
Past or present history of any allergies including Asthama
Physical examination with special attention to respiratory, dermal and possible
renal problems.
In addition to the items listed above, number of clinical tests will be performed
for records purpose and includes:
Posterior/anterior chest x-ray
Lung function tests
Audiometric testing and
Visual testing
7.2.4 Safety Department
Construction Phase
A qualified and experienced safety officer will be appointed. The responsibilities of
the safety officer includes identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts
of workers and advise on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training
programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to
occupational safety and health. He is also responsible to ensure compliance of Safety
Rules/ Statutory Provisions. In addition to employment of safety officer, every
238
contractor, who employs more than 250 workers, will also employ one safety officer
to ensure safety of the worker, in accordance with the conditions of contract.
Operation Phase
When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers would be in
accordance with the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and
responsibilities would be as defined thereof.
7.2.5 Safety Training
Safety training will be provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty
members Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular
employees, limited contractor labors would also be provided safety training. To create
safety awareness safety films would be shown to workers and leaflets would be
distributed. Some precautions and remedial measures proposed to be adopted to
prevent fires are:
Compartmentation of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of
cable passages and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and
identifying the area of occurrence of fire as well as ensure effective
automatic and manual fire fighting operations;
Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper
zoning and interlocks for alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor
galleries;
Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and
regular fire watching system strengthens fire prevention and firefighting; and
Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured.
7.2.6 Health and Safety Monitoring Plan
All the potential occupational hazardous work places would be monitored
regularly. The health of employees working in these areas would be monitored once
in a year for early detection of any ailment.
Table 7.2: Health Register
Name of the Company: Address:
1. Department Works
2. Name of worker
3. Sex
4. Age (at least birthday)
5. Date of employment on present work
6. Date of leaving or transfer to other work with reasons for discharge or transfer
7. Nature of job or occupation
239
8. Raw materials products or by-products likely to be exposed to
9. Dates of medical examination and results thereof
Dates:
Result : Fit or unfit
10. Signs and symptoms observed during examination
11. Nature of tests and results thereof 1. Spirometry:
2. Pulse Oxymetry:
3. Lungs function test:
12. If declared unfit for work state period of suspension with reasons in detail
13. Whether certificate of unfitness issued to the worker
14. Re-certified fit to resume duty on
15. Signature of the certifying surgeon with date
7.3 Identification and Assessment of Hazards
This stage is crucial to both on-site and off-site emergency planning and requires
systematic identification of all possible emergencies that could arise in the
Industrial Development project. These will range from small events, which can be
dealt by Emergency Organization personnel without any help from external agencies,
to the largest event that would require outside help. To tackle such emergencies
effectively, it is essential to have clear-cut action plan. Experience has shown that for
every occasion that the full potential of an accident is realized, there are many
occasions when some lesser event occurs or when developing incident is made
safe before reaching full potential.
The following risks are due to external factors and proposed mitigation measures are
also detailed:
Natural hazards
Earthquake: As per Indian Standard IS 1893, project site comes under Zone-III, as
such earthquake loads in the form of static and dynamic loads are taken
into account. All materials and workmanship are of good quality conforming
generally to accepted standards of Bureau of Indian Standard specification &
codes as included in National Building Code of India. No building or part of a
building will be constructed or reconstructed or no addition or alteration will be
made in the operation phase of the project in the intervening spaces between the
building and any overhead electric supply line.
240
The height of the handrail in the staircase will not be less than 90 cms. Every
slab or balcony overlooking any exterior or interior open space which are 2 meters
or more below will be provided with parapet walls or guard rails of height not less
than 1.20 meters and such guard rails will be firmly fixed to the walls.
Lightening arrester:
Lightening arrestor is being installed at the top of the chimney to arrest the
natural lightening during thunder.
Standard galvanized iron doom with spikes 3 Nos. with 20mm dia. Copper rod at
120
Deg. Apart 300 Amps. Flexible copper cable to be fixed with G.I. Hot dipped lugs.
50mm x 6mm tk. G.I.Double flat circumferential band. Galvanized plate is grounded
to earth.
Flooding: No flooding history found .Details of internal drainage system, rain water
recharge pits, excess water harvesting etc to be given.
Fire Protection System
Following are the fire protection systems proposed in the project to take care of fire
emergencies in accordance with the guidelines of NBC
Underground fire water storage sump
Fire Hydrants & Pumps
External yard hydrants
Internal wet riser system
Automatic Sprinkler system
Portable first-aid fire extinguishers
Sand filled buckets
7.4 Risk Analysis
Risk analysis carried out by visiting the project-site and discussing with site engineer
and others regarding the possibility of risks arise at different stages / activities. In
general in all activities some amounts of risks are existing. In general level of risks is
assessed and preventive measures to be taken are mentioned. Further past
experiences are also discussed in other similar type of projects in to account while
preparing this report.
7.4.1 Identification of Hazards, Mitigation Measures.
From experiences and studies, the following hazards are identified:
Noise pollution
241
Explosion
Spillages/leakages of chemicals
Fire
Noise pollution:
The plant can cause noise pollution due to operation of various equipments in the
plant.
Mitigation measures:
The typical measures to mitigate noise pollution include:
Acoustic enclosures or barriers.
Proper maintenance of equipment’s.
Provide ear protection.
Development and maintenance of green belt to attenuate noise pollution.
Explosion:
HAZOP study indicated that boilers can blow up only if safety valves do not
operate properly. Explosion of boilers is basically connected with maintenance.
Mitigation measures:
Proper maintenance of boilers, safety valves gauges etc,.
Inspecting regularly safety valves, gauges.
Spillages / leakages of chemicals
Spillages/leakages can occur from storage points, pipelines etc.
Mitigation measures:
Proper maintenance of storages, and keeping the equipment in good condition.
Compliance with standard operating procedures for material loading and
unloading, and
Working properly.
Fire
Fire may occur due to electrical, chemicals. Etc,.
Mitigation measures:
By installing, where required, flame proof electrical equipment / fittings in
chemical usage area.
By laying and maintaining electrical and equipment’s properly.
Prohibiting smoking.
Strictly following hot work permit as per requirement.
Lightening arrestor will be provided.
By providing adequate fire protection system.
242
7.4.2 Preventive measures for Hazards / Disasters during construction phase
Table 7.3: Preventive measures for Hazards / Disasters during construction phase
Sl. No
Construction Activity
Associated Hazard
Effect of Hazard
Preventive Measures / Recommendations
1. Electrical Installations & Usage
Short circuiting
Electrification of Fire
Use hand gloves and other PPE
Don’t lay wires under carpets, mat or doorways.
Employ licensed electricians to carry out electrical installation.
Use one socket for one appliance
Ensure usage of only fully insulated, undamaged wires or cables.
Don’t place bare wire ends in a socket.
Ensure earthing of equipment’s.
Do not use damaged cords and avoid temporary connections.
Do not allow open/bare connections.
Provide all connections through ELCB.
Protect electrical cable / equipment’s from water and naked flames.
Check all connections before energizing.
Over loading
of Electrical
System
Bursting of
system leading to fire
Display voltage and current ratings prominently with Danger Sign.
Ensure approved cable wire, voltage grade and type.
Switch off the electrical utilities when not in use.
Do not allow unauthorized connections.
Ensure proper grid wise distribution of power.
Improper laying of overhead
Can cause electrocution and prove
Do not lay unarmored cable directly on ground, wall, top of trees
243
and underground transmission lines/cables
fatal Maintain at least 3m distance from HT cables
All temporary cables should be laid at least 750mm below ground on 100mm fine sand overlying by brick soling
Proper sleeves should be provided at road crossings
Provide cable route markers indicating the type and depth of cables at intervals not exceeding 30m and at the diversions/ termination.
2. Working at heights
Person can fall down
May sustain severe injuries or prove fatal
Provide guard rails/ barricade at the work place
Use PPE like safety belts, full body harness, with two life lines, helmets, safety shoes, etc.
Obtain work permit before starting the work at height about 2 m.
Fall arrest systems like safety nets, must be installed
Provide proper working space (min. 0.6m x 0.6m)
Tie/weld working platform with fixed support
Avoid movement on beams
May hit the scrap/ material stacked at the ground/ in between
Keep the work place neat and clean
Remove the scrap immediately
Material can fall down
May hit the workers work- king at lower levels & prove fatal
Same as above plus
Barricade the area at ground level
Do not throw or drop materials or equipment from height
All tools to be carried in a tool-kit bag
Remove scrap from the planks
Ensure wearing of helmet by the workers at low level.
244
3. Confined Spaces
Suffocation Unconscious ness/ death
Use respiratory devices
Avoid overcrowding inside a confined space
Provide exhaust fans/ventilation
Do not use loose clothes
Keep a stand-by person outside the tank / sump
Provide alarm bell to the person inside the confined space
Check for presence of hydrocarbons, O2 level, toxic gases
Obtain permit before entering a confined space
All incoming lines to the tank should be emptied & blanked
4. Hand/ power Tools
Unguarded moving part like grinding Wheel, Drill bit
It may injure the operator. Wheel may get detached & hit passerby as flying missile causing serious injury
Use proper guard
Ensure tightening mechanism of the tool
5. Handling and Lifting Equipment’s
Supply of Power without earthing
Electrocution Always use 3-pin plug
Ensure good earthing
Damaged tools
Can cause injury
Always use tested and certified tools.
Failure of load lifting and moving equipment’s
Can cause accident and prove fatal
Check periodically oil, brakes, gears, horns and tire pressure of all moving machinery
Check quality, size and condition of all chain pulley blocks, slings, U-clamps, D-shackles, wire ropes, etc.
Allow crane to move only on hard, firm and leveled ground.
Allow lifting slings as short as possible.
Overloading Same as Safe lifting capacity of
245
of lifting equipment’s
above derricks and winches should be ascertained
The max safe working load shall be marked on all lifting equipment’s
Check the weight of columns and other heavy items painted on them and accordingly decide about and angle of erection
Allow only trained operators and riggers during crane operation
Overhead electrical wires
Can cause electrocution and fire
Do not allow boom or other parts of crane t o c o m e w i t h i n 3 m r e a c h o f overhead HT cables.
Hook and load being lifted shall preferably remain in full visibility of crane operators.
6. Excavation Digging Pit
Falling into pit
Serious personal injury
Provide guard rails / barricade with warning signal.
Provide at least two entries/exits; also sufficient light.
Provide escape ladders
Earth
Collapse Suffocation/ breathlessness buried/ death
Provide suitable size of shoring
Keep soil away from the edge
Don’t allow vehicles to operate too close to excavated areas
Maintain sufficient angle of repose.
Provide breach of 0.5m width at every 1.5m depth of excavation in all soils except hard rock.
Contact with buried electric cables
Electrocution, Explosion
Obtain work permit from construction manager
Locate the position of buried utilities by referring to plant drawings.
Start digging manually to locate the exact position of buried utilities and thereafter
246
use mechanical means.
Movement of vehicles/ equipment’s close to the edge of cut
May cause cave in or slides Persons may get buried
Provide ring buoys
Identify and provide suitable size dewatering pump
Barricade the excavated area
Maintain at least 2m distance from edge of cut
Strengthen shoring
Narrow deep excavation for pipelines etc.
Same as above Frequent cave in or slides
May cause severe injuries or prove fatal Damage to adjoining structure
Barricading, shoring
Provide escape ladders
7. Vehicular Movement
Reversing the vehicle
Accident may occur & prove fatal
Vehicle should always be manned by a Driver and a cleaner
Provide Reverse Horn on the vehicle
8. Machineries Unguarded Transmission parts. Dangerous operation points
Injuries All transmission and dangerous parts to be guarded.
Trained personnel only to operate the machines.
247
7.4.3 Risk Assessment during Construction Phase
Table 7.4: Risk Assessment and quantification of impacts during construction phase
Sl.No
Activities Risk Characteristics Measures Quantification of Impacts
High Medium Low Without MM
With MM
1. Construction of Structural works
√ Construction under experienced supervision in line with IS standards.
7.5 2.5
2. Works at Height √ To use PPEs like Belts, Helmets, Shoes 9.5 3
3. Electrical Works √ To perform under the supervision of experienced electrical experts/engineers/ supervisors
8 2.5
4. Welding Works √ To use face shields 6 2
5. Falling Objects √ To use helmets 6 2
6. Structural Collapse √ Plan, design and construction as per relevant IS codes/standards
9.5 2.5
7. Lack of PPE’s √ To enforce strictly with penalty 8 2
8. Handling of Construction Materials
√ To use nose masks 5 2
9. Handling of Hazardous Materials
√ To use gloves, nose masks, shoes under EHS officer supervision
8 2
10. Drilling works √ To use nose masks under supervision of structural engineers/supervisors
7.5 2.5
Total 75 23
Note: Scale of Impacts: 1-10 (1 – Negligible, 3-Low/Less, 5-Moderate/Medium, 8-High/Significant, 10 – Adverse Impact)
248
7.4.4 Risk Assessment during Operation Phase
Table 7.5: Risk Assessment during Operation Stage
Sl.no. Area Effect Hazard Mitigation Measures
1 Cane yard Serious nature of injuries
Due to bad maintenance of vehicles.
Personnel sleeping/taking rest near the vehicles.
Driving by unauthorized persons.
Maintain vehicles properly.
Personnel will not allow sleep/rest near vehicles.
Only allow drivers having valid licenses.
Safety officer will monitor continuously.
2 Cane unloading bay
Serious nature of injuries
Snapping of slings & wire ropes
Over loading of cranes.
Dragging of loads
Unauthorized personnel operating the cranes.
Maintaining and testing regularly & in good condition.
Following S.O.P. strictly.
Authorized agencies will verify the weighing tools regularly.
3 Mill house Serious nature of injuries
Cleaning while the machines running.
Broken plat-forms
Slippery surface
Dust
Follow S.O.P. strictly.
Good house- keeping
Use of P.P.E. (safety wears)
Work permit procedure before attending height oriented jobs.
4 Clarifier & Evaporators.
Fire & Explosion. Hot atmosphere.
Steam leakages.
Faulty gauges
Defective valves and vents
Maintain equipment properly.
Provide good ventilation like roof extractors, air circulators.
Regular inspection of shell thickness, Hydro trials before in operation.
Regular hydro
249
testing of boiling vessel calendria tubes and valves
Provision of safety.
5 Crystallizer Injuries Slippery floor and damaged floor
Good house- keeping & working properly.
Proper testing and alignment of drives and internal ribbon/ coils
Regular inspection of shell thickness, Hydro trials before in operation.
6 Centrifugal. Injuries. Non-functioning or removal of inter-lock guards.
Breakage of basket and internals
Maintain the equipment properly.
Regular balancing of baskets, testing of rubber buffers and break pads, bearing housing assembly, etc.,
Regular inspection of thickness, internal cracks by DP test/ ultrasonic test.
7 Drying grading and bagging.
Dust of fine powder.
Escaping of dust Maintain equipment properly.
provide P.P.E.
8 Boiler house.
Explosion Safety valves not working etc.
Proper maintenance of boilers, safety valves, gauges etc. and inspecting them regularly.
9 Storage tanks
Spillages/ leakages of chemicals
Corrosion, Wear and tear.
Impact - by foreign bodies.
Proper maintenance of storages, and keeping the equipment in good condition and to be regularly inspected and tested.
250
Compliance with standard operating procedures for material loading and unloading and working properly
Dyke walls to be provided.
10 Electrical installation like transformer, switch- yard, M.C.C.
Fire or electrocution Suffocation of persons inside.
Over loading.
Loose contact
Short circuit.
Installation as per electricity rules.
Other controls will be provided.
11 Bagasse yard
fire Sparks from exhaust of the vehicles.
Smoking.
External fires
Provide spark arresters.
Smoking to be prohibited.
Follow work permit system
12 Factory area
fire Prohibiting smoking.
Providing fire hydrant system etc.
By laying and maintaining electrical all equipment’s properly.
Strictly following work permit systems as per requirement.
Lightening arrestor will be provided.
Maintaining equipment properly
Working properly
13 Sulphur Fire and explosion
Dust/ vapors can cause fires and explosion.
Store in a cool ventilated area separately.
14 Sugar godown
injuries Collapsing of sugar stack Follow standard procedures
251
7.5 Emergency
7.5.1 On-Site Emergency Plan
Onsite Emergency plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies
affecting workers and others within the project site and not affecting outside public
or environment. It is essential that all concerned project stakeholders familiarize
themselves with the overall on- site emergency plan and their respective roles and
responsibilities during emergency. They should also participate regularly in the mock
drills that will be conducted so as to keep themselves and the emergency organization
in a state of perpetual preparedness at all times to meet any emergency. The On-Site
Management plan will be circulated to all concerned members of emergency
teams.
7.5.2 Objectives, scope and contents of On-site Emergency Plan
Objectives of Emergency Planning are to maximize the resource utilization and
combined efforts towards emergency operations and would broadly cover the
following;
To localize the emergency and if possible eliminate it.
To minimize the effects of accidents on people and property.
To take remedial measures in the quickest possible time to contain the
incident and control it with minimum damage.
To minimize the damage.
To keep the required emergency equipment in stock at right places and
ensure that they are in working condition.
To keep the concerned personnel fully trained in the use of emergency
equipment.
To mobilize transport and medical treatment of the injured.
To arrange for rescue and treatment of casualties.
To safe guard the people.
To render necessary help to concerned.
To rehabilitate area affected.
To provide information to media & government agencies.
7.5.3 Scope of Onsite Emergency Plan
The plan covers information regarding the properties of the housing people, type of
disasters and disaster/accident-prone zones, disaster plans with authority delegation,
controlling and other details. General details like location, project layout,
neighboring entities and the assistance they can render etc., are also provided.
The important elements considered in this plan are;
Statutory requirements
252
Emergency organization
Roles and Responsibilities
Communications during emergency
Rescue & Rehabilitation
Emergency facilities
Important Information
A major emergency in any situation is one, which has the potential to cause serious
injury or loss of life, which may cause extensive damage to the structures in the
vicinity and environment and could result in serious disruption to normal
operation both inside and outside the layout premises. Depending on the magnitude
of the emergency, services of the outside agencies may also be required for
supplementing the internal effort to effectively handle the emergency and to contain
the damage.
The Management shall take effective steps to assess, minimize and wherever
feasible eliminate the risks to a large extent. Accidents may still occur and it is
necessary to be fully prepared to tackle all such emergencies if and when they occur.
It is likely that the consequences of such emergencies will be confined to the units
concerned or may affect outside. If the consequences are confined within the project
boundary, it is then termed as On Site Emergency and will be controlled by in charge
of the project.
7.5.4 Methodology
The considerations in an emergency planning include the following:
Identification and assessment of hazards and risks
Hazard consequence anal Alarm and communication procedures
Identifying, appointment of personnel & assignment of responsibilities
Identification and equipping Emergency control centre, Identifying Assembly,
Rescue points, Medical facilities.
Emergency preparedness plan, procedures, steps to be taken before, during
and after emergency.
Formulation of plan and emergency sources.
Training rehearsal, evaluation and updating the plan
7.5.5 Structure of Emergency Management
Noticing the accidents
Informing declarer of emergency
Declaration of emergency
Functions of declarer
Interaction with outside agencies
253
7.5.6 Control Room
The emergency has to be controlled from one particular spot. This spot should be
away from the likely points of accident, should be easy access from the factory to
the control room. These criteria are met at the main security office at the entrance.
Facilities at Control Room
The facilities that are being provided at both control rooms are given below:
1. Factory layout plan.
2. Emergency telephone numbers.
3. General telephone numbers.
4. Emergency lighting.
5. Hailers.
6. Daily number of people working.
7. Hot lines to district magistrate, police control room, fire brigade, hospitals,
antidotes etc.
8. Safety equipment.
Telephone numbers of the following will be displayed in control room.
Deputy Commissioner.
Superintendent of Police.
Local Police.
Fire Services.
Hospitals Occupier.
Manger.
Directorate of Factories Boilers.
Karnataka State Pollution Control Board.
Key personnel of the industry.
Mutual aid partners.
Security will be posted around the clock throughout the year in the factory.
7.5.7 Alert Action Plan during Working /Non-Working Hours
Emergency will be declared when it has come to the knowledge during working
hours as personnel will be working and identify that situation during non- working
hours. Security will be trained as to what actions are to be taken.
7.5.8 Distances of Railway Station, Bus Stand, Air Port, Fire Service
Nearest Railway Station Basavana Bagevadi station 55 KM (E)
Nearest Bus Stand Hosur Bus Stop 2.2 (SE)
Nearest Airport Belagavi Airport 120 KM (SW)
Nearest Fire Station Mudhol Fire Station 23.5 Km (SW)
254
7.5.9 Establish Line of Control Responsibility and Alternative Line of Control
When an emergency situation arises in the factory, some worker on the shop-floor
will first notice it. He will immediately get in touch with the shift in-charge of that
particular section.
The shift in-charge will initiate action to overcome the emergency and will use his
discretion to shut down the factory if he feels that emergency situation is very
serious. He will simultaneously get in touch with the Declarer of Emergency. The
possible Declarers of Emergency in the order of priority are given below.
1. General Manager
2. Assistant General Manager
3. In charge General Manager
7.5.10 Constitution of Teams
Rescue team
Combat team
Medical team
Auxiliary team
The nature of accidents has already been recognized. So, suitable personnel will be
recruited and induction training will be given. An induction training program, safety,
first-aid fire etc. will be included. Further, yearly training and retraining will be
done. Apart from the above mock drills will be conducted and suitable play cards
will be prepared and will be given to employees.
7.5.11 Define Roles and Responsibilities in Brief
Plant supervisor
Initiate action to control emergency.
Shut down plant if necessary.
Declare emergency if conditions are extreme.
Get in touch with declarer of emergency in the order priority.
Declarer of Emergency
Declare emergency (if plant supervisor has not done so already)
Inform adjacent factories.
Call incident controller and ask him to proceed with the work control.
Inform fire brigade, if necessary.
Inform the hospitals.
Ask the security to account for personnel
Arrange to get ambulances to send injured workers to hospitals, if necessary
Nominate a person to give information to media, families of workers, etc
255
Arrange for admission to various hospitals.
Inform police, director of factories boilers and pollution control board
Get in touch with outside experts if is a need.
Give all clear signal when the emergency has been controlled.
Make a detailed report.
Incident Controller
Assemble rescue, combat, medical and auxiliary teams.
Arrange for safety equipment for the members of these teams.
Decide which paths the evacuated workers should follow.
Ensure that the evacuation paths are lighted through emergency lighting.
Provide hailers etc., to the rescue and search team.
Provide tools and safety equipment’s to the team members.
Keep in touch with the team and advise them regarding the method of
control to be used.
Keep the “Declarer of emergency” informed of the progress being made.
Security
Receive evacuated workers.
Account for them.
Help police control traffic, sending workers to hospitals.
Look after law and order within the factory premises.
Police
Control traffic and crowds of on-lookers to keep the area clear.
Maintain law and order.
Help taking injured to hospitals.
Function of Declarer
The declarer has to perform a number of functions simultaneously. First, the declarer
has to find out the nature of accident and has to get in touch with the incident
controller who has a set of four teams under him. For each shift, four different teams
will be available to the incident controller. Incident controller will come to the work
spot, if he is not already there, along with his four teams (Combat, Rescue
Auxiliary and Medical) and they will start functioning. The Combat team function
will be to look for the injured workers inside the factory and help those who are not
injured to be located and shifted to a safer spot.
The rescue team will also have to bring out injured workers to the safer spot from
where arrangements have to be made, for them to be taken to hospitals, etc, Auxiliary
team will actually go into the factory and try to control the cause of emergency. These
teams will have all the protective equipment. These teams would have already been
256
trained beforehand. The control of the incident will be done by a team headed by an
already identified “incident controller”. The medical team will give necessary medical
treatment and if required they will be sent to the hospitals for further treatment.
Declarer of Emergency
Get in touch with incident controller. Inform him to
take necessary action.
Assess the situation. Declare emergency through coded siren
shut down plant if necessary.
Inform adjacent factories
Call fire brigade
Inform doctors to arrange
medical treatment to the injured
Ask security for cordon off the area and
head count at assembly
place
Inform local
police for law and order at
site
Inform P&IR,
Director of Factories Pollution Control Board
Give all Clear signal through coded siren when emergency is
controlled
Make a detailed report
Incident Controller
Keep in touch with declare
of emergency
Ensure correct path for evacuation to
safe assembly place
Activate search & Rescue teams.
Provide tools & safety equipments. Remove injured to
safe assembly place for medical
treatment
Assembly Repair team. Provide
necessary tools & safety equipments. Ensure quick repair
Control fire
257
7.5.12 Notification of Emergency
Noticing the Accidents
Though an emergency is to be controlled by a senior person, a worker on the shop
floor will most probably notice it. As a result, the first person who comes to know
that an emergency type situation has arisen would be the supervisor/shift in-charge,
working in that shift. The supervisor/shift in-charge may take action for shutting
down the plant. If the accident is not serious, he might consider continuing the
operations.
Informing Declarer of Emergency
Apart from taking immediate remedial action, it will be the supervisors/shift in-
charge’s responsibility to inform the declarer of emergency who would immediately
come to the work spot and take over the management of the emergency from that
time onwards. The declarer of emergency, as well as his alternate, are pre-decided,
and known to everyone including, supervisors/shift in-charge. There are a number
of methods by which the supervisor/shift in- charge can get in –charge can get in
touch with the declarer of emergency. They include phone, messenger, siren, mobile
phone or any other method found convenient but decided beforehand. In case main
declarer of emergency is not available, the alternate has to be got in touch-with.
7.5.13 Declaration of Emergency
On arrival, the declarer of emergency will assess the situation. If he finds that the
accident could result in an “On-site” emergency situation, he could immediately
declare the emergency by a coded siren i.e., by intermittent sound. This will inform
the workers of the plant that an emergency situation has arisen and they would have
to shut down the plant and move towards safer areas which have been pre-
decided. The emergency is of “On-site” nature, the management of the emergency
will be entirely in the hands of the “Declarer.”
Evacuation of Personnel
When the emergency is declared, all workers will have to leave their places of work
and reach the safe assembly points, from there as per instructions they will proceed
towards main entrance gate or towards exit gate.
The escape route is fixed and it will be illuminated, if there is any problem in that path
the alternate path is also fixed.
There may be some workers who have been hurt and are unable to come out. So, a
special team has been selected on voluntary basis. This team is quite a large one,
because, not all its voluntary members will be available in one shift.
258
Accounting of Personnel
At the gate itself there will be arrangement for counting of the workmen reporting
there. The total number that has been put together consist not only the workers,
but also contract workers, visitors and others.
7.5.14 Controlling of Emergency
Apart from bringing the injured workers out and looking after their welfare, it is
absolutely necessary that emergency be controlled. This will be done under direction
of the incident controller once it has been decided that the work situation control in
our factory is controlled.
The incident controller will be wearing a RED helmet to be easily identified. The list of
equipment made available for use of these teams is given below:
1. Self-contained breathing apparatus.
2. Full body chemical proof suit and head gears.
3. Emergency light.
4. Stretcher.
5. Ambulance.
6. Ladders.
7. Gum boots.
8. Rubber gloves.
9. Helmets.
10. Respirators
11. Goggles
12. Torches.
7.5.15 Arrangements for Medical Treatment
The rescue team will also bring out injured workers to the safer spot from
where arrangements have to be made, for them to be taken to hospitals etc.,
The medical team will give necessary medical treatment and if required they will be
sent to the hospitals for further treatment.
7.5.16 Information to the Government Authorities
The declarer of emergency will also make necessary arrangements to inform
government authorities like:
1. Tashlidhar, Taluk office
2. Director of factories and boilers in Karnataka.
3. Chairman, Karnataka state board for prevention and control of air and water
pollution
259
7.5.17 Information to the Relatives of the Injured
The declarer of emergency will also make necessary arrangements to inform the
relatives over phone, or send vehicles to pick them depending upon the
circumstances.
7.5.18 Law and Order
The declarer of emergency will inform the police about the possible hazards
beforehand and therefore, they would be ready to undertake the work. Police will be
assisted by factory security to keep the law and order under control.
7.5.19 All Clear Signal
Declarer of emergency will notify to the superintendent of police about the cessation
of emergency and give an all clear signal.
“ALL CLEAR SIGNAL” will be the continuous blowing of siren for five minutes. He
will also inform the public, press, AIR, and doordarshan.
7.6 Disaster Management Plan
The complete works is carried out under the management control and direction of
qualified trained managers in this field. However natural / working hazards may
occur during natural operations.
Accident due to electricity
Accident due to working at heights
Accident due to excavation
Accident due to vehicles and machineries
Accident due to firm.
In order to take care of the above hazards / disasters, the following control measures
will be adopted:
Purchasing standard and good quality of equipment and supervising the work
Provisions of all safety appliances such as helmets, safety shoes, goggles, dust
masks, ear plugs / ear muffs are made available to the workers and regular
check in use
Keeping work area clean.
Fire-fighting and first aid provisions in office complex.
Entry of unauthorized persons is prohibited.
260
Increasing awareness of safety and disaster through posters, safety and
environmental weeks, encouraged through suitable rewards and other similar
drives.
Training and refresher courses for all employees regarding safety,
health and environment.
The management is able to deal with the situation efficiently keeping in view
of the likely sources of dangers.
7.6.1 Structure of the Disaster Management Plan
Outline of Disaster Management Plan
The purpose of disaster management plan is to restore the normalcy for early
resumption of operation due to an unexpected, sudden occurrence resulting to
abnormalities in the course activity leading to a serious danger to workers or any
machinery or the environment.
System of communication
Having an internal communication system for the project head and to their line of
command is essential. The telephone numbers and addresses of nearby police station,
fire station, local hospital/ambulance, will be maintained by the in charge of the
first aid room/unit in the project and as well as in the security cabin areas.
Safety Committee
A standing safety committee will be formed under the head of Project
Manager. The members consist of safety officer (full time), medical officer (full time
or part time), Asst. Manager (designated as in charge of environmental
management & pollution control) & Public relation officer. This team prepares the
emergency plan.
7.6.2 Emergency Plan
Organization Plan
Organization plan includes a clear statement on the line of command and the
responsibilities of each person involved in case of emergency situation.
Equipment Plan
Equipment plan includes clearly stipulating make & type of machinery, capacity
of machinery, location of operations and field of operations. Emergency Plan includes
Emergency Preparedness Plan and the standing orders will be prepared and
displayed at all conspicuous places.
261
Functions of the Emergency Safety Committee
The team shall meet once in two months to discuss the possible or probable
causes / instances leading to any disaster that may occur in and around area.
The team shall assess the required resources to deal with the situation that
may be identified as above.
The team leader shall lay down a detailed procedure or oral information
to each member to follow in case of any impending or possible or actual
disaster.
The team shall conduct mock drill once in a year to understand the practical
problems that may arise while implementing the Emergency Preparedness
Action Plan including the response time and take necessary steps to make the
system effective.
The team shall make necessary recommendations / suggestions to the
Management for identifying / monitoring / dealing with any possible or
probable disaster.
The minutes of the meeting of the Team shall be prepared including the
probable cause of incident, response time and corrective & preventive actions
required to be taken to avoid the reoccurrences of the same and kept as record.
The team may draw an Action Plan and modify the same from time to time
based on the changed circumstances.
The Emergency Preparedness Team shall come into action immediately in case
of any disaster by establishing the control room (main security cabin room) at
the entrance.
The team shall record the actual performance / procedure followed / short
comings while dealing with any actual disaster which will be discussed at
various levels to strengthen the plan and approach.
Project Manager shall inspect all the places where disaster occurred, along
with Emergency Preparedness Team to give their further instructions.
Project Manager shall ensure that all affected places are safe to resume the
normal works and then only shall give permission to start the operations.
Facilities & Accommodation
Accommodation and facilities for medical center/First Aid Centre/Unit, rescue room
will be provided. Regular checking of these facilities shall be undertaken by the
Asst. Manager at least once in six months.
262
First Aid & Medical Facilities
The management will have first aid / medical center for use in emergency situation.
All causalities would be registered and will be given first aid. The center will have
facilities for first aid. It will have emergency contact numbers like Ambulance,
Hospitals, Blood Banks, Oxygen Services, where the complicated cases are to be
referred. Regular checking of First Aid Centre/Unit facilities shall be undertaken by
the doctor in presence of Project Manager/Asst. Manager (EHS).
Stores
A detailed list of First Aid contents will be quarterly checked & maintained by the
Asst. Manager (EHS). Functions of public relations group.
It is essential to keep cordial relation with government officials and other social
service organization and working groups. Manager shall inform about the major
hazard/incident/disaster to the nearest police/control room, nearest office of
pollution control board, District Collector office and other required statutory bodies
of State Govt. to ensure that all the materials and transport system to deal with
emergency situation are made available at the site under their
instructions/directions.
First aid facilities and ambulance arrangements shall be taken care by the security/
Project Manager immediately after obtaining instructions/ emergency call from the
residents/visitors/any person under emergency.
Management required ameliorating the injured, survivors and family members of
affected persons by providing material, finance, moral support and establishing
contact with relatives of victims. The safety committee formed shall look into these
aspects.
7.6.3 Care and maintenance during temporary discontinuance
During discontinuance period, safety arrangement and fencing will be provided to
avoid the entry of unauthorized persons. The accessibility to the project premises area
will be prevented by providing security guards and fencing arrangements. The
Project Manager shall take all the steps required for the care and maintenance
during temporary discontinuance. After completion of emergency, project manager
to declare all clear signal indicating the residents that the emergency situations are
tackled/take care of and residents can safely move to their respective flats/building.
Emergency Plan
On realizing anything serious occurrence happened anywhere in the
premises place immediate information has to be passed onto the nearest official
as per law.
263
On receiving information of emergency intimation, it will be sent to the
safety committee, already formed by the Project Manager.
Figure 7.1: Structure of Onsite Emergency Preparedness and Response
Emergency Action Plan for Electric Fire
Disconnect the affected areas electric supply
Attempt to extinguish fire with the help of CO2 , DCP
If fire is not extinguished, extinguish by spraying water with fog nozzle after
ensuring complete isolation of electric circuit.
Emergency Action Plan for Office Fire
Disconnect electric supply of the affected area
Attempt to extinguish the fire with the help of CO2 , DCP and sand
Attempt to save the record
Attempt to use fire extinguishers
Emergency Action Plan for Oil Fire
Attempt to extinguish small fire with the help of DCP.
If the fire is not controlled, use water foam to blanket the fire and further action is to
be taken.
Rise Alarm
Inform over phone
People noticing an emergency situation
Shift in-charge/Asst. Manager (EHS)
1. If necessary, evacuate people of respective building/flat/tower.
2. Contact the emergency services/alert First Aid
Alert Govt. authorities
Alert Police
Alert Fire Station
Alert Hospital & Ambulance Safety Committee
Declare of emergency/Project
Manager
If emergency is major, contact
concerned authority and handover the
charge of emergency control operations
(Police/fire/medical)
All clear signal (When emergency is over)
Alert Fire Fighting/Security
Team
Alert Rescue/First Aid/Health Centre
Team
264
Emergency Action Plan for Medical Aid
Do first aid quickly and without fuss and panic.
Switch off the supply if this can be done at once
If not possible use a dry stick, dry cloth or other non-conductor to separate the
victim from electrical contact
The rescuer must avoid receiving shock himself by wearing gloves or using a
jacket to pull the system
Always keep in mind that delay in rescue and resuscitation may be fatal.
Every second counts.
Artificial Respiration - Give artificial respiration if breathing has stopped.
There are several methods of artificial respiration, if the victim is not injured
over the face
Natural Hazards
a. Emergency Action Plan for Tornado/High Winds
Weather reports will be monitored from broadcast warnings regarding
threatening conditions.
If the tornado has been sighted or effect is felt, following steps should be
taken by plant personnel.
Persons will be notified over public address system or through siren.
Emergency services will be alerted for assistance.
Plant personnel should be advised to assemble in the administration
building basement, staff room, recreation room and rest rooms.
All safety systems should be kept on alert and all non-essential utilities should
be put off.
After the status is restored, personnel should inspect all the facilities for
resource, first aid and damage control activities, damage assessment, and clean
up, restoration and recovery.
b. Emergency Action Plan for Earthquakes
When first tremors are sensed during an earthquake, all personnel should
evacuate buildings and assemble at safe place away from structures, walls and
falling objects. Emergency shutdown should be declared.
Emergency services should be contacted for assistance.
265
After the status is restored, personnel should inspect all the facilities for
rescue, first aid and damage control activities, damage assessment, cleanup,
restoration and recovery.
c. Emergency Action Plan for Bomb Threat
Inform the message to the highest local police authority and seek their
assistance for patrolling and security need
Inform Controller of Explosives the details and nature of the anonymous
message and read operations.
Request the Local Fire Brigade to position at least on fire tender at the
Location immediately.
Keep the Concerned Department at the Regional Level informed
with the developments at regular intervals.
Alert the Local Government / Private Hospitals and seek their help for
providing Ambulances if necessary.
d. In the location premises
Keep the Fire Hydrant System / all Fire Fighting systems/equipments in
readiness.
Every one entering the location must be frisked at the Gate / check all
Hand Bags, Parcels etc., for suspected explosive / dangerous objects.
Have thorough inspection of the location for any suspected dangerous object.
Materials and other Boxes to be brought into the location must be deposited
at Gate for minimum curing period of 24 hrs.
e. If the suspected object is found:
In case of finding of suspected Article, do not disturb its position, but the area
around it should be cordoned off to a distance of 100 meters and more
depending upon the gravity of situation.
Adequate Staff or Police Squad posted to prevent any unauthorized entry
into the enforced cordon.
Contact Controller of Explosives immediately, who on reaching the Site will
decide suitable action for defusing and disposal of the suspected object.
Evolution of thick billowing smoke is an indication of impending explosion
and in such a case withdraws or evacuates all personnel from the spot, which
has been identified.
266
As a general measure, regulate the movement of the outsiders inside the
premises and restrict their entry with permits.
267
Chapter - 8
Project Benefits
8.1 Improvements in Physical Infrastructure
The physical infrastructure of this area will improve due to various activities of the
proposed project as enumerated below.
About 84 Acres of the total site area is proposed to be extensively used for landscape
development. Storm water management and rain water harvesting will improve
water table in the area. The enhanced groundwater will be indeed useful to the
surrounding farmers who mainly depend on groundwater for irrigation.
Also nursery will be developed to meet the tree plantation needs of the industry
keeping the concept of bio-diversity in mind.
The industry is dependent on roads for transportation of men and material. Road
connectivity thus will improve. This improved physical infrastructure will be an
added facility to the community for surface transport.
Vehicular movement for raw materials and products and also for the movement
personnel in the roads of this area will considerably increase. This will result in
development and maintenance of roads. Automobile related activity such as vehicle
repair and maintenance garages, workshops and shops will be started.
The location is rural and economically backward. The industry will lead to creation of
new job opportunities and scope for transport and other petty business activity.
8.2 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure
The location is rural and economically backward. Creation of job opportunity and
scope for transport and other petty business activity will improve the economy and
attitude of the public towards education and health. This may result in the creation of
education and health care facilities in this rural area.
The total employment potential after expansion of the co-gen sugar industrial
complex is 847 people. However, the commencement of this industry will create direct
and indirect employment opportunities to more than 2,000 people in terms of factory
employment, transportation, vehicle maintenance, petty shops etc. In addition, about
2,000 workers will be indirectly benefitted through harvesting and other sugarcane
cultivation work.
It will not disturb the existing pattern of social relations and democratic setup.
In rural areas much of the time and energy is wasted in reaching from one place to
another. This is due to lack of swift mode of transport. By the expansion of this
268
industry, movement of vehicles in this area will generally improve (both private and
public-owned).
Society of farmers and this Industry are interdependent. Industry gets raw material
from the farmers. Better and purer the raw material quality better is the finished
product of the industry and sophisticated market. Both of them can get better pricing.
The cycle of sowing, cutting, removing, next sowing and milling can be computerized.
The intermediate time-loss can be avoided. Early and timely cutting of cane will make
the farmer free to plant the next crop early. Industry also is benefited as it will get the
sugarcane without any hydrocarbon loss into the air. Recovery will be better. This in
turn will create more job opportunities both in the field as well as in the factory.
The rural economy is found generally dwindling because they depend only on one
single source of livelihood namely conventional agriculture. With support of cash-
crop by our help, perhaps they will have more purchasing power and more use of
domestic animals. The increased greenery and farming with support of ready
compost will further improve conditions of farmers.
Firefighting tenders will be now more easily available.
In the study zone of 10 km radius, the purchasing power of people is very less. The
agricultural implements, agro-chemicals and vehicles will be in more demand as also
village grown milk products, vegetables and agricultural produce.
The level of education and literacy (especially rural and women) is very poor, needing
improvement. The establishment of this industry will play a catalytic role in this.
Education level will go up with flow of funds and avenue of livelihood. Likewise the
healthcare facilities are also said to improve.
Living in harmony is an important aspect of the society. This can happen only if all
the components are comfortably placed. Persons engaged in their respective vocation
and accruing job satisfaction leads to this. This will become possible by this venture.
8.3 Employment Potential – Skilled, Semi-Skilled and Unskilled
The industry and its supporting activities need people from manual to managerial
strength, in a pyramid. The raw material namely sugarcane growing may need
unskilled workers with people on tractors and tractor repairers as skilled ones. So in
manufacturing activity all three types i.e skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled people are
required. The overall potential including the garages, loading-unloading actions,
eateries, small shop owners is substantial. The local people can get a good share out of
this. In the factory, science and technology prevails and there some outsiders will
have to be engaged at least for the time being. If the second generation local people
acquire that skill, they too will be able to fill the gap and accrue benefit of higher jobs.
269
If the activity of sugar and alcohol manufacturing becomes stable by that time,
perhaps expansion may become possible further and then employment availability
may further enhance.
A total of 697 employees including office staff, skilled & unskilled workers and
contract laborers are required to run the industry consisting of sugar, power and
distillery units. Out of 697 people, 627 employees are for co-gen sugar unit and 70
employees for distillery unit. Additional Manpower requirement during operation to
the industry after expansion programme will be 150 no’s and during construction will
be 200 no’s. However, the commencement of this industry will create direct and
indirect employment opportunities to more than 2,000 people in terms of factory
employment, transportation, vehicle maintenance, petty shops etc. In addition, about
2,000 workers will be indirectly benefitted through harvesting and other sugarcane
cultivation work.
Sl. No. Department Permanent Seasonal Total
1 Admin 57 10 67
2 CDO 89 33 122
3 Civil 8 8 16
4 Engineering 141 34 175
5 Manufacturing 24 87 111
6 Store 18 5 23
7 Time office 7 1 8
8 Vehicle 7 17 24
9 Co-gen 70 11 81
10 Distillery 50 20 70
Grand total 697
8.4 Other Tangible Benefits
Both tangible and non-tangible benefits will result from this activity and many of
those are described above. Apart from direct employment, other benefits are listed
below.
Erosion control by nalla training, terracing and bunding
Flood control by rainwater harvesting
Groundwater level enhancing by recharging
Time saving by quicker transport
Aesthetics improvement by general greening with emphasis on biodiversity
Availability of nursery facilitates
270
Availability of compost fertilizer facilitates for raising crops and grass
Availability of grass facilitates animal husbandry
Developed economy strengthens democratic set-up.
Strengthened democratic set-up will bring weightage to secure better school-
subsidy and health-institutes.
Developed economy brings with it literacy and healthy living.
Improved safety-security in surrounding with better Law and Order.
Symbiosis and sustainable development will be the ultimate objective.
All these social benefits will become a reality by the expansion of this industry.
271
Chapter – 9
Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
9.1 Introduction
The need and benefits of the industry are well established. During scoping stage the
authorities have not specified the requirement of environmental cost benefit analysis.
Hence, the environmental cost benefit analysis was not considered in the report.
The need and benefits of the integrated sugar industry with bio-mass based co-gen
power unit and molasses based distillery unit are already well established. Sugar
industries are agro based and located in rural area and they have contributed
significantly in socio-economic development of rural region of the country.
The industry while making production also generates the pollution. Pollution is
diseconomy to the general public, by way of mal-effect on health and wellbeing.
Industrialization is an essential feature of economic growth in developing countries,
but industrial practices may also produce adverse environmental health consequences
and wellbeing.
Cost and benefit are in inverse proportion. More mitigation cost to industry means
more benefit to society. Less mitigation cost to industry is benefit saving to industry
but adverse to society. Industry has designed budgetary plan for pollution mitigation
measures. Best solution is the industry gets production and society gets the benefit.
This study has under taken full responsible care to see that the industry does not wish
to gain profit at the cost of comfort of the society. In fact it is in the endeavor of the
proponents.
To reduce the pollution created by this project by recycling as to usable matter.
In the final analysis the society to get pollution free environment.
This is possible for which environment management plan as worked out below
is meticulously obeyed.
To keep transparent relation with the neighbor in the area
Not to disturb any prime agriculture land.
Not to encroach on other existing water source.
Not to overload the existing power supply, causing load shading to the
villagers.
To remove the bareness of the land and prevent wasting in rainwater
To recharge the groundwater
To strengthen the physical infrastructure
To create greenery within premises and even outside to possible extent.
272
To reduce the wastewater pollution created by this new activity by utilizing it
our own fields to grow plantation and landscaping.
To reduce the organic solid waste pollution created by this new activity by
utilizing it in the fields to grow greenery.
In the final analysis society to get pollution free environment, farmers to get
cash payment to their sales proceeds and proponent get comfortable peaceful
neighbors for this project.
9.2 Corporate Social Responsibility
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, (NSSKN), being a dedicated
industry for CSR activities, always keeps going with activities for social welfare &
upliftment. The organization does a lot of philanthropic activities for the community
development. Several philanthropic activities carried out by industry. Following are
the photograph of few activities.
As a part of “World Environment Day” celebrations various environmental
programs such as tree plantation, water conservation initiatives, as part of
Environmental awareness; quiz, drawing competition, essay competition were
conducted for government and Nandi International residential school
children’s.
The Company’s employees organize and participate in blood donation
campaigns every year with association with Rotary Organization.
The company provides an opportunity to all the Engineering Graduates,
M.Tech Graduates, MBA Graduates, under Graduates of nearby colleges in
state to undergo in-plant training / projects as part of their academic
curriculum, thus enabling them to acquire application of theoretical knowledge
and get an exposure to the industrial practice.
The company is running an education institution up to matriculation level,
where employee’s children and children’s of nearby villages and shareholders
of factory are studying.
Free eye check-up camp was conducted for all the families of our employees
and also for citizens of surrounding villages of the company.
The industry has established Ritha Sabha Bhavana (Function Hall/ Community
hall) for villagers and shareholders for organizing the functions.
The company has implemented RO Plant, for which free good quality of
drinking water supply is provided for nearby villages.
Health safety & Environment is a high priority issue of the company. Safety of
persons overrides all production targets.
273
The company has been conducting regularly safety awareness programme in
Association with local Factory Directorate office & with the assistance of the
experts in the respective field.
The company is focusing on the development of Eco system & improvement of
the green belt in the factory site.
The financial allocation for the socio-economic activity is detailed in the table 9.1
Table 9.1: Financial Allocation for the Socio-Economic Activity
Sl. No. Particulars of activity Budget in
Lakhs.
1 Provision will be made for Drinking water facility with bore well, water storage tank and pump at isolated locations at 8 villages -Schools.
200.00
2 Construction of public toilets & Bath rooms, toilets for school, kitchen rooms, dining halls will be taken in next 5 years for the nearby villages
500.00
3
Supply of learning materials, Sports materials, furniture’s, Laboratory Equipment’s will be made available for the students of nearby village schools
100.00
4 Personality / Skill development & training to Pre-University students & carrier development programs will be undertaken
60.00
5 Meritorious Award to students will be made. 50.00
6 Health Care programs will be undertaken for nearby villages.
120.00
7 Community facilities (Community Hall) for benefit of the region will be made for the region.
450.00
8 Bus stand (Shelter) will be constructed for the development villages.
50.00
9 LED Lamps & Solar systems to neighbor villages will be made.
150.00
10 Green Belt development to the nearby villages will be undertaken. 100.00
Total 1780.00
Table 9.2: CSR Program for period of 5 year
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)
PROGRAMME FOR THE PERIOD OF FIVE YEAR FROM 2017-2018 TO 2021-2022
Sl No
Village Name 2017 - 2018
2018-2019
2019-2020
2020-2021
2021-2022
Total (Rs. In Lakh)
1 For Drinking water facility
1. Jambagi 1 2.5 4 5 12 24.5
2. Kanabur 1 2.5 4 5 12 24.5
274
3. Hosur 1 2.5 4 5 12 24.5
4. Sutagundi 1 2.5 4 5 12 24.5
5. Babaladi 1 2.5 4 5 12 24.5
6. Chikkagalagali 1 2.5 4 5 12 24.5
7. Galagali 1 2.5 4 5 14 26.5
8. Rabakavi 1 2.5 4 5 14 26.5
8 20 32 40 100 200
2 Construction of public toilets & Bath rooms, toilets for school, kitchen rooms, dining halls
1. Jambagi 2 4 6 20 30 62
2. Kanabur 2 4 6 20 30 62
3. Hosur 2 4 6 20 30 62
4. Sutagundi 2 4 6 20 30 62
5. Babaladi 2 4 6 20 30 62
6. Chikkagalagali 2 4 6 20 30 62
7. Galagali 2 4 8 20 30 64
8. Rabakavi 2 4 8 20 30 64
500
3 Supply of learning materials, Sports materials, furniture’s, Laboratory Equipment’s
1. Jambagi 1 1 2 3 5 12
2. Kanabur 1 1 2 3 5 12
3. Hosur 1 1 2 3 5 12
4. Sutagundi 1 1 2 3 5 12
5. Babaladi 1 1 2 4 5 13
6. Chikkagalagali 1 1 2 4 5 13
7. Galagali 1 1 2 4 5 13
8. Rabakavi 1 1 2 4 5 13
8 8 16 28 40 100
4 Personality / Skill development & training to Pre-University students & carrier development programs
1. Jambagi 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
2. Kanabur 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
3. Hosur 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
4. Sutagundi 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
5. Babaladi 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
6. Chikkagalagali 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
7. Galagali 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
8. Rabakavi 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 7.5
4 8 12 16 20 60
5 Meritorious Award to students
1. Jambagi 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
2. Kanabur 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
3. Hosur 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
4. Sutagundi 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
5. Babaladi 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
275
6. Chikkagalagali 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
7. Galagali 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
8. Rabakavi 0.25 0.5 1.5 2 2 6.25
2 4 12 16 16 50
6 Health Care programs
1. Jambagi 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
2. Kanabur 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
3. Hosur 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
4. Sutagundi 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
5. Babaladi 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
6. Chikkagalagali 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
7. Galagali 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
8. Rabakavi 0.5 1 2 4 7.5 15
4 8 16 32 60 120
7 Community facilities (Community Hall)
1. Jambagi 2.5 3.5 12 18 18 62
2. Kanabur 2.5 3.5 12 18 18 54
3. Hosur 2.5 3.5 12 18 20 56
4. Sutagundi 2.5 3.5 12 18 20 56
5. Babaladi 2.5 3.5 12 18 20 56
6. Chikkagalagali 2.5 3.5 12 18 20 56
7. Galagali 2.5 3.5 12 18 18 54
8. Rabakavi 2.5 3.5 12 18 20 56
20 28 96 144 154 450
8 Bus stand (Shelter)
1. Jambagi 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 6
2. Kanabur 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 6
3. Hosur 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 6
4. Sutagundi 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 6
5. Babaladi 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 6.5
6. Chikkagalagali 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 6.5
7. Galagali 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 6.5
8. Rabakavi 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 6.5
8 8 10 12 12 50
9 LED Lamps & Solar systems to neighbour villages
1. Jambagi 1 1 4 5 7 18
2. Kanabur 1 1 4 5 7 18
3. Hosur 1 1 4 5 8 19
4. Sutagundi 1 1 4 5 8 19
5. Babaladi 1 1 4 5 8 19
6. Chikkagalagali 1 1 4 5 8 19
7. Galagali 1 1 4 5 8 19
8. Rabakavi 1 1 4 5 8 19
8 8 32 40 62 150
10 Green Belt development
1. Jambagi 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
276
2. Kanabur 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
3. Hosur 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
4. Sutagundi 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
5. Babaladi 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
6. Chikkagalagali 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
7. Galagali 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
8. Rabakavi 0.5 1 2 4 5 12.5
4 8 16 32 40 100
Grand Total 1780
277
Chapter – 10
Environmental Management Plan
10.1 Introduction
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the process used to integrate
environmental management with planning for proposals. EIA is an established
process for:
Ensuring that proponents assume primary responsibility for protection
of any environmental values that may be affected by their proposals;
Addressing the environmental management of the life of proposals;
Forming a basis for statutory decisions on whether a proposal meets
ecologically sustainable development principles, and if so, relevant
environmental management and monitoring conditions;
Industrial development is an important constituent in our pursuits for economic
growth, employment generation and betterment in the quality of life. On the other
hand, industrial activities, without proper precautionary measures for environmental
protection are known to cause pollution and associated problems. Hence, it is
necessary to comply with the regulatory norms for prevention and control of
pollution. Alongside, it is also imperative to go beyond compliance through adoption
of clean technologies and improvement in management practices. Commitment and
voluntary initiatives of industry for responsible care of the environment will help in
building a partnership for pollution control.
This Environmental Management Plan has indicated the details as to how various
measures have been or are proposed to be taken. The base line settings of different
relevant environmental components in the study area are predicted potential impacts
on those components due to the proposed project are documented. In this plan,
mitigation measures for the identified environmental impacts are documented for
both construction and operational stages of the proposed project in the form of an
Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
278
Table 10.1: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) during Construction Phase
Activity Anticipated Impacts Environmental Management Plan
1. Land
Site clearing / Leveling and approach road formation.
Impact on soil nutrients and soil biota, dust generation.
The excavated top soil coming in the proposed construction site will be removed in advance and reused for greenery development.
During the process of excavation if stones and gravels are encountered, the same will be used in construction work or can be used construction of gully plugs, retaining walls etc.
Slope stabilization and Soil embankments will to be carried out as part of soil conservation measures by constructing check walls, retaining walls, terracing, rock anchors, rock bolts, shot create with wire mesh and wire crates etc.
Water sprinkling through sprinklers/tankers
All road drainage structures (ditches, out sloping, culverts, water bars, dips, etc.) will be in place as soon as possible during the construction of the road. Surface water drainage will be provided for sites associated with road construction such as waste areas, borrow areas and rock pits. All drainage water will be filtered through natural vegetation before it enters streams.
Soil binding and fast growing vegetation grass would be grown around the construction site before commencement of construction activity to reduce soil erosion;
2. Air
Site clearing/leveling activities, excavation activities, transportation of construction, movement of trucks,
Dislodging of particles from the ground, exhaust emission from vehicles.
Unpaved roads and disturbed areas in the project construction site will be watered as frequently as necessary to prevent fugitive dust plumes. The frequency of watering can be reduced or eliminated during periods of precipitation.
The vehicle speed limit will be restricted to 15 kmph within the construction site.
279
construction activities on land materials, roads formation, unloading, operation of construction machinery, welding activities
The construction site entrances shall be posted with visible speed limit signs.
Soil storage piles and disturbed areas that remain inactive for longer than 10 days will be covered or treated with appropriate dust suppressant compounds.
Vehicles used to transport solid bulk material on public roadways and having the potential to cause visible emissions will be provided with a cover, or the materials will be sufficiently wetted and loaded onto the trucks in a manner to provide at least one foot of freeboard.
All vehicles and construction equipment with internal combustion engines in use will be maintained in good conditions through six monthly O & M for effective combustion to reduce carbon particles and CO emission.
Water sprinkling will be done in all the dust generating activities like site clearing, leveling, excavation, material handling etc to suppress the dust.
Vehicles delivering loose and fine materials like sand and fine aggregates will be covered by tarpaulin sheets to reduce spills on roads and to reduce fugitive emissions.
3. Noise
Site Clearing/ Leveling activities, excavation activities, Ready Mix Concrete preparation, Transportation of construction materials, Construction activities on Land, Roads formation
Increase in Noise Levels
Provision of insulating caps and enclosures at the exit of noise source on the machinery.
Construction equipment generating minimum noise and vibration will be chosen.
Internal speed limit for vehicles carrying construction materials will be maintained with 15 kmph.
Trained security men will be deployed for guiding smooth entry/exit without traffic congestion which will help in reducing honking conditions.
Ear plugs will be provided to the workers exposed to high noise prone activities and it will be enforced to be used by the workers.
D.G.Set with acoustic enclosures complying to Environment (Protection)
280
Rules will be provided and it will be ensured prior with supplier before finalizing and installation.
4. Surface and Ground Water
Labour camps, construction activities, construction site works
Disposal of sewage, stagnation of Water, mosquito breeding sites, storm water run-off
Construction equipment requiring minimum water for cooling and operation for optimum effectiveness will be chosen
High pressure hose will be used for cleaning and dust suppression purposes.
Water harvesting measures would be taken.
Appropriate sanitation facilities, septic tank and soak pits will be provided for the workers onsite and offsite to reduce impact on water resources. Regular maintenance will be done during the entire life cycle.
No discharge of construction wastes to surface water bodies or ground water will be allowed during construction.
Efforts will be made for reuse of water and its conservation.
5. Solid & Hazardous Waste
281
Labor Camps, excavation, construction activities, operation of DG Set(s) & Painting works reject during external & internal finishing’s, biomedical waste from first aid unit, open burning of solid wastes
Leachate formation, DO depletion decomposition oforganic solid wastes, odour nuisance, breeding ofrats/flies/mosquitoes/ birds fly,dislodging of earth particles causing dust generation of debris, ground water contamination, irritation to skin/eyes, spread of infection/diseases
The hazardous materials used during the construction may include petrol, diesel, Welding gas and paints. These materials will be stored and handled according to the KSPCB guidelines.
Diesel and other fuels will be stored in separate enclosures;
Wherever possible, hazardous raw materials to be substituted by non- hazardous materials, e.g. cleaning solvent can be replaced with film–free biodegradable cleaners. Usage of non-chlorinated strippers instead of strippers containing methylene chloride and substitution of water based paint for oil based ones;
Separate storage of waste paints, thinners, contaminated rags and brushes will be adopted.
Vehicle maintenance area to be designed to prevent contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil
6. Ecology and Biodiversity
Clearing of ground cover
Loss of vegetative cover
such as herbs and shrubs
Greenbelt of 84 Acres (33% of total plot area) will be developed.
7. Socio-economics
Site clearing / leveling activities, excavation activities, transportation of construction materials, construction, activities on land, Labor Camps, Disposal of Sewage, Disposal of Solid wastes, Construction
Noise pollution, impact
on social receptors, Risk
of accidents during
transit, traffic congestion,
noise and dust emanating
from the vehicles. Dust
emissions from various
activities, Influx of
Local people from nearby villages will be employed for construction work to the maximum extent possible.
Proper facilities for domestic water supply and sanitation services will be made available to the construction workers at the site.
Annual health check-up camps for labors will be planned.
Well trained safety personnel’s will be employed for monitoring and implementation of Environmental, Health and Safety aspects at project site as per Factories Act and Labor Act.
Security personnel will be employed at regular intervals.
Regular sprinkling of water will be undertaken at site to evade fly of dust on
282
activities and labor camps
people, Disposal of
Sewage/Solid wastes,
Odour nuisance and
creation of water borne
diseases, Disposal of
Sewage, unhealthy
aesthetics, Degradation of
Solid waste, attraction of
flies, Stagnation of Water,
Mosquito breeding sites
surrounding plants/trees to avoid wilting of trees.
Adequate planting of trees will be undertaken by the PA which will improve the local biota.
Table 10.2: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) during operation phase
Activity Anticipated Impacts Environmental Management Plan
1. Land
Disposal of wastewater Soil contamination Wastewater generated from the project will be treated in the proposed 1500 KLD ETP.
2. Air
Boilers, Process,
storage, transportation of raw materials and finished products
Gaseous and fugitive emissions
Existing and proposed Boilers of 105 TPH & 240 T P H will be connected with ESP, with a separate chimney of 65 m & 77 m.
8m and 7m chimney above the nearest working platform to the DG sets with acoustic enclosures will be provided
Monitoring of stack emissions will be carried out regularly to ascertain the performance of the air pollution control equipment’s.
Arrangements are made for monthly monitoring of stack gas and ambient air quality. The sampling points are located based on meteorological
283
conditions of the region in consultation with KSPCB.
Ladder, port hole, power supply points are provided to the boiler for monitoring of emissions.
Water spraying will be adopted at loading and unloading points and storage yards which will reduce fugitive emissions due to movement of truck.
All the internal roads will be asphalted to reduce the fugitive dust due to truck movement.
Greenery cover will be provided. For this, the project has proposed to have greenery cover of 33% of the total site area.
A good housekeeping and proper maintenance will be practiced in the industry, which helps in controlling pollution.
Proper maintenance air pollution control equipment
Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery’s in order to control emissions.
Bagasse storage Designing of stockpiles to reduce exposure to prevailing winds;
Minimizing the distance that bagasse falls during movement;
Fully enclosing the bagasse handling conveyors, particularly transfer points;
Installing belt cleaning systems so that bagasse is not carried back on the underside of conveyor belts;
Implementing bagasse dust management plan that prescribes mitigation measures for unfavorable weather conditions;
Installing water spray system to reduce dust emissions around, and from, the site;
Cane handling Water sprays de-dusting. Plantation around source.
Transportation Water sprinklers will be provided to reduce dust.
D.G Set operation, Exhaust Emissions HSD (High Speed Diesel) with sulphur content of <0.05% will be usedfor D.G.Set.
Vehicular traffic The conditions of the internal roads will be checked & maintained at least
284
once in a year.
Trained securities will be deployed to guide the vehicles for smooth entry/exit without causing any traffic congestion.
Greenery development will create aesthetic environment and also acts as a pollution sink for dust emissions.
3. Surface and Ground Water
Process Effluent,
Sewage, Storm water run off
Leachate generation, ground water contamination, flooding
The process waste water/effluent including sewage from the domestic activities will be treated in proposed 1500 KLD ETP
Achieve Zero Discharge
Storm water drains will be provided to avoid flooding in the proposed Storm water gutters/drains will be constructed in the premises on either side of the haul roads (0.8 m X 0.6 m) and along the periphery of 1.0 m X 0.6 m
Garland channels will be provided around the storage yards.
As per estimation rain water thus collected and harvested of about 3,00,000 lts/annum will be used for greenery development/ sprinkling applications and non-potable uses thereby conservation fresh water requirement.
Rainwater harvesting sump of capacity 300 KLD (10m X 10m X 3.0m) is proposed for implementation 10 recharge shafts will be provided for the purpose of ground water recharge pits constructed along the way of internal drains
4. Geology and Hydrology
Extraction of water Depletion of water table Since, there is no water extraction from the borewell for the project, no impact anticipated.
However, implementation of recharge to ground water body through rainwater harvesting.
Conjunctive use of surface and ground water ensures rise in ground water level and improves water quality.
285
5. Noise
Manufacturing process, cogeneration unit, transportation of raw materials and finished products, D.G Set operation, Vehicular traffic,
Increase in noise levels Personnel working near noisy areas will be provided with adequate personal protective equipment such as earplugs and earmuffs, use of which will be strictly enforced.
Sophisticated and low noise generating equipment’s will be selected.
Proper mounting of equipment’s and providing noise insulating enclosures or paddling where practicable.
The equipment’s will be maintained at all times to ensure permissible noise levels.
Appropriate advanced silencers, acoustic barriers; vibration-reducing pads will be provided for all noise generating equipment’s.
The sources of continuous noise generating equipment such as compressors, pumps etc will be designed to have noise level not exceeding 85-90 dB(A).
It would be ensured that there would not be any operator near the noise generating equipment’s on continuous basis.
Boundary walls and dense greenery will be erected to act as acoustic barriers.
Adequate and appropriate type of greenery would be developed in and around the proposed project site for noise mitigation in the area.
Shock absorbing techniques will be adopted to reduce noise level.
Acoustical walls and roofs are provided to buildings where such machineries are installed.
Proper maintenance of machineries especially oiling and greasing of bearing and gears etc.
Use of personnel protective to persons working near noise creating locations.
Plantation of green trees around the factory building and premises to control the intensity of noise to the surrounding area.
286
33 % land area around the factory is covered with greenery. It includes greenery of 6 to 10 m width around storage yards.
Trees are planted on either side of the roads with in the factory premise and within the vicinity around the factory.
Trees species are selected as per guidelines of CPCB.
6. Solid and Hazardous Waste
Domestic garbage, solid waste from sugar industry, cogeneration unit
Improper handling will affect the land and water environment
Bagasse generated from the sugar plant will be sent to cogeneration unit to use it as fuel for boiler for power generation
Boiler-Bottom ash, boiler fly ash, lime grit, press mud, ETP sludge will me mixed in required proportion and used as manure.
Used oil from DG sets, spent turbine oil, waste oil residue from ETP will be used as lubricant within the industry.
Domestic Solid waste (Garbage/ Trash/ garden litters) will be stored in garbage collection bins and disposed to nearby municipality.
7. Ecology and biodiversity
Green belt development
Improvement of local flora and fauna, movement of species
With the development of green belt inside the project will increase the movement of birds, butterflies, etc positively. Watch & ward arrangements with proper watering during summer
8. Socio-economics
Quality of Life, Sharing of local resources
Employment generation,
Improvement in quality of
life, development of
infrastructure facilities,
increase in housing
accommodation,
There is a great possibility of industrialization in the vicinity of the proposed sugar complex. This is likely to bring dramatic changes by transforming this backward area into an industrially developed one.
The project has very strong positive impact, which is likely to result in the improvement of economic situation of Kambagi Village and Mantur village
Overall peoples’ perception on the project is a mix of advantages and disadvantages. On one hand, they expect job opportunities, market expansion
287
etc. as advantages and on the other hand they are worried about the damage to agriculture.
As an impact of identification of the project, small-scale industrial economy is likely to flourish in the surrounding area. The small-scale industrial units are expected to get financial supports from the financial institutions and banks. In this way, an overall development may take place in this area.
The process of development will have maximum impact on the lifestyle of the local people. The project and the consequent peripheral industrial economy will generate income to the local and migrated people which will increase the aggregate demand. This demand will get realized in the market and finally, lead to the market in the locality of the project. Market expansion supported by expected infrastructural developments like roads, electricity, water supply etc. will result in improving the economic development in the entire region.
Occupational Safety
and Health
All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards.
Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees.
Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. The following tests will be conducted for each worker as Occupational health surveillance programme: Lung Function Test, Radiology – X-ray, Pulmonary Function Test, and Audiometric Test.
For the safety of workers, personnel protective appliances like hand gloves, goggles, aprons, ear mufflers, nose mask etc. will be provided.
Proper ventilation system will be provided in the process area.
288
10.2 EMC Cell
Managing Director
GM (Technical)
GM (Process)
DGM (Distillery)
DGM (Electrical)
Environmental Manager
Medical Officer
Chemist
289
Table 10.3: Waste Minimization and Management Disposal Considered in the Complex
Sl. No
Station Pollutant Preventive Measures
Waste Management Proposals Nature Type
1 Cane yard Solid Cane trash & dung Collect as early as possible Municipality
2 Bagasse storage
yard
Solid Bagasse Collect at the end of crushing Use as fuel for co-generation unit
3 Milling section Liquid Oil & grease Collect in trays which can be easily lifted & stored in drum
Re use as lubricants within industry
Liquid Floor washings Dry cleaning will be adopted,
proper slope floors will be given
To ETP
Liquid Leakages & spill
overs
Use mechanical seals for all pump glands & alarms for overflow
To ETP
Liquid Cooling waters Collect desuper heater & mill bearing cooling water
Recycle
4 Cane carrier Solid Bagasse Closed transfer system will be adopted
Cover the drains so that bagasse do
not enter into the drains
5 Sulphur burner Gaseous SO2 Operation scrubbers Provide mask to operators
6 Lime station Semi -solid Lime solution Proper slope to the drains will be provided
To ETP
7 Clarification on and vacuum filters
Liquid Leakages from
pumps, glands & pipes overflow
Overflow alarms & mechanical seals will be installed/ provided
Recycle the cooling waters
8 Boiler house Liquid
Gaseous
Boiler blow down
Stack emissions
Maintain boiler condition& also
feed water quality
Adjust air fuel ratio for efficient combustion. Air pollution control equipment’s performance will be
Reuse for irrigation after neutralization.
Fly ash will be used as soil conditioner /composting.
290
checked
9 Crystallizer & pan boiling
Liquid Leakages from
pumps Spillovers
Mechanical seals wherever it
is
appropriate will be
provided
All cooling waters will be recycled overloading & the equipment avoided
Recycle the cooling waters
To ETP
10 Cleanings of
vessels, boilers
etc., & laboratory washings
Liquid High BOD & COD,
chemicals as
NaOH
Sulphamic Acid, lead
NaOH for next cleaning will
be recycled Standby units to
have continuous operations will be
provided
The effluent in a holding tank to avoid shock loads on ETP
Controlled loading in ETP from a
storage tank
Segregate laboratory Effluents and join to storage tank
11 Press mud Solid Soil conditioner Immediate disposal Use as a filler material in
“composting”
12 Molasses Semi solid By - product storage in MS steel tanks To distillery To avoid auto combustion
13 Fugitive emission Gaseous Sugar Dust SO2 ESP/Bag Filters Land filters
14 Vibrating & heavy machinery
Noise Sound Silencer pads & closed rooms to be used/provided
Earplugs & earmuffs to workers
will be provided and also change the work environment frequently on shift basis
15 Bagasse Solid Dust & Fire Proper ventilation for storage and also stand posts in case of fire will be provided
Store of far away from the industry
Source: Central Pollution Control Board
291
Additional recommendations for sugar industry
Install steam turbine-based combined heat and power technology, enabling
the facility to generate its own process steam and electricity requirements and
sell excess electricity.
Ensure that the bagasse moisture level is below 50% before it is used as boiler
fuel to improve its calorific value and overall efficiency for steam generation
and avoid the need for supplemental fuels.
Keep heating surfaces clean by adding chemicals to prevent incrustations.
Incrustations are generated by minerals salts that are not removed during
clarification and may be prevented or reduced by adding special polymers to
the thin juice.
Ensure even energy consumption by management of batch processes
(e.g. centrifuges, vacuum pans) to schedule energy demand and equalize
steam demand on the boilers.
Reuse vapor from vacuum pans for heating juice or water
Use an evaporator with at least five effects
Select the operating conditions of the boiler and steam turbine system to
match the heat-power ratio of the utility system to that of the facility.
10.3 Guidelines for plantation
Three rows of samplings will be planted all along the periphery of the industry to
arrest the dust and to avoid noise. Further, 3 m distance between the rows will be
maintained to avoid over crowning. 33% (84 acres) of the total area will be brought
under green belt. The areas around bagasse storage area, cane mill, bunk, stock
yard and on either side of the internal roads will be planted. Green belt
development plan is stated below. The pit size for planting trees will be maintained at
45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm. Soil proposed to be used for filling the pit will be mixed with
well decomposed farm yard manure in the range of 2.0 – 3.0 kg. The filling of soils
will be completed at least 7 days prior to the plantation. Seedlings with good
condition shall be identified and opted for plantation. Plantation of trees shall be
undertaken after one year of start of construction and must be completed within 2
years before occupancy.
Design Plantation pattern followed at the periphery of the site area is as per “The
Guidelines on Landscaping and tree Plantation”:
The first row along the roads will be of small to medium sized ornamental trees.
292
Subsequent rows depending on the availability of width will comprise of
ornamental and/or shade bearing species, of more height than those in the first
row. In rural sections the last row will always be of shade bearing tall trees.
Planting of shrubs in the median.
Planting of herbaceous species as ground cover in the median, special
landscapes, and embankment slopes.
Turfing with grass in the median, special landscapes, and embankment slopes.
A total of 10 mts buffer is provided for the plantation of trees (i.e Between the
Factory boundary to the Industry).
Typical cross section of the plantation on the periphery of the site area is given in the
below picture.
Estimated Plant boundary area : 5.0 Km
Plant boundary Available for plantation area : 3.8 Kms
Sl. No Rows Total number of Plants to be planted / Km
Total number of Plants to be planted for 8.5 Km
1 1st Row 333 1265
2 2nd Row 166 630
3 3rd Row 84 320
Total 583 2215
List of Ist RowTrees plantation
Sl. No Local Names Botanical Names Family
1 Bandaraki Dodonaea viscosa Fabaceae
2 Chaduranga Lantana camara Ebenaceae
III Row Plant Height above 15 Mts
Plant to Plant distance
3Mts
Plant to Plant distance
3Mts 1Mts Compound to Plant
distance 3 Mts
I Row Plant Height 3 Mts
(Shrubs)
II Row Plant Height Less than 15
Mts (Shrubs)
293
3 Henkal Gymonsporia montana Rubiaceae
4 Honnambri Cassia auriculata Rubiaceae
5 Jaali Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae
6 Kalli Euphorbia tirukalli Euphorbiaceae
7 Lakki Vitex nigundo Lamiaceae
8 Menbandti Mundulia suberosa Fabaceae
9 Pargi Toddalia auriculata Rutaceae
10 Torani Zizyphus rugosa Rhamnaceae
11 Ekka Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae
12 Hooli Kirganelia reticulata Euphorbiaceae
13 Papaskalli Opuntia dillenii Cactaceae
14 Kare Randia dumetorum Rubiaceae
Total 1265
List of 2ndRow Trees plantation
Sl. No
Botanical Names Local Names
Family Uses Height Crown shape
Nos. for 5 years
1
Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae Fruiting 12 Round 70 2 Anacardium
occidentale Geru,Cashew Anacardiacea
e Fruiting 10 Round 50
3 Annona squamosa Seethaphala Annonaceae Fruiting 7 Round 70 4 Feronia elephantum Bela Rutaceae Fruiting 9 Round 80
5 Pithecolobium dulce Sihihunase Fabaceae Fruiting 12 Round 40 6 Mangifera indica Mavu Anacardiacea
e Fruiting 12 Round 90
7 Pongamia pinnata Honge Leguminosae Flowering 10 Round 90 8 Psidium guajava Perale Myrtacecae Fruiting 12 Round 80 9 Thespesia populnea Bugari Malvaceae Flowering 10 Round 60
Total 630
List of 3rdRow Trees plantation
Sl. No
Botanical Names
Local Names
Family Uses Height Crown shape
Nos. for 5 years
1 Artocarpus Halasu Moraceae Fruiting 15 Round 45
2 Ficus bengalensis
Ala Moraceae Fruiting 20 Round 30
3 Ficus glomerata
Atti, lustertree
Moraceae Fruiting 20 Round 20
4 Ficus religiosa
Arali Moraceae Fruiting 20 Round 35
5 Peltoforum pterocarpum
Copperpod Fabaceae Flowering 15 Round 20
6 Samanea saman
Rain Tree Fabaceae Flowering 15 Round 25
294
7 Syzygium cumini
Nerale Myrtacecae Fruiting 15 Round 40
8 Tamarindus indica
Hunse, Tamarind
Fabaceae Fruiting 18 Round 35
9 Terminalia bellerica
Shanti, Tare
Combretace Fruiting 20 Round 20
10 Michelia champaca
Sampige Magnoliacea Flowering 15 Round 25
11 Millingtonia hortensis
Aakash Mallige
Bignoniaceae Flowering 20 Conical 25
Total 320
Selection of Species for plantation inside the industry
Landscape/plantation with varieties of species (higher ecological values) is preferred
to maintain species diversity which in turn helps in movement of species between the
areas. Adequate watering, maintenances will be undertaken during the first 5
years with well-equipped/trained landscape personnel at site. The seedlings for the
plantation will be procured from nearby forest dept., nurseries.
Table 10.4: List of Tree species recommended for landscaping and Greenbelt
Development.
Sl. No Local Names Botanical Names Family List of Trees
1 Sapota Manilkara zapota Sapotaceae
2 Geru,Cashew Anacardium occidentale Anacardiaceae
3 Seethaphala Annona squamosa Annonaceae
4 Halasu Artocarpus heterophyllus Moraceae
5 Bela Feronia elephantum Rutaceae
6 Ala Ficus bengalensis Moraceae
7 Atti, clustertree Ficus glomerata Moraceae
8 Sihihunase Pithecolobium dulce Fabaceae
9 Arali Ficus religiosa Moraceae
10 Mavu Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae
11 Copperpod Peltophorum pterocarpum Fabaceae
12 Honge Pongamia pinnata Leguminosae
13 Perale Psidium guajava Myrtacecae
14 Rain Tree Samanea saman Fabaceae
15 Neralu Syzygium cumini Myrtacecae
16 Hunse, Tamarin Tamarindus indica Fabaceae
17 Shanti, Tare Terminalia bellerica Combretaceae
18 Bugari Thespesia populnea Malvaceae
19 Sampige Michelia champaca Magnoliaceae
295
20 Aakash Mallige Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae
List of Shrubs 1 Bandaraki Dodonaea viscosa Fabaceae
2 Henkal Gymonsporia montana Rubiaceae
3 Honnambri Cassia auriculata Rubiaceae
4 Jaali Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae
5 Kalli Euphorbia tirukalli Euphorbiaceae
6 Lakki Vitex nigundo Lamiaceae
7 Menbandti Mundulia suberosa Fabaceae
8 Pargi Toddalia auriculata Rutaceae
9 Torani Zizyphus rugosa Rhamnaceae
10 Ekka Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae
11 Hooli Kirganelia reticulata Euphorbiaceae
12 Papaskalli Opuntia dillenii Cactaceae
13 Kare Randia dumetorum Rubiaceae
14 Lakki Vitex negundo Verbanaceae Herbs and Climbers
1 Nachike mullu Mimosa pudica Fabaceae
2 Anantmullu Hemidesmus indicus Apocynaceae
3 Gulaganji Abrus precatorius Fabaceae
4 Mallige Jasminum sp. Oleaceae
5 Bondwell Litsea elliptica Lauraceae
6 Avarike Casssia tora Caesulpinaceae
7 Pettige Abutilon indicum Malvaceae
8 Uttarani Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae
9 Nelabevu Andrographis paniculata Acanthaceae
10 Mullarive Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae
11 Naribala Andropogon pumilus Poaceae
12 Arishina Datturi Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae
13 Mangaraballi Cissus quadrangularis Vitaceae
14 -- Crotalaria paniculata Fabaceae
15 Kadumenasu Croton sparsiflorus Euphorbiaceae
16 Datturi Datura metel Solanaceae
17 Garike Cynodon dactylon Poaceae
18 Achhe gida Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae
19 Morning glory Ipomoea purpurea Convolvulaceae
20 Tulasi Ocimum sanctum Lamiaceae
Table 10.5: Time frame for Green Belt Development Plan
The species have a good history of survival and growths (70 %) under similar site conditions were planted. Around 12,000 trees are existing which are more than 20 years old, recently around 3856 species are newly planted in recent years.
Sl. No Financial Year Nature of activity Estimate budget in
296
1 2018-19 Replanting of 500 samplings and planting of 500 new saplings
5,00,000.00
2 2019-20 Replanting of 550 samplings and planting of 500 new saplings
5,25,000.00
3 2020-21 Replanting of 600 samplings and planting of 500 new saplings
5,50,000.00
4 2021-22 Planting of 400 new saplings 2,00,000.00
5 2022-23 Maintenance and replanting 2,25,000.00
The total Number of trees to be planted all along the project boundary and inside
the project site will be around 3000 numbers.
10.4 Cost of Estimates for implementation of EMP
The total cost of the expansion project is Rs. 35,500 Lakhs (i.e expansion of Sugar
Unit capacity from 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD and Cogeneration Power Unit from 18.14
MW to 62.14 MW). The cost of implementing the above mitigation measures as
estimated in Table below, works out to Rs. 500 Lakhs/- . The Recurring cost of the
same is estimated at Rs.75 Lakhs/- per year
Cost estimates for implementation of Environmental Management Plan
Sl.no. Particulars Amount in Lakhs
1
Capital Investment on EMP facilities 500.00
Air Pollution Control
Water pollution Control
Laboratory & Monitoring
Green Belt & greenery development , rain water harvesting , landscape development
2 CSR activity 1780.00
3
Recurring Cost of Operation & Maintenance 75.00
Air pollution Control
Water Pollution Control
Greenery , water harvesting and land scape maintenance
Laboratory & Monitoring of Environmental Quality
Occupational health & safety
Total Recurring cost 75.00
10.5 Social Commitment plan
CSR Activities proposed at and around factory premises for the five financial years
after implementation of the project
297
Sl. No. Particulars of activity Budget in
Lakhs.
1 Provision will be made for Drinking water facility with bore well, water storage tank and pump at isolated locations at 8 villages -Schools.
200.00
2 Construction of public toilets & Bath rooms, toilets for school, kitchen rooms, dining halls will be taken in next 5 years for the nearby villages
500.00
3
Supply of learning materials, Sports materials, furniture’s, Laboratory Equipment’s will be made available for the students of nearby village schools
100.00
4 Personality / Skill development & training to Pre-University students & carrier development programs will be undertaken
60.00
5 Meritorious Award to students will be made. 50.00
6 Health Care programs will be undertaken for nearby villages.
120.00
7 Community facilities (Community Hall) for benefit of the region will be made for the region.
450.00
8 Bus stand (Shelter) will be constructed for the development villages.
50.00
9 LED Lamps & Solar systems to neighbor villages will be made.
150.00
10 Green Belt development to the nearby villages will be undertaken. 100.00
Total 1780.00
10.6 Conservation of Air, Water and Energy recovery
100 % utilization of bagasse for power generation
100 % utilization of ETP treated wastewater for greenbelt development / on
land for irrigation
100 % utilization of harvested rainwater after first flush for domestic usage
other than drinking
ETP sludge, Boiler ash, lime grit, will be completely reused in the bio-
composting process
Spent wash treatment through concentration and incineration to
achieve zero discharge and in turn to produce minimum power
CFL/LEDs will be used at all the areas for illumination
Garden lighting based on solar energy
298
Water heating application in canteen areas will be based on solar
Construction debris will be reused in internal drain works
Use of BEE 3 star rated appliances is considered at all administrative areas
299
Chapter 11 Summary & conclusion
11.1 Overall Justification for Implementation of the Project
The Environmental Impact Assessment studies carried out for the proposed project of
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, (NSSKN), has been completed.
The study conducted has covered various facts of the proposed expansion project
starting with the need for expansion, its basic requirements like raw materials, water
requirement, availability of land, manufacturing process etc.
In addition to this the metrological data and baseline environmental features have
been evaluated to understand the environmental setting of the project site. Based on
the baseline environmental survey air pollution modeling studies were carried out to
predict the impact of the proposed project on the air environment. Also the ecological
features of the location including the flora & fauna, socio-economic environment, the
demographic structure have been evaluated.
Based on the above studies an Environmental Impact Statement has been prepared to
ascertain the possible impacts of the proposed project on the environmental
parameters like air, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment. An
impact matrix has also been prepared based on the observations of the impacts on the
environment.
An Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering the environmental
aspect and the management plan required to be adopted by the management not only
during the course of setting up of the proposed industry but also during its
operational phase. An environmental monitoring plan is envisaged deciding
frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules.
Detailed risk assessment study is carried out to evaluate the risks involved due to
storage of various solvents & precautionary measures to be taken for
prevention/management of such risks.
The conclusions drawn from the above study relates to the fact that the proposed
expansion of the industry undertaken by the management of the industry has certain
level or marginal impacts on the local environmental setting, which will not affect the
natural environmental setting of the study zone either drastically or otherwise.
However, certain beneficial impacts are anticipated in terms of the employment
opportunities created during the operation of the industry. Also there will be
economic growth at the regional level.
The industry proposes to create Environmental Management Cell in its organization
to monitor and implement programs to improve its environmental status from time to
time and will adopt all such technological advances to reduce the impact due to its
operation on the environment.
300
To put it in a nut shell the management of Company strongly believes in the concept
of sustainable development and understands the impacts of the proposed industry on
the environment from the Environmental Impact Assessment studies conducted. It is
committed to develop its industry without giving room for any adverse impacts on
the environment and also lays emphasis on the implementation of the
recommendations of the Environmental Management Plan in true spirits.
11.2 Explanation of How Adverse Effects Have Been Mitigated
M/s Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, (NSSKN) have proposed for
expansion of Sugar Unit capacity from 6500 TCD to 14000 TCD and Cogeneration
Power Unit from 18.14 MW to 62.14 MW with no change in 50 KLPD distillery unit,
which is an fully integrated industry complex at Krishnanagar village, Survey No 90
& 92, Hosur Village, Vijayapur Taluk and District, Karnataka State.
The expansion project does not require additional land since it is already available
within the industry. The industry has obtained Water drawl permission from
Executive Engineer, Karnataka Nigam Ltd – Biligi for lifting water from Krishna river,
enclosed as Annexure-7
There are no protected forests, sanctuaries, archeologically important
structures or other sensitive locations in the vicinity of the factory except river
Krishna flowing from East to west direction and is 1.5 Kms away from the
project site and River Don, which is present at 35 Kms from the project site in
North direction. Therefore, the industry will not have adverse effect on the
environment or the eco system.
The boiler and turbo generator to be provided in the power plant are of high
efficiency and maximum built in safety.
Fresh water requirement to the proposed industry is 1132 m3/d. The industry
has obtained permission to draw water needed for the expansion project.
Effluent generated from the proposed sugar plant will be treated in existing
ETP. The domestic sewage will be stabilized in septic tank & the overflow from
septic tank will be treated in sugar plant ETP.
Air emissions from the expansion project will be the flue gases from 105 TPH
and 240 TPH boilers. Boiler is fired with bagasse. Suspended particulate matter
is the main pollutant in flue gas. Boilers are proposed to be provided with
adequate stack heights and ESP, bag-filter are used to control pollution from
the flue gases.
Boiler ash contains plant micronutrients. This is mixed with press mud and
supplied to the farmers for use in sugarcane lands as soil conditioner cum
nutrient.
301
This industry does not produce any toxic products and does not have
significant adverse effect on the quality of land, water and air. The industry has
taken all the necessary preventive measures to mitigate even the small effects
which may be caused by industrial activities.
The industry adopted an effective environment management system and
environment management plan to protect the environment. Due priority is
given for greenery development and rain harvesting in the factory premises
and around. Environmental management plan and suggested measures for
pollution control are proposed for protection of environment and to seek
environmental clearance to the project.
302
Chapter 12
Disclosure of consultants engaged
This EIA report is prepared on behalf of the proponents, taking inputs from proponent’s
office staff, their R & D wing, Architects, Project Management Professionals etc. by
Environmental Consultants M/s. Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy & Laboratory,
Thane, Mumbai, who have been accredited by QCI-NABET, NABET Accreditation No.
NABET/EIA/1417/RA010, NABET Certificate enclosed as Annexure- 14.
M/s Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy & Laboratory:
Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy & Laboratory [Lab Gazetted by MoEF – Govt.
of India] not only give environmental solutions for sustainable development, but
make sure that they are economically feasible. With innovative ideas and impact
mitigation measures offered, make them distinguished in environmental consulting
business. The completion of tasks in record time is the key feature of Ultra-Tech. A
team of more than hundred environmental brigadiers consists of engineers, experts,
ecologists, hydrologists, geologists, socio-economic experts, solid waste and hazard
waste experts apart from environmental media sampling and monitoring experts and
management experts , strive hard to serve clients with up to mark and best services.
Ultra-Tech offers environmental consultancy services to assist its clients to obtain
environmental clearance for their large buildings, construction, CRZ, SEZ, high rise
buildings, township projects and industries covering sugar and distilleries from
respective authorities. Ultra-Tech is in the process of getting QCI-NABET final
accreditation for its EIA organization.
Ultra-Tech also provide STP/ETP /WTP project consultancy on turn-key basis apart
from Operation and Maintenance of these projects on annual contract basis. Also,
having MoEF approved environmental laboratory, Ultra-Tech provide laboratory
services for monitoring and analysis of various environmental media like air, water,
waste water, stack, noise and meteorological data to its clients all over India and
abroad.
303
Functional area experts and assistance to FAE involved in the EIA study for “M/s
Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, (NSSKN). at Hosur Village, Vijayapur
Taluk and District, Karnataka State” is as follows:
EIA Coordinator
Name : Mr. Partho Mukherjee
Signature :
Period of involvement : 15th December 2016 to 15th March 2017
Contact information : Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy &
Laboratory (Gazetted By MOEF)
Unit No,224,225,206 Jai Commercial Complex, 463
Eastern Express Highway, Opp. Cadbury Factory,
Khopat, Thane(W).400601
Functional area experts involved in the EIA:
Sl.No
Name Of Sector
Name Of Project
Name Of Client
Name Of EIA Coordinator
Functional Area Experts Involved
FA NAME/S SIGN
1 Sugar 5 (j) &
Co-gen 1 (d) Industrial Project
Nandi Sahakari Sakkare Karkhane Niyamit, (NSSKN)
Mr. Partho
Mukherjee AP Mr.
Shekhar Tamhane
AQ & NV
Partho
Mukherjee
WP Mrs. Deepa Tamhane – Karnik
EB Dr. T. K. Ghosh
SE Mr. Kishore Wankhede
HG Dr. T. P.
Natesan
GEO Dr. T. P.
Natesan
SC Dr. D. S.
Ramteke
304
Sl.No
Name Of Sector
Name Of Project
Name Of Client
Name Of EIA Coordinator
Functional Area Experts Involved
FA NAME/S SIGN
SHW Mrs. Deepa Tamhane Karnik
LU Mr. Yogesh
Raskar
Team Members
Table No. 12.1: List of Functional Area Experts
1 AQ, SHW Ms. Archana Sadashiva.
2 EB, AQ & SHW Ms. D. Suneetha
3 AQ, SHW Mr. Vinay D.B
4 AQ, NV Mr. Akshay Kulkarni
Laboratory for analysis:
Table No. 12.2: Laboratory Details
Name of laboratory Scope of services Accreditation status
Ultra-Tech Environmental
Consultancy &
Laboratory [Lab Gazetted
by MoEF – Govt. of India]
Monitoring and Analysis of:
1. Ambient Air Quality
Monitoring
2. Ground and Surface Water
Quality Monitoring
3. Noise Level Monitoring and
4. Soil Quality Monitoring
5. Metrological data collection
Gazetted by MoEF- Govt. of
India